mirror of https://git.door43.org/ru_gl/ru_tn
See in Reader
690 KiB
690 KiB
Book Chapter Verse ID SupportReference OrigQuote Occurrence GLQuote OccurrenceNote NEH front intro k2y2 0 # Введение в Неемию #<br><br>## Часть 1: Общее введение ##<br><br>#### краткое содержание Неемии ####<br><br>1. Неемия возвращается в Иерусалим и осматривает стены (1:1-2:20)<br>1. Народ восстанавливают стены Иерусалима (3:1-4:23)<br>1. Неемия помогает бедным и дает пример бескорыстия (5:1–19)<br>1. Враги пытаются замедлить работу, но народ заканчивают постройку стены (6:1–19)<br>1. Неемия перечисляет людей, которые вернулись из ссылки (7:6–73)<br>1. Ездра читает Божий Закон, и народ реагируют на это (8:1-10:39)<br>1. Неемия перечисляет людей, которые жили в Иерусалиме и вокруг него (11:1–36)<br>1. Неемия перечисляет священников и левитов (12:1–26)<br>1. Народ освящает стены Иерусалима (12:27–47)<br>1.Неемия исправляет проблемы (13:1–31)<br><br>#### О чем Книга Неемии? ####<br><br>Иудей по имени Неемия жил в Персии и работал на царя Артаксеркса. Неемия получил сообщение о том, что стены вокруг Иерусалима были разрушены. Неемия вернулся в Иерусалим, чтобы помочь восстановить городские стены. Стены вокруг города помогли защитить город от армий и захватчиков. <br><br>#### Как должно переводится название этой книги? ####<br><br>Книга Неемии названа в честь иудейского лидера по имени Неемия. Переводчики могут использовать традиционное название "Неемия." Или они могут выбрать более четкий заголовок, такой как "Книга о Неемии." (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]])<br><br>## Часть 2: Важные религиозные и культурные концепции ##<br><br>#### Почему израильтянам не разрешалось вступать в брак с людьми из других стран? ####<br><br>Иностранцы поклонялись многим ложным богам. Господь не позволил своим людям вступать в брак с иностранцами. Он знал, что это заставит народ Израиля поклоняться ложным богам. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>#### Все ли жители Израиля вернулись на родину? ####<br><br>Многие из иудеев остались в Вавилоне вместо того, чтобы вернуться в Землю Обетованную. Многие из них добились успеха в Вавилоне и хотели остаться там. Однако это означало, что они не могли поклоняться Господу в Иерусалиме, как это делали их предки. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promisedland]])<br><br>## Часть 3: Важные проблемы перевода ##<br><br>#### Как в книге Неемии используется термин "Израиль"? ####<br><br>В книге Неемии термин «Израиль» используется для обозначения Иудейского царства. В основном он состоял из колен Иуды и Вениамина. Остальные десять колен не были верны своим царям, происходящим от Давида. Бог позволил ассирийцам покорить другие десять колен и отправить их в изгнание. В результате они смешались с другими группами людей и не вернулись на землю Израиля. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/israel]])<br><br>#### Рассказываются ли события в книге Неемии в том порядке, в котором они произошли? ####<br><br>Некоторые события в Книге Неемии не рассказываются в том порядке, в котором они произошли. Переводчики должны обращать внимание на заметки, которые сигнализируют, когда события, вероятнее всего, не происходили в том же порядке. NEH 1 intro y5jf 0 # Неемия 01 Общие сведения #<br><br>#### Структура и формат ####<br><br>##### "Слова Неемии, сына Ахалии:" #####<br>Эта фраза служит введением во всю эту книгу.<br><br>#### Особые темы в этой главе ####<br><br>##### Покаяние #####<br>Эта глава - единственный длинный рассказ о покаянии Неемии от имени народа.. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>#### Другие возможные трудности перевода в этой главе ####<br><br>##### I #####<br>Хотя автором этой книги, вероятно, является Ездра, слово «я» всегда относится к Неемии.<br><br>##### Израиль #####<br>Не ясно, к кому относится «Израиль» Вероятно, это не относится к северному царству Израиля. Это также не относится к двенадцати коленам Израиля..Вместо этого, это, вероятно, ссылка на Израиль в смысле группы выживших людей. Во времена Неемии эта группа людей состояла исключительно из племени Иудеи, потому что другие племена уже были разбросаны по всему Ближнему Востоку, где они по большей части утратили свою идентичность.<br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Nehemiah 01:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br>* __[Nehemiah intro](../front/intro.md)__<br><br>__| [>>](../02/intro.md)__ NEH 1 1 bi9h translate-names נְחֶמְיָ֖ה בֶּן־חֲכַלְיָ֑ה 1 Неемии ... Ахалии Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 1 1 abc1 writing-newevent וַיְהִ֤י 1 в месяце Кислеве "Кислев" это девятый месяц в еврейском календаре. Это конец ноября и первая половина декабря согласно западным календарям. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 1 1 qd3e translate-hebrewmonths בְחֹֽדֶשׁ־כִּסְלֵיו֙ 1 В двадцатом году Неемия ссылается к числу лет, которые Артаксеркс правил в качестве царя. Альтернативный перевод: "в двадцатый год правления Артаксеркса, царя Персии" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NEH 1 1 hn28 figs-explicit שְׁנַ֣ת עֶשְׂרִ֔ים 1 в столице Сузы Это был один из царских городов персидских царей, расположенных в стране Элам. Это был большой, укрепленный город с высокими стенами, окружающими его. NEH 1 1 abc3 figs-metonymy בְּשׁוּשַׁ֥ן הַבִּירָֽה 1 in Susa the citadel A **citadel** is a fortified castle or palace, usually inside a city. In this case, the city in which this palace was located was also called Susa, because the city was associated with the palace. Since this was where the kings of Persia lived, it was the capital city of their empire. Alternate translation: “the capital city of Susa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 1 1 abc5 translate-names בְּשׁוּשַׁ֥ן 1 in Susa This was the name of a royal city of the Persian kings. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 1 1 g6dl translate-unknown הַבִּירָֽה 1 the citadel This means a “castle” or “palace” or “stronghold,” usually inside a city, where a king would live. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 1 2 f2ab translate-names חֲנָ֜נִי 1 Ханани Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 1 2 l6cw חֲנָ֜נִי אֶחָ֧ד 1 один из моих братьев, Ханани Ханани был биологическим братом Неемии. NEH 1 2 abc7 figs-gendernotations ה֥וּא וַאֲנָשִׁ֖ים 1 Ханани, пришёл с несколькими людьми из Иудеи "Из Иудеи пришёл Ханани, и с ним несколько человек" NEH 1 2 lg14 translate-names מִֽיהוּדָ֑ה 1 уцелевшие иудеи, которые остались после плена иудеи, которые избежали плена и те кто остался в Иерусалиме<br>Эти две фразы относятся к одной и той же группе людей. Возможные значения 1)несколько иудеев, которые были взяты в плен в Вавилон, но бежали и вернулись жить в Иерусалим или 2) несколько иудеев, которые сбежали от тех, кто пытался взять их в плен в Вавилоне и так остались в Иерусалиме. Поскольку неясно, откуда они сбежали, то лучше это не указывать в переводе. Альтернативный перевод:: "иудеи, которые избежали плена и те кто остался в Иерусалиме" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 1 2 abc9 figs-parallelism הַיְּהוּדִ֧ים הַפְּלֵיטָ֛ה אֲשֶֽׁר־נִשְׁאֲר֥וּ מִן־הַשֶּׁ֖בִי 1 the Jews who escaped, who were left behind from the captivity These two phrases mean the same thing. Nehemiah uses them together for clarity to describe one particular group of people, and perhaps also to express his particular concern for them. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had escaped the exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NEH 1 2 q7zi figs-explicit הַיְּהוּדִ֧ים הַפְּלֵיטָ֛ה אֲשֶֽׁר־נִשְׁאֲר֥וּ מִן־הַשֶּׁ֖בִי 1 the Jews who escaped, who were left behind from the captivity These two phrases refer to the same group of people. Possible meanings are (1) the few Jews who were taken as exiles to Babylon but who later were able to return and live in Jerusalem or (2) the few Jews who had escaped from those who were trying to take them into exile in Babylon and so remained in Jerusalem. It is probably best to translate this in a way that can include both groups. Alternate translation: “the Jews who had escaped the exile and who remained in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 1 2 ab11 figs-abstractnouns הַשֶּׁ֖בִי 1 the captivity **Captivity** is an abstract noun that refers to the Jews being taken away from their homeland. Judah had been conquered by the Babylonians about 150 years before this. At that time, the Babylonians took many people away from Judah and relocated them to different parts of their empire. About 50 years later, the Persian Empire conquered Babylon and so the Babylonian empire became the Persian empire. The Jews who had been captured by Babylon now lived in Persia, although some had since returned to Judah. You can translate the idea of **captivity** with a phrase such as “the time when the Jews were taken away” or “the time when soldiers forced many Jews to go to Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 1 2 ab13 figs-explicit וְעַל־יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 and about Jerusalem Jerusalem had been the capital city of the kingdom of Judah. Nehemiah was asking specifically about the physical condition of the buildings and walls in the city, in addition to asking about the welfare of the Jewish community in Judah. Alternate translation: “about the condition of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 1 3 igf2 figs-parallelism הַֽנִּשְׁאָרִ֞ים אֲשֶֽׁר־נִשְׁאֲר֤וּ מִן־הַשְּׁבִי֙ 1 Они рассказали мне «Они» относится к Ханани и другим людям, пришедшим из Иудеи. NEH 1 3 y1zg figs-metonymy בַּמְּדִינָ֔ה 1 в своей стране «страна» относится к Иудее как административному округу под управлением Персидской империи. Альтернативный перевод: "провинция Иудея" или "Иудея" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 1 3 ab15 figs-doublet בְּרָעָ֥ה גְדֹלָ֖ה וּבְחֶרְפָּ֑ה 1 Стена Иерусалима разрушена, и его ворота сожжены огнём Это может быть изложено в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "армии разрушили стену Иерусалима и подожгли его ворота" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 1 3 ab17 figs-abstractnouns בְּרָעָ֥ה גְדֹלָ֖ה וּבְחֶרְפָּ֑ה 1 in great evil The abstract noun **difficulty** refers to a situation that is very hard for the people to live in. It describes a situation that is dangerous and insecure for the people in it. You can translate this idea with an adjective such as “bad.” Alternate translation: “in a very bad situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 1 3 ab19 figs-abstractnouns וּבְחֶרְפָּ֑ה 1 and in reproach **Reproach** is an abstract noun that describes how other people would see the situation of the Jews. The situation would lead them to say bad things about them. You can translate this idea with a verb such as “mock.” Alternate translation: “and people are mocking them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 1 3 pk3f figs-activepassive וְחוֹמַ֤ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ מְפֹרָ֔צֶת וּשְׁעָרֶ֖יהָ נִצְּת֥וּ בָאֵֽשׁ 1 the wall of Jerusalem is broken down, and its gates have been burned with fire You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “armies have broken open the wall of Jerusalem and have set its gates on fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 1 3 ab21 figs-explicit וְחוֹמַ֤ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ מְפֹרָ֔צֶת וּשְׁעָרֶ֖יהָ נִצְּת֥וּ בָאֵֽשׁ 1 the wall of Jerusalem is broken down, and its gates have been burned with fire The implication is that the people are now defenseless. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The people living there have no protection.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 1 3 ab23 נִצְּת֥וּ בָאֵֽשׁ 1 burned with fire If saying that something is burned **with fire** is redundant in your language, you can just say, **completely burned.** Alternate translation: “burned down” NEH 1 4 ab25 writing-newevent וַיְהִ֞י 1 Общая информация: Коментарии к данному стиху отсутствуюто. NEH 1 4 ab27 figs-metonymy כְּשָׁמְעִ֣י ׀ אֶת־הַדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֗לֶּה 1 as soon as I heard these words Here **words** refers to the things that were described by the words. Alternate translation: “after hearing about these things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 1 4 ab29 translate-symaction יָשַׁ֨בְתִּי֙ וָֽאֶבְכֶּ֔ה 1 I sat down, and I wept **Sitting down** likely means that Nehemiah stopped going about his usual business because he was so overcome by grief. Alternate translation: “I could do nothing else but grieve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) NEH 1 4 ab31 figs-idiom וָאֶתְאַבְּלָ֖ה יָמִ֑ים 1 I mourned for days This means that Nehemiah kept on grieving. He did not get over being upset. The term “days” here suggests “many days” and it is a figurative expression for “a long time.” Alternate translation: “I could not stop mourning for a long time.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 1 4 ab33 translate-symaction צָם֙ וּמִתְפַּלֵּ֔ל 1 fasting and praying **Fasting** means going without food. This was something that Jews often did in connection with prayer. It allowed them to concentrate on their prayers, and it showed how important those prayers were. Alternate translation: “I went without food, and I prayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) NEH 1 4 ab35 figs-metonymy וּמִתְפַּלֵּ֔ל לִפְנֵ֖י 1 and praying before the face of Here **face** is a metonym for the action of seeing, which is a figurative way of referring to a person’s notice or attention to something. Nehemiah is saying that he prayed in order to bring these matters to God’s notice or attention. Alternate translation: “and I prayed to” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 1 4 ab37 אֱלֹהֵ֥י הַשָּׁמָֽיִם 1 the God of heaven Alternate translation: “God, who is in heaven” NEH 1 5 ab39 וָאֹמַ֗ר 1 и говорил Неемия рассказывает, о чём он молился. Альтернативный перевод: "Тогда я сказал Яхве" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 1 5 ab41 figs-exclamations אָֽנָּ֤א 1 Яхве Это имя Бога, которое Он открыл своему народу в Ветхом Завете. Посмотреть страницу в translationWord относительно того как перевести Яхве. NEH 1 5 pf2l translate-names יְהוָה֙ 1 любящим Тебя и соблюдающим Твои заповеди Поскольку Неемия говорит с Яхве, местоимения «он» и «его» можно перевести как «ты» и «твой»." Альтернативный перевод:: "кто любит тебя и соблюдает твои заповеди" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) NEH 1 5 ab43 figs-you אֱלֹהֵ֣י הַשָּׁמַ֔יִם 1 the God of heaven Since Nehemiah is addressing God directly, you can use “you” forms in your translation if that is natural. They should be singular but also respectful. Alternate translation: “you are the God who is in heaven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) NEH 1 5 ab45 figs-doublet הָאֵ֥ל הַגָּד֖וֹל וְהַנּוֹרָ֑א 1 the great and fearsome God **Great** and **fearsome** mean similar things. Nehemiah uses them together to emphasize how much respect God deserves. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could also bring that out in your translation. “Great” refers to how powerful God is objectively. “Fearsome” reflects how people should respond to God’s greatness subjectively. They should “fear” God. This does not mean that they should be afraid of him, but that they should show him respect and reverence. Alternate translation: “the great and awesome God” or “the God who deserves total respect” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 1 5 ab47 figs-parallelism שֹׁמֵ֤ר הַבְּרִית֙ וָחֶ֔סֶד 1 who keeps the covenant and covenant faithfulness **Covenant** and **covenant faithfulness** mean similar things. Nehemiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how certain it is that God will keep his promises. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. However, there is a slight difference in meaning, and you could bring that out in your translation even if you combine the phrases. The “covenant” is God’s promise to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob and their descendants. “Covenant faithfulness” is a character quality of God. He is inwardly disposed to keep all of his promises, and so he always does so faithfully. Therefore, you could say something like, “Because of who you are, you always keep your promises faithfully.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NEH 1 5 ab49 figs-parallelism לְאֹהֲבָ֖יו וּלְשֹׁמְרֵ֥י מִצְוֺתָֽיו 1 to those who love him and to those who keep his commandments Nehemiah is not describing two different groups. These phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used for clarity and emphasis. Nehemiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to express that those who love God show this by keeping his commandments. You can translate this so that it is clear that these words describe one group. Alternate translation: “those who love you and keep your commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NEH 1 5 zc64 figs-123person לְאֹהֲבָ֖יו וּלְשֹׁמְרֵ֥י מִצְוֺתָֽיו 1 to those who love him and to those who keep his commandments Since Nehemiah is speaking to Yahweh, the pronouns “him” and “his” can be translated as “you” and “your.” Alternate translation: “who love you and keep your commandments” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) NEH 1 6 ab51 figs-parallelism תְּהִ֣י נָ֣א אָזְנְךָֽ־קַשֶּׁ֣בֶת וְֽעֵינֶ֪יךָ פְתֻוּח֟וֹת 1 твои глаза открыты "Смотри на меня." В этом месте «открой глаза» - это метафора, которая означает обратить на кого-то внимание. Альтернативный перевод: "обрати внимание на меня" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 1 6 ab53 figs-metonymy אָזְנְךָֽ־קַשֶּׁ֣בֶת 1 чтобы услышать молитву Твоего раба "чтобы услышать молитву Твоего раба, которой я молюсь." Слово "раб" относится к Неемии. Это - то, как человек обращается к своему начальнику, чтобы проявить смирение и уважение. NEH 1 6 g947 figs-metonymy וְֽעֵינֶ֪יךָ פְתֻוּח֟וֹת 1 день и ночь Говоря, что он молится днем и ночью, Неемия подчёркивает частоту своих молитв. Альтернативный перевод: "Всё время" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) NEH 1 6 qjf3 figs-123person תְּפִלַּ֣ת עַבְדְּךָ֡ 1 я, и дом моего отца Здесь слово «дом» обозначает семью. Альтернативный перевод: "я, и моя семья" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 1 6 ab55 figs-metonymy מִתְפַּלֵּ֨ל לְפָנֶ֤יךָ 1 am praying before your face Here **face** is a metonym for the action of seeing, which is figurative way of referring to a person’s notice or attention to something. Nehemiah is repeating the fact that he is praying in order to bring these matters to God’s notice or attention. Alternate translation: “praying to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 1 6 ab57 figs-idiom הַיּוֹם֙ 1 today This does not necessarily mean on this particular day, but at this time. Alternate translation: “right now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 1 6 v8gx figs-merism הַיּוֹם֙ יוֹמָ֣ם וָלַ֔יְלָה 1 day and night When Nehemiah says that he has prayed both during the day and during the night, he means that he has also prayed at all times in between, that is, constantly. However, he does not mean that he has prayed non-stop all day long and all night long, without doing any other activities such as sleeping or eating. Alternate translation: “constantly,” otherwise “during the day and at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) NEH 1 6 ab59 figs-gendernotations בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 the sons of Israel Here **sons** figuratively means **descendants.** Alternate translation: “on behalf of the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) NEH 1 6 ab61 figs-metaphor עֲבָדֶ֑יךָ 1 your servants In this context, the word **servants** refers to the special role that the people of Israel had in the world as a model community of God’s followers. Alternate translation: “your chosen people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 1 6 ab63 figs-gendernotations וּמִתְוַדֶּ֗ה עַל־חַטֹּ֤אות בְּנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר חָטָ֣אנוּ לָ֔ךְ 1 confessing on account of the sins of the sons of Israel that we have sinned against you Here again **sons** means **descendants** and the phrase refers to the people of Israel. Alternate translation: “I must confess the sins that we, the people of Israel, have committed against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) NEH 1 6 bxj6 figs-metonymy וַאֲנִ֥י וּבֵית־אָבִ֖י חָטָֽאנוּ 1 Even I and the house of my father, we have sinned Among the Israelites, the expression **father’s house** or **house of the father** originally described an extended-family group who lived together. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. In this expression, the word **house** figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. However, since Nehemiah is stressing his sense of personal responsibility here and identifying closely with the people in this group, he may be using the term in its original sense to refer to his nearest relatives. Alternate translation: “Both I and my family have also sinned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 1 7 ab65 figs-parallelism חֲבֹ֖ל חָבַ֣לְנוּ לָ֑ךְ 1 Общая информация: Коментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. NEH 1 7 ryci figs-abstractnouns חֲבֹ֖ל חָבַ֣לְנוּ לָ֑ךְ 1 With extreme corruption we have acted corruptly against you You can translate the idea of the abstract noun **corruption** with a verb such as **sinned.** Alternate translation: “We have sinned very much against you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 1 7 ab67 figs-doublet אֶת־הַמִּצְוֺ֗ת וְאֶת־הַֽחֻקִּים֙ וְאֶת־הַמִּשְׁפָּטִ֔ים 1 the commandments, and the statutes, and the judgments These three words mean basically the same thing. Nehemiah uses the repetition to emphasize how comprehensively the Israelites have disobeyed what God commanded them through Moses. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “the law of Moses” otherwise “the commands and rules and laws” (Note: A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 1 7 brz7 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוִּ֖יתָ אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֥ה עַבְדֶּֽךָ 1 that you commanded Moses, your servant Moses was the great leader who brought the Israelites out of slavery in Egypt centuries before and gave them God’s law. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “that you gave us many years ago through your servant Moses.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 1 8 pv64 figs-idiom זְכָר־נָא֙ 1 Связующее утверждение: Неемия продолжает молиться Богу. NEH 1 8 y5jp figs-yousingular הַדָּבָ֔ר אֲשֶׁ֥ר צִוִּ֛יתָ אֶת־מֹשֶׁ֥ה עַבְדְּךָ֖ 1 Вспомни же «Вспомни» - это идиома, которая означает «помнить». Альтернативный перевод: "Пожалуйста помни" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 1 8 ab69 הַדָּבָ֔ר 1 слово, которое Ты дал Своему рабу Моисею Местоимения «ты» и «твой» относятся к Богу и поэтому являются исключительными. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) NEH 1 8 b6qh figs-you אַתֶּ֣ם תִּמְעָ֔לוּ 1 Если вы будете неверными ... рассею вас Местоимения «Вы» и «Ваш» - множественного числа относятся к израильскому народу. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) NEH 1 8 ab71 figs-metaphor אַתֶּ֣ם תִּמְעָ֔לוּ 1 Я рассею вас среди народов Яхве говорит как тот кто был причиной того, что народ Израиля жил среди других народов подобно тому как разбрасывают семена. Альтернативный перевод: "Я рассею вас среди народов" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 1 8 evf5 figs-explicit אָפִ֥יץ אֶתְכֶ֖ם בָּעַמִּֽים 1 I myself will scatter you among the peoples The implication is that God would do this to punish the Israelites for breaking his commandments. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “as a punishment, I will take you from your land and make you live among the other nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 1 9 dqn5 figs-you וְשַׁבְתֶּ֣ם אֵלַ֔י וּשְׁמַרְתֶּם֙ מִצְוֺתַ֔י וַעֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם אֹתָ֑ם אִם־יִהְיֶ֨ה נִֽדַּחֲכֶ֜ם 1 когда же обратитесь ко Мне Местоимения «вы» и «ваш» множественного числа и относятся к израильскому народу. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) NEH 1 9 ab75 figs-metaphor וְשַׁבְתֶּ֣ם אֵלַ֔י וּשְׁמַרְתֶּם֙ מִצְוֺתַ֔י וַעֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם אֹתָ֑ם אִם־יִהְיֶ֨ה נִֽדַּחֲכֶ֜ם 1 даже если вы будете изгнаны Это можно сформулировать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "даже если вы будете изгнаны" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 1 9 ab77 figs-parallelism וּשְׁמַרְתֶּם֙ מִצְוֺתַ֔י וַעֲשִׂיתֶ֖ם אֹתָ֑ם 1 на край неба Яхве говорит о местах на земле, которые очень далеко подобно «на краю неба." Альтернативный перевод: "к очень далёким местам" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 1 9 ab79 נִֽדַּחֲכֶ֜ם 1 на место, которое Я избрал ... обитало Эта фраза относится к Иерусалиму, где находился храм. Альтернативный перевод: "в Иерусалим, где я выбрал ... обитать" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 1 9 f8jz figs-hyperbole בִּקְצֵ֤ה הַשָּׁמַ֨יִם֙ 1 которое Я избрал, чтобы там обитало Моё имя Слово "имя" представляет самого Яхве. Альтернативный перевод: "где я принял решение пребывать" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 1 9 ab81 figs-123person אֲקַבְּצֵ֔ם וַהֲבִֽיאוֹתִים֙ 1 I will gather them and bring them Since God is actually addressing the Israelites here, you can say “you” in the plural. Alternate translation: “I will bring you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) NEH 1 9 ab83 figs-parallelism אֲקַבְּצֵ֔ם וַהֲבִֽיאוֹתִים֙ 1 I will gather them and bring them These two statements mean similar things. They are used together to emphasize that God will definitely keep this promise. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine the phrases. Alternate translation: “I will bring you back” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NEH 1 9 ab85 figs-personification אֶל־הַמָּק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁ֣ר בָּחַ֔רְתִּי לְשַׁכֵּ֥ן אֶת־שְׁמִ֖י שָֽׁם 1 to the place where I have chosen to cause my name to dwell there Here God’s name is spoken of as if it were capable of living in a place. The phrase indicates the place from which God chose to start making himself famous throughout the world. You can say something like that as an alternate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) NEH 1 9 lgh9 figs-explicit אֶל־הַמָּק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁ֣ר בָּחַ֔רְתִּי לְשַׁכֵּ֥ן אֶת־שְׁמִ֖י שָֽׁם 1 to the place where I have chosen to cause my name to dwell there This phrase refers initially to Jerusalem because that was where God chose to put his temple. You could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “to Jerusalem, where I have chosen for my name to remain” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 1 9 w4qw figs-metonymy אֶל־הַמָּק֔וֹם אֲשֶׁ֣ר בָּחַ֔רְתִּי לְשַׁכֵּ֥ן אֶת־שְׁמִ֖י שָֽׁם 1 to the place where I have chosen to cause my name to dwell there Nehemiah is actually using this phrase to refer to all of Judah. As the book explains later, when the Jews returned there, they each settled in their own former towns, though one in ten of them were recruited to live in Jerusalem. So Judah is being described by something associated with it, the capital city. Alternate translation: “to your homeland of Judah.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 1 9 g88j figs-metonymy שְׁמִ֖י 1 my name Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. Their fame is described by something associated with it, how well known their name is and how people react to hearing it. Alternate translation: “reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 1 10 mjx7 figs-123person וְהֵ֥ם עֲבָדֶ֖יךָ וְעַמֶּ֑ךָ 1 Общая информация: Неемия продолжает молиться Богу. NEH 1 10 ab87 figs-parallelism וְהֵ֥ם עֲבָדֶ֖יךָ וְעַמֶּ֑ךָ 1 Они Твои рабы Слово «они» относится к израильскому народу. NEH 1 10 ab89 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֤ר פָּדִ֨יתָ֙ 1 Своей великой силой и Своей могущественной рукой Слово «рука» представляет силу или мощь. Вместе эти две фразы образуют дублет, который подчеркивает глубину силы Яхве. Альтернативный перевод: "твоей великой силой и твоей могущественной силой" или "твоей великой силой" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 1 10 zu4s figs-doublet בְּכֹחֲךָ֣ הַגָּד֔וֹל וּבְיָדְךָ֖ הַחֲזָקָֽה 1 by your great power and by your strong hand These two phrases mean basically the same thing. Nehemiah uses the repetition to emphasize the intensity of Yahweh’s power. Alternate translation: “by your very great strength” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 1 10 ax91 figs-metaphor וּבְיָדְךָ֖ הַחֲזָקָֽה 1 your strong hand Here, **hand** represents a person’s power, strength, or ability. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 1 11 ab93 figs-exclamations אָנָּ֣א 1 к молитве Твоего раба Слово «раб» относится к Неемии. Это - то, как человек обращается к своему начальнику, чтобы проявить смирение и уважение. Посмотрите как вы перевели это [Nehemiah 1:6](../01/06.md). NEH 1 11 ab95 אֲדֹנָ֗י תְּהִ֣י נָ֣א אָזְנְךָֽ־קַ֠שֶּׁבֶת אֶל־תְּפִלַּ֨ת עַבְדְּךָ֜ 1 к молитве Твоих рабов Словоь «рабы» относится к остальным израильтянам, которые молились за то, чтобы Яхве действовал от имени своего народа и от имени Иерусалима. NEH 1 11 ab97 translate-names אֲדֹנָ֗י 1 которые любят Твоё имя и поклоняются перед ним Слово "имя" представляет самомого Яхве. Альтернативный перевод: "тот кто восхищается когда поклоняется тебе" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 1 11 ab99 figs-metonymy תְּהִ֣י נָ֣א אָזְנְךָֽ־קַ֠שֶּׁבֶת 1 дай обрести ему милость у этого человека Слово «ему» относится к Неемии, который говорит о себе в третьем лице, чтобы выразить свое смирение перед Богом, а «этот человек» относится к Артаксерксу, царю Персии. NEH 1 11 jjm7 figs-123person תְּפִלַּ֨ת עַבְדְּךָ֜ 1 у этого человека Неемия говорит об отношении или расположении царя. Альтернативный перевод: "позвольте, чтобы царь помиловал меня" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 1 11 j433 תְּפִלַּ֣ת עֲבָדֶ֗יךָ 1 Я был виночерпием у царя Это справочная информация о роли Неемии в царском дворе. Ваш язык может иметь особый способ пометить справочную информацию. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) NEH 1 11 hk3z figs-metonymy הַֽחֲפֵצִים֙ לְיִרְאָ֣ה אֶת־שְׁמֶ֔ךָ 1 the ones who delight to fear your name Here, **name** represents Yahweh himself. Alternate translation: “who are glad to honor you” or “who are eager to uphold your reputation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 1 11 a11b figs-idiom הַֽחֲפֵצִים֙ 1 the ones who delight To delight in doing something means to be glad to do it and to want to do it. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 1 11 a13b לְיִרְאָ֣ה 1 to fear As in [1:5](../01/05.md), **fear** means to show respect and reverence. NEH 1 11 a15b figs-123person וְהַצְלִֽיחָה־נָּ֤א לְעַבְדְּךָ֙ הַיּ֔וֹם וּתְנֵ֣הוּ לְרַחֲמִ֔ים 1 cause your servant to succeed today and give him mercies Once again Nehemiah calls himself a **servant** to show respect to a superior. He then refers to himself in the third person (“give him”) to express humility before God. Alternate translation: “make me successful today and let the king be merciful to me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) NEH 1 11 a17b figs-parallelism וְהַצְלִֽיחָה־נָּ֤א לְעַבְדְּךָ֙ הַיּ֔וֹם וּתְנֵ֣הוּ לְרַחֲמִ֔ים 1 cause your servant to succeed today and give him mercies These two statements mean similar things. Nehemiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how important it is for him to have God’s help. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “grant that the king will have mercy on me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NEH 1 11 a19b figs-idiom הַיּ֔וֹם 1 today This does not necessarily mean on this same day. Rather, Nehemiah is praying that God will give him the opportunity to speak with the king soon about helping the Jews in Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “soon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 1 11 kr99 figs-123person וּתְנֵ֣הוּ לְרַחֲמִ֔ים 1 give him mercies Here, **him** refers to Nehemiah, who refers to himself in the third person to express his humility before God. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) NEH 1 11 r7af figs-metaphor לִפְנֵ֖י הָאִ֣ישׁ הַזֶּ֑ה 1 before the face of this man Here, **face** is a figurative way of referring to the action of seeing, and seeing is a figurative way of describing knowledge, perception, notice, attention, or judgment. In this context, Nehemiah is asking God to cause the king to make a favorable decision in response to a request he plans to make. Alternate translation: “Please grant that the king will agree to the request that I am going to make.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 1 11 a21b figs-explicit הָאִ֣ישׁ הַזֶּ֑ה 1 this man As we will discover in the next chapter, **this man** refers to Artaxerxes, the king of Persia. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 1 11 h9hl writing-background וַאֲנִ֛י הָיִ֥יתִי מַשְׁקֶ֖ה לַמֶּֽלֶךְ 1 Now as for me, I was a cupbearer for the king This is background information about Nehemiah’s role in the king’s court. Your language may have a special way to mark background information. As a “cupbearer,” it was Nehemiah’s duty to serve the wine at the king’s table, but he was much more than a waiter or butler. When the king gave him this assignment, this showed that he trusted Nehemiah completely to protect him from being poisoned. Nehemiah’s work also allowed him to see the king frequently and get to know him. So this was an important office. Alternate translation: “At that time, I was an important official who served the wine at the king’s table.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) NEH 2 intro mj1d 0 # Неемия 02 Общие сведения #<br><br>#### Структура и формат ####<br><br>Эта глава начинает рассказ о строительстве стены. Многие ученые считают, что эти главы дают ценные уроки по лидерству ([Nehemiah 2-6](./01.md)).<br><br>##### Особые темы в этой главе #####<br><br>##### Характер Неемии #####<br>Видимо, характер Неемии произвел впечатление на царя. Для царя было очень необычно быть настолько обеспокоенным судьбой одного из его слуг. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>##### Культурные обычаи #####<br>В древней Персии считалось очень важным, чтобы народы завоеванные ими практиковали свою собственную культуру. Считалось, что эта независимость содействовала миру во всей империи. Восстановление Иерусалима могло рассматриваться как способ позволить практиковать еврейскую культурную. <br><br>##### Божьий контроль #####<br>Яхве самы могущественный. Он может обеспечить свой народ даже через чужого царя. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/peopleofgod]])<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Nehemiah 02:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../01/intro.md) | [>>](../03/intro.md)__ NEH 2 1 a23b writing-newevent וַיְהִ֣י 1 в месяце Нисане «Нисан» - это название первого месяца в еврейском календаре. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) NEH 2 1 a25b figs-explicit בְּחֹ֣דֶשׁ נִיסָ֗ן שְׁנַ֥ת עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 В двадцатый год правления царя Артаксеркса "в 20-м году, царствования Артаксеркса" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NEH 2 1 h3hu translate-hebrewmonths בְּחֹ֣דֶשׁ נִיסָ֗ן 1 и, казалось Это слово используется здесь, чтобы отметить разрыв в основной сюжетной линии. Неемия передаёт поясняющую информацию о своем поведении перед царем. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) NEH 2 1 l63f translate-ordinal שְׁנַ֥ת עֶשְׂרִ֛ים לְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֥סְתְּא הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ 1 in year twenty of Artaxerxes the king This is referring to the number of years that Artaxerxes had been reigning as king. Alternate translation: “in year 20 of the reign of Artaxerxes as the king of Persia” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NEH 2 1 k1vf יַ֣יִן לְפָנָ֑יו 1 wine was before his face **Him** means King Artaxerxes. Alternate translation: “when it was time to serve him the wine” NEH 2 1 a24b figs-metaphor יַ֣יִן לְפָנָ֑יו 1 wine was before his face Here, **face** is a figurative way of referring to the presence of a person. This sentence means that a time had come when Nehemiah needed to serve wine to the king. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 2 1 a29b וָאֶשָּׂ֤א אֶת־הַיַּ֨יִן֙ וָאֶתְּנָ֣ה לַמֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 I lifted the wine, and I gave it to the king Alternate translation: “I poured a cup of wine and gave it to the king” NEH 2 1 a31b figs-idiom וְלֹא־הָיִ֥יתִי רַ֖ע לְפָנָֽיו 1 and I was not evil before his face In this context, **unpleasant** refers to a person looking sad or upset. Alternate translation: “I did not look sad in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 2 1 a33b figs-explicit וְלֹא־הָיִ֥יתִי 1 and I was not The context suggests that **I was not** actually means **I had never been.** It seems that King Artaxerxes always wanted his officials to be cheerful in his presence. That is why Nehemaiah became afraid when the king asked him why he was sad. If it would make things clearer for your readers, you could say “I had never been” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 2 1 a38p figs-metaphor לְפָנָֽיו 1 before his face Here, **face** is a figurative way of referring to the presence of a person. Alternate translation: “in his presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 2 2 n5wy figs-explicit וַיֹּאמֶר֩ לִ֨י הַמֶּ֜לֶךְ 1 Но царь "Итак, царь" NEH 2 2 ue51 figs-synecdoche מַדּ֣וּעַ ׀ פָּנֶ֣יךָ רָעִ֗ים 1 Почему твоё лицо такое печальное Неемия ссылаеться на своё лицом, потому что лицо человека показывает его эмоции. Альтернативный перевод:: "Почему ты такой грустный" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 2 2 a37b figs-idiom מַדּ֣וּעַ ׀ פָּנֶ֣יךָ רָעִ֗ים 1 на сердце у тебя печаль Это говорит о том, что Неемия печален и его сердце наолненно печалью, поскольку сердце часто считают центром эмоций. Альтернативный перевод:: "Ты должно быть очень печален" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 2 2 a39b וְאַתָּה֙ אֵֽינְךָ֣ חוֹלֶ֔ה 1 Я сильно испугался Поскольку Неемия готовится ответить, он боится, потому что он не знает, как на это отреагирует царь. NEH 2 2 g1k7 figs-personification אֵ֣ין זֶ֔ה כִּי־אִ֖ם רֹ֣עַֽ לֵ֑ב 1 This is nothing except evil of heart This phrase means **sadness of heart.** The king speaks as if Nehemiah’s heart were a living thing capable of having emotions. Alternate translation: “You must be very sad inside” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) NEH 2 2 a41b figs-doublenegatives אֵ֣ין זֶ֔ה כִּי־אִ֖ם רֹ֣עַֽ לֵ֑ב 1 This is nothing except evil of heart You can state this in a positive form: Alternate translation: “This can only be sadness” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublenegatives]]) NEH 2 2 eyt8 figs-explicit וָאִירָ֖א הַרְבֵּ֥ה מְאֹֽד 1 Then I was extremely much afraid The implication is that Nehemiah was very afraid because no one was supposed to look unhappy in the king’s presence. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This made me very afraid, because no one was supposed to look unhappy in the king’s presence” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 2 3 qz4i figs-hyperbole הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ לְעוֹלָ֣ם יִחְיֶ֑ה 1 Пусть царь живёт вечно Неемия демонстрирует глубокое уважение царю Артаксерксу. "Вечно" это утрирование которое относится к пожеланию долгой жизни. Альтернативный перевод: "Да здравствует царь" или "Пусть царь живёт долго" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) NEH 2 3 a43b figs-123person הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ לְעוֹלָ֣ם יִחְיֶ֑ה 1 Как мне не быть печальным? Неемия использует этот риторический вопрос, чтобы сказать царю, что у него есть причина быть печальным. Это можно записать как утверждение. Альтернативный перевод: "У меня есть очень веские причины для того чтобы печалиться." (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NEH 2 3 klj6 figs-rquestion מַדּ֜וּעַ לֹא־יֵרְע֣וּ פָנַ֗י 1 где похоронены мои праотцы "место, где похоронены мои предки" NEH 2 3 a45b figs-synecdoche מַדּ֜וּעַ לֹא־יֵרְע֣וּ פָנַ֗י 1 его ворота сожжены огнём Это может быть сформулированно в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод:: "огонь разрушил его ворота" или "наш враг сжёг его ворота" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 2 3 a47b figs-idiom מַדּ֜וּעַ לֹא־יֵרְע֣וּ פָנַ֗י 1 Why should not my face be evil Here, **unpleasant** refers to a person looking sad or upset. Alternate translation: “I have very good reasons to be sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 2 3 a49b figs-explicit הָעִ֜יר…חֲרֵבָ֔ה 1 the city…is desolate **The city** means Jerusalem. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the city of Jerusalem … lies in ruins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 2 3 ehz3 figs-metaphor בֵּית־קִבְר֤וֹת אֲבֹתַי֙ 1 the house of the graves of my fathers Here, **house** is a figurative way of referring to a place. Alternate translation: “the place where my ancestors are buried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 2 3 a51b figs-metonymy בֵּית־קִבְר֤וֹת אֲבֹתַי֙ 1 the house of the graves of my fathers Here, **fathers** figuratively means **ancestors.** Alternate translation: “the place where my ancestors are buried” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 2 3 g7f4 figs-activepassive וּשְׁעָרֶ֖יהָ אֻכְּל֥וּ בָאֵֽשׁ 1 its gates have been consumed by fire If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “fire has destroyed its gates” or “our enemies have burned its gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 2 4 a53b עַל־מַה־זֶּ֖ה אַתָּ֣ה מְבַקֵּ֑שׁ 1 Общая информация: Коментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. NEH 2 4 a55b figs-explicit וָֽאֶתְפַּלֵּ֔ל 1 And I prayed The implication is that Nehemiah prayed to God before he answered the king. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Before I answered him, I prayed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 2 4 a57b אֱלֹהֵ֖י הַשָּׁמָֽיִם 1 the God of heaven Alternate translation: “the God who is in heaven” NEH 2 5 uv1p וָאֹמַ֣ר לַמֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 сказал царю "Затем я ответил царю" NEH 2 5 a59b figs-idiom אִם־עַל־הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ ט֔וֹב 1 твой раб Называя себя рабом, Неемия таким образом хочет показать своё полное подчинение царю. NEH 2 5 a61b figs-123person אִם־עַל־הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ ט֔וֹב 1 нашёл у тебя расположение Слова "нашёл у тебя расположение" представляют мнение или оценку. Альтернативный перевод: "по вашему мнению" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 2 5 ae4b figs-synecdoche וְאִם־יִיטַ֥ב עַבְדְּךָ֖ לְפָנֶ֑יךָ 1 в город, где похоронены мои праотцы "город, где похоронены мои предки" NEH 2 5 u2zy figs-123person וְאִם־יִיטַ֥ב עַבְדְּךָ֖ לְפָנֶ֑יךָ 1 чтобы я восстановил его Неемия не планирует востановливать все здание сам, но он будет руководить производимыми работами. Альтернативный перевод: "чтобы я и мои люди могли восстановить его" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 2 5 a63b figs-idiom אֲשֶׁ֧ר תִּשְׁלָחֵ֣נִי אֶל־יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 that you would send me to Judah Nehemiah is really asking for permission to go, rather than asking the king to send him. But as a sign of respect, he speaks as if the king would be taking the initiative. Alternate translation: “please allow me to go to Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 2 5 df8l עִ֛יר קִבְר֥וֹת אֲבֹתַ֖י 1 the city of the graves of my fathers This is similar to [2:3](../02/03.md). Alternate translation: “the city where my ancestors are buried” NEH 2 5 l6nj figs-synecdoche וְאֶבְנֶֽנָּה 1 and I will build it Nehemiah does not plan to do all of the building himself, but he will be the leader of the work. Alternate translation: “that I and my people may rebuild it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 2 6 a65b figs-explicit וְהַשֵּׁגַ֣ל ׀ יוֹשֶׁ֣בֶת אֶצְל֗וֹ 1 Общая информация: Коментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. NEH 2 6 a67b figs-explicit וְהַשֵּׁגַ֣ל ׀ יוֹשֶׁ֣בֶת אֶצְל֗וֹ 1 with the queen sitting beside him The implication is that the private meal gave Nehemiah the opportunity to speak freely. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I was able to speak freely because this was a private meal, with the queen sitting next to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 2 6 a69b figs-parallelism עַד־מָתַ֛י יִהְיֶ֥ה מַֽהֲלָכֲךָ֖ וּמָתַ֣י תָּשׁ֑וּב 1 Until when will be your journey? And when will you return? These two phrases mean the same thing. The king says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to show that he is genuinely interested in Nehemiah’s situation. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “How long would you be away?” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NEH 2 6 a71b figs-explicit וַיִּיטַ֤ב לִפְנֵֽי־הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ וַיִּשְׁלָחֵ֔נִי 1 And it was good before the face of the king, and he sent me The implication is that Nehemiah told the king how long he would need to be away. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I told him how long I would be gone. That was acceptable to him, and he gave me permission to go” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 2 6 a73b figs-idiom וַיִּיטַ֤ב 1 And it was good As in verse 5, this is an idiom that means, “If it seems like a good idea to you.” Alternate translation: “That was acceptable” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 2 6 a75b figs-synecdoche לִפְנֵֽי־הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ 1 before the face of the king Nehemiah refers to the king by one part of him, his **face**, likely because the face shows one’s emotions. Alternate translation: “to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 2 6 a77b וַיִּשְׁלָחֵ֔נִי 1 and he sent me As in [2:5](../02/05.md), Nehemiah was really asking for permission to go, rather than asking the king to send him. But as a sign of respect, he speaks as if the king took the initiative. Alternate translation: “he gave me permission to go” NEH 2 6 a79b וָֽאֶתְּנָ֥ה ל֖וֹ זְמָֽן 1 and I gave to him a time Alternate translation: “I told him what day I wanted to leave” NEH 2 7 a81b וָאוֹמַר֮ 1 пусть даст мне письма Это может быть сформулированно в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «Можете ли вы дать мне письма» (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 2 7 a83b אִם־עַל־הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ ט֔וֹב 1 областей за рекой Это название провинции к западу от реки Евфрат. Это через реку от города Сузы. NEH 2 7 a85b figs-123person עַל־הַמֶּ֣לֶךְ 1 to the king Nehemiah addresses the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) NEH 2 7 rgj6 figs-activepassive אִגְּרוֹת֙ יִתְּנוּ־לִ֔י 1 let letters be given to me You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “please give me letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 2 7 a87b עַֽל־פַּחֲו֖וֹת 1 for the governors Alternate translation: “that I can show to the governors” NEH 2 7 qp9n translate-names עֵ֣בֶר הַנָּהָ֑ר 1 Beyond-the-River This is the name of the Persian province that lay west of the Euphrates River. Alternate translation: “the province Beyond the River” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 2 7 a89b אֲשֶׁר֙ יַעֲבִיר֔וּנִי עַ֥ד אֲשֶׁר־אָב֖וֹא אֶל־יְהוּדָֽה 1 that they will bring me across as far as where I enter into Judah Nehemiah’s request is not for these governors to provide him with transportation. Nehemiah explains in [2:9](../02/09.md) that the king did that for him. These letter would instead request the governors to allow him safe passage through their provinces. Alternate translation: “Please tell them to give me safe passage through their provinces to Judah” NEH 2 8 a91b וְאִגֶּ֡רֶת אֶל־אָסָף֩ 1 Асаф Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 2 8 ar5v translate-names אָסָף֩ 1 рука моего Бога, делающая добро, была со мной Божья "добрая рука" представляет собой Его "благорасположение". Альтернативный перевод: "Божье благорасположение было на мне" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 2 8 a93b שֹׁמֵ֨ר 1 the keeper of Alternate translation: “the man who takes care of” NEH 2 8 a95b figs-explicit הַפַּרְדֵּ֜ס אֲשֶׁ֣ר לַמֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 the forest that belongs to the king The implication is that this forest was near where Nehemiah was going to need the wood. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “your royal forest in that area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 2 8 a97b figs-123person הַפַּרְדֵּ֜ס אֲשֶׁ֣ר לַמֶּ֗לֶךְ 1 the forest that belongs to the king Nehemiah addresses the king in the third person as a sign of respect. Alternate translation: “your royal forest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) NEH 2 8 a99b אֲשֶׁ֣ר יִתֶּן־לִ֣י עֵצִ֡ים 1 that he will give to me timbers Alternate translation: “Please tell him to give me timber” NEH 2 8 ac11 figs-metonymy הַבִּירָ֤ה אֲשֶׁר־לַבַּ֨יִת֙ 1 the citadel, which is for the house As in [1:1](../01/01.md), **citadel** refers to a fortress or stronghold. “House” here figuratively describes the temple as the “house” where God lives. Alternate translation: “the fortress that is near the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 2 8 ac13 וְלַבַּ֖יִת אֲשֶׁר־אָב֣וֹא אֵלָ֑יו 1 and for the house into which I will enter Alternate translation: “and for the house that I will live in” NEH 2 8 ac15 וַיִּתֶּן־לִ֣י הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 And the king gave to me Alternate translation: “The king agreed to all of my requests” NEH 2 8 w91s figs-metaphor כְּיַד־אֱלֹהַ֖י הַטּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽי 1 according to the good hand of my God upon me Here, **hand** figuratively represents strength, power, control, or action. In this context, the expression means that God acted toward Nehemiah in a positive and favorable manner. Alternate translation: “because God’s favor was upon me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 2 8 ac17 grammar-connect-logic-result כְּיַד־אֱלֹהַ֖י הַטּוֹבָ֥ה עָלָֽי 1 according to the good hand of my God upon me If it would be clearer in your language, you can give this explanation (the reason) before the result that it accounts for, using a connecting word like “so.” Alternate translation: “God’s favor was upon me, and so the king agreed to all of my requests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) NEH 2 9 ac19 וָֽאָב֗וֹא אֶֽל־פַּֽחֲווֹת֙ עֵ֣בֶר הַנָּהָ֔ר 1 Общая информация: Коментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. NEH 2 9 ac21 translate-names עֵ֣בֶר הַנָּהָ֔ר 1 Beyond-the-River This is the name of a Persian province. See how you translated it in [2:7](../02/07.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 2 9 ac23 וָאֶתְּנָ֣ה לָהֶ֔ם אֵ֖ת אִגְּר֣וֹת הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 I gave to them the letters of the king Alternate translation: “I showed them the letters the king had given me.” NEH 2 9 ac25 figs-explicit וָאֶתְּנָ֣ה לָהֶ֔ם אֵ֖ת אִגְּר֣וֹת הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 I gave to them the letters of the king The implication is that when the governors saw the letters from the king, they allowed Nehemiah safe passage. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and they gave me safe passage” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 2 9 ac27 figs-explicit וַיִּשְׁלַ֤ח עִמִּי֙ הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ שָׂ֥רֵי חַ֖יִל וּפָרָשִֽׁים 1 And the king sent with me officers of the army and horsemen The implication is that the king did this when Nehemiah left for Judah, and that the purpose was to protect him on his journey. If it would make things clearer for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “When I left to travel to Judah, the king sent along some army officers and soldiers riding on horses to protect me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 2 9 ac29 figs-events וַיִּשְׁלַ֤ח עִמִּי֙ הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ שָׂ֥רֵי חַ֖יִל וּפָרָשִֽׁים 1 And the king sent with me officers of the army and horsemen You can put this information first because it happened before Nehemiah showed his letters to the governors. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) NEH 2 10 ac31 figs-explicit וַיִּשְׁמַ֞ע סַנְבַלַּ֣ט הַחֹרֹנִ֗י וְטֽוֹבִיָּה֙ הָעֶ֣בֶד הָֽעַמֹּנִ֔י 1 Санаваллат из Хорона Санаваллат - это имя человека, а хорониты были народностью. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 2 10 yz8p translate-names סַנְבַלַּ֣ט הַחֹרֹנִ֗י 1 аммонитский раб Товия Этот человек, вероятно, был освобожденным рабом, занимающий должность чиновника в Аммоне. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 2 10 eh4c translate-names וְטֽוֹבִיָּה֙…הָֽעַמֹּנִ֔י 1 это услышал "услышал, что я прибыл" NEH 2 10 vb3p וְטֽוֹבִיָּה֙ הָעֶ֣בֶד 1 and Tobiah, the servant From the role that Tobiah plays in the book, this phrase seems to indicate that he was the official who served directly under Sanballat. Alternate translation: “Tobiah, his deputy” NEH 2 10 ac33 figs-explicit וַיֵּ֥רַע לָהֶ֖ם רָעָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֑ה אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֥א אָדָ֔ם לְבַקֵּ֥שׁ טוֹבָ֖ה לִבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 And it was evil to them, a great evil, that someone had come to seek good for the sons of Israel The implication is that Sanballat and Tobiah did not want to see Judah become strong again because that would be a threat to the power and influence of Samaria. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 2 10 ac35 figs-idiom וַיֵּ֥רַע לָהֶ֖ם רָעָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֑ה 1 And it was evil to them, a great evil Here **evil** means “bad,” so this expression is the opposite of “if it is good to you” in [2:5](../02/05.md) and [2:7](../02/07.md). Alternate translation: “They thought it was a bad thing, a very bad thing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 2 10 ac37 figs-doublet וַיֵּ֥רַע לָהֶ֖ם רָעָ֣ה גְדֹלָ֑ה 1 And it was evil to them, a great evil These two short phrases mean almost the same thing. Nehemiah uses them together for emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “they became very upset” or “they did not like it at all” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 2 10 ac39 figs-idiom אֲשֶׁר־בָּ֥א אָדָ֔ם לְבַקֵּ֥שׁ טוֹבָ֖ה לִבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 that someone had come to seek good for the sons of Israel **To seek good for** means “to help.” Alternate translation: “that someone had come to help the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 2 10 ac41 figs-gendernotations לִבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 for the sons of Israel As in [1:6](../01/06.md), **sons** means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) NEH 2 11 ac43 figs-explicit וָאָב֖וֹא אֶל־יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 Общая информация: Коментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. NEH 2 11 ac45 וָאֱהִי־שָׁ֖ם יָמִ֥ים שְׁלֹשָֽׁה 1 and I was there three days This phrase seems to look ahead to the next verse, and you could translate it that way and make it the start of the next sentence. Alternate translation: “After I had been there for three days” NEH 2 12 ac47 figs-explicit וָאָק֣וּם ׀ לַ֗יְלָה 1 положил мне на сердце Слово «сердце» Неемия относит к своим мыслям и воле. Альтернативный перевод: "вдохновил меня" или "направил меня" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 2 12 ac49 figs-gendernotations אֲנִי֮ וַאֲנָשִׁ֣ים ׀ מְעַט֮ עִמִּי֒ 1 Со мной не было животных "Со мной не было животных" NEH 2 12 ac51 figs-hyperbole וְלֹא־הִגַּ֣דְתִּי לְאָדָ֔ם מָ֗ה אֱלֹהַי֙ נֹתֵ֣ן אֶל־לִבִּ֔י לַעֲשׂ֖וֹת לִירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 and I did not tell anyone what my God had been giving to my heart to do for Jerusalem Probably Nehemiah told at least some people, since he brought a few men with him when he went out to inspect the walls. So “not … anyone” might be an exaggeration that emphasizes the secrecy Nehemiah maintained. Alternate translation: “I did not say publicly what God had led me to do for Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) NEH 2 12 ac53 grammar-connect-logic-result וְלֹא־הִגַּ֣דְתִּי לְאָדָ֔ם מָ֗ה אֱלֹהַי֙ נֹתֵ֣ן אֶל־לִבִּ֔י לַעֲשׂ֖וֹת לִירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 and I did not tell anyone If it would be clearer in your language, you can give this explanation before describing Nehemiah’s nighttime mission, because it is the reason that explains the result of him maintaining so much secrecy. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) NEH 2 12 s72w figs-metaphor מָ֗ה אֱלֹהַי֙ נֹתֵ֣ן אֶל־לִבִּ֔י לַעֲשׂ֖וֹת 1 had put into my heart Here, Nehemiah’s **heart** figuratively represents his thoughts and will. Alternate translation: “what God had inspired me to do” or “what God had led me to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 2 12 wd63 figs-explicit וּבְהֵמָה֙ אֵ֣ין עִמִּ֔י 1 Now there was no animal with me The implication is that this was another measure to maintain secrecy. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “To keep things quiet, there were no other animals with me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 2 13 au61 figs-synecdoche וָאֵצְאָ֨ה 1 Общая информация: Несколько человек сопровождали Неемию во время осмотра, но он говорит от первого лица, так как он был руководителем. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) NEH 2 13 ac55 translate-names בְשַֽׁעַר־הַגַּ֜יא 1 Я проехал ночью через ворота Долины "Ночью я вышел через ворота Долины" NEH 2 13 az64 figs-metonymy וְאֶל־פְּנֵי֙ עֵ֣ין הַתַּנִּ֔ין 1 Навозным воротам Предположительно, мусор вывозили из города через эти ворота. NEH 2 13 pt1h translate-names עֵ֣ין הַתַּנִּ֔ין 1 разрушенные стены и ворота Иерусалима, сожжённые огнём Это можно сформулированно в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "которые враги Израиля сломали, и деревянные ворота, которые их враги разрушили огнем" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 2 13 mif3 translate-names וְאֶל־שַׁ֖עַר הָאַשְׁפֹּ֑ת 1 and to the gate of dung This is the name of another one of the gates of Jerusalem. It seems that rubbish was removed from the city through this gate. Alternate translation: “the Rubbish Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 2 13 ac59 וָאֱהִ֨י שֹׂבֵ֜ר בְּחוֹמֹ֤ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ 1 And I was looking intently at the walls of Jerusalem Alternate translation: “We made a careful inspection of the walls of Jerusalem” NEH 2 13 a8u1 figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁר־הֵ֣ם פְּרוּצִ֔ים וּשְׁעָרֶ֖יהָ אֻכְּל֥וּ בָאֵֽשׁ 1 that they were broken down, and its gates had been consumed by fire You can use active forms to express the meaning of these two passive verbs. Alternate translation: “which our enemies had broken open, and the wooden gates which they had destroyed with fire” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 2 14 ac61 translate-names שַׁ֣עַר הָעַ֔יִן 1 Общая информация: Коментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. NEH 2 14 ac63 translate-names בְּרֵכַ֖ת הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ 1 the pool of the king This is the name of a pool outside Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Royal Pool” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 2 14 ac65 וְאֵין־מָק֥וֹם לַבְּהֵמָ֖ה לַעֲבֹ֥ר תַּחְתָּֽי 1 but there was no place for the animal under me to pass Alternate translation: “The opening there was so narrow that the animal I was riding could not get through” NEH 2 15 l39v figs-synecdoche וָאֱהִ֨י עֹלֶ֤ה בַנַּ֨חַל֙ לַ֔יְלָה וָאֱהִ֥י שֹׂבֵ֖ר בַּחוֹמָ֑ה וָאָשׁ֗וּב וָאָב֛וֹא בְּשַׁ֥עַר הַגַּ֖יְא וָאָשֽׁוּב 1 я поднялся ...и вернулся назад Другие люди с Неемией также следовали за ним. Альтернативный перевод:: "Итак, мы поднялись ... и мы вернулись" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 2 15 ac67 grammar-connect-logic-result וָאֱהִ֨י עֹלֶ֤ה בַנַּ֨חַל֙ לַ֔יְלָה וָאֱהִ֥י שֹׂבֵ֖ר בַּחוֹמָ֑ה וָאָשׁ֗וּב וָאָב֛וֹא בְּשַׁ֥עַר הַגַּ֖יְא וָאָשֽׁוּב 1 воротами Долины "через ворота Долины" NEH 2 15 ac69 figs-synecdoche וָאֱהִ֨י עֹלֶ֤ה 1 And I was going up Nehemiah continues to speak of himself as representative of the whole group. Alternate translation: “So we followed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 2 15 ac71 translate-unknown בַנַּ֨חַל֙ 1 by the wadi This refers to the Kidron Brook, which runs along the eastern side of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Kidron Brook” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 2 15 ac73 figs-explicit לַ֔יְלָה 1 at night The implication may be “even though it was night.” The slippery, uneven ground of the path along the brook would have been more dangerous in the dark. (Nehemiah is writing a chronicle of all the things he did to help the Jews, and he records specific things that required risk or sacrifice.) Alternate translation: “even though it was night.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 2 15 ac75 figs-explicit וָאֱהִ֥י שֹׂבֵ֖ר בַּחוֹמָ֑ה 1 and I was looking intently at the wall The implication is that from the brook they were able to look up at the wall and see its condition. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “From there we were able to look up at the wall and see its condition.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 2 15 ac77 וָאָשׁ֗וּב 1 Then I turned back This likely means not that Nehemiah turned around, but that this route brought him and the other men back to where they started. So they were able to go all the way around the city and inspect the entire wall. Alternate translation: “This route brought us back to where we started.” NEH 2 15 ac79 figs-synecdoche וָאָשׁ֗וּב 1 Then I turned back The other men with Nehemiah also followed him. Alternate translation: “This route brought us back to where we started.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 2 15 b637 וָאָב֛וֹא בְּשַׁ֥עַר הַגַּ֖יְא 1 and I came in at the gate of the valley Alternate translation: “We re-entered the city through the Valley Gate” NEH 2 15 ac81 translate-names בְּשַׁ֥עַר הַגַּ֖יְא 1 at the gate of the valley See how you translated the name of this gate in [2:13](../02/13.md). Alternate translation: “the Valley Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 2 15 ac83 figs-explicit וָאָשֽׁוּב 1 and I returned Here the expression probably means “and I went back home.” The implication is that no one had seen him. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and I went back home without being seen.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 2 16 ac85 וְהַסְּגָנִ֗ים 1 другим работникам Это относится к людя, которые позже приняли участие в восстановлении стен. Альтернативный перевод: "другие, которые позже будут выполнять работу по восстановлению стен" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translat e/figs-explicit]]) NEH 2 16 ac87 figs-explicit עַד־כֵּ֖ן לֹ֥א הִגַּֽדְתִּי 1 until this time I had not yet told The implication is that Nehemiah had not yet told anyone that he was planning to repair the walls. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “had not yet told … that I was planning to repair the walls.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 2 16 ac89 figs-explicit וְלַיְּהוּדִ֨ים וְלַכֹּהֲנִ֜ים וְלַחֹרִ֣ים וְלַסְּגָנִ֗ים 1 the Jews, the priests, or the nobles, or the perfects The implication seems to be that Nehemiah had not said anything privately about his plans to any particular group of leaders. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I had not even said anything about it privately to the Jewish leaders, the priests, the leading citizens, or the city officials” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 2 16 ac91 figs-synecdoche וְלַיְּהוּדִ֨ים 1 the Jews While this expression means “the Jewish people” in most of the book, in the contexts here and in [5:17](../05/17.md) it seems to mean “the Jewish leaders.” Nehemiah is describing some members of this people group, its leaders, as if they were the whole group. Alternate translation: “the Jewish leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 2 16 xd75 figs-explicit וּלְיֶ֨תֶר֙ עֹשֵׂ֣ה הַמְּלָאכָ֔ה 1 the rest who were about to do the work This seems to refer to the people who would later rebuild the walls. Alternate translation: “the others who would later do the work of rebuilding the walls” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 2 17 ac93 figs-explicit וָאוֹמַ֣ר אֲלֵהֶ֗ם 1 Вы видите в какой беде мы находимся Слово «вы» означает множественное число и относитясь ко всем людям, упомянутым в [Nehemiah 2:16](../02/16.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-you]]) NEH 2 17 ac95 figs-abstractnouns אַתֶּ֤ם רֹאִים֙ הָרָעָה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֲנַ֣חְנוּ בָ֔הּ 1 его ворота сожжены огнём Это может быть сформулированно в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "как наши враги разрушили его ворота огнем" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 2 17 we6m figs-you אַתֶּ֤ם רֹאִים֙ הָרָעָה֙ 1 не будем больше в позоре "таким образом, мы больше не будем стыдиться" NEH 2 17 ac97 figs-activepassive יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ חֲרֵבָ֔ה וּשְׁעָרֶ֖יהָ נִצְּת֣וּ בָאֵ֑שׁ 1 Jerusalem is desolate and its gates have been burned by fire If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the meaning here using active forms. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem lies in ruins, and our enemies have burned down its gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 2 17 f468 figs-explicit יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ חֲרֵבָ֔ה וּשְׁעָרֶ֖יהָ נִצְּת֣וּ בָאֵ֑שׁ 1 Jerusalem is desolate and its gates have been burned by fire The implication is, “We need to do something about this!” If it would be clearer in your language, you could add something like that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 2 17 ac99 לְכ֗וּ וְנִבְנֶה֙ אֶת־חוֹמַ֣ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֔ם 1 Come, and let us build the wall of Jerusalem **Come** does not mean “come over to this place” but “come on, let’s do this!” Nehemiah is issuing both an invitation and a public challenge to everyone who is listening. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could translate his words in a way that reflects this. Alternate translation: “I challenge all of you to join me in rebuilding the wall of Jerusalem.” NEH 2 17 ll6y figs-abstractnouns וְלֹא־נִהְיֶ֥ה ע֖וֹד חֶרְפָּֽה 1 and we will no longer be a reproach You can translate the idea behind the abstract noun “reproach” with an adjective such as “ashamed.” Alternate translation: “so we will no longer be ashamed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 2 18 twi7 figs-metaphor יַ֣ד אֱלֹהַ֗י אֲשֶׁר־הִיא֙ טוֹבָ֣ה עָלַ֔י 1 доброй руке моего Бога Божья "добрая рука" представляет собой Его "благорасположение". Альтернативный перевод: "Божье благорасположение было на мне" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 2 18 a11c דִּבְרֵ֥י הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אָֽמַר־לִ֑י 1 Будем строить Это идиома. Альтернативный перевод: «начать строительство» (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 2 18 a13c figs-explicit נָק֣וּם וּבָנִ֔ינוּ 1 приступили к доброму делу Фраза «приступили к доброму делу» означает готовиться делать что-то. Альтернативный перевод: "они подготовились, к доброму делу" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 2 18 a15c figs-idiom נָק֣וּם וּבָנִ֔ינוּ 1 We will rise up and build In this context, **rise up** means to begin something. This was an enthusiastic response. Alternate translation: “Let’s get going and start building!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 2 18 y6ui figs-idiom וַיְחַזְּק֥וּ יְדֵיהֶ֖ם לַטּוֹבָֽה 1 And they strengthened their hands for good The phrase “strengthened their hands” means that they encouraged one another. “For good” refers to the rebuilding project, which they recognized would be a great benefit. Alternate translation: “So they prepared themselves to do this good work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 2 18 a14c figs-metaphor יְדֵיהֶ֖ם 1 their hands **Hand** in this context represents a person’s strength or power. Alternate translation: “they prepared themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 2 19 et87 translate-names סַנְבַלַּ֨ט הַחֹרֹנִ֜י 1 Санаваллат ... Товия Это имена людей. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Nehemiah 2:10](./10.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 2 19 a19c translate-names וְטֹבִיָּ֣ה…הָֽעַמּוֹנִ֗י 1 Гешем Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 2 19 a21c וְטֹבִיָּ֣ה ׀ הָעֶ֣בֶד 1 Что это за дело, которое вы делаете? Уж не думаете ли восстать против царя? Эти риторические вопросы которые используются, для того чтобы издеваться над Неемией. Это может быть записанно как утверждение. Альтернативный перевод: "Ты поступаешь глупо! Ты не должен восставать против царя!" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NEH 2 19 cxe8 translate-names וְגֶ֨שֶׁם֙ הָֽעַרְבִ֔י 1 царь Это относится к Артаксерсу, царю Персии. NEH 2 19 a23c figs-explicit וַיִּשְׁמַע֩ 1 Then…heard The implication is that these men learned that the Jews in Jerusalem had started to rebuild the city walls. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “learned that we had started to rebuild the walls of Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 2 19 a25c figs-parallelism וַיַּלְעִ֣גוּ לָ֔נוּ וַיִּבְז֖וּ עָלֵ֑ינוּ 1 and they mocked us, and they despised us These two statements mean similar things. Nehemiah says the same thing twice, in slightly different ways, to emphasize how contemptuous and dismissive these enemies were being. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “they ridiculed us mercilessly,” otherwise “they made fun of us and ridiculed us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NEH 2 19 ww1k figs-rquestion מָֽה־הַדָּבָ֤ר הַזֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַתֶּ֣ם עֹשִׂ֔ים הַעַ֥ל הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ אַתֶּ֥ם מֹרְדִֽים 1 What is this thing that you are doing? Are you rebelling against the king? These enemies are not asking questions that they expect Nehemiah to answer. They are using the question form to mock him. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could translate their words as statements. Alternate translation: “What you are doing is not going to amount to anything! But you should not be rebelling against the king!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NEH 2 19 u8ri figs-explicit מָֽה־הַדָּבָ֤ר הַזֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַתֶּ֣ם עֹשִׂ֔ים 1 What is this thing that you are doing? The implication is that this **thing** is really “nothing” at all. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “What you are doing is not going to amount to anything!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 2 20 a27c figs-explicit וָאָשִׁ֨יב אוֹתָ֜ם דָּבָ֗ר וָאוֹמַ֤ר לָהֶם֙ 1 станем строить Это идиома. Альтернативный перевод: "начнется восстановление" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 2 20 a29c figs-parallelism וָאָשִׁ֨יב אוֹתָ֜ם דָּבָ֗ר וָאוֹמַ֤ר לָהֶם֙ 1 нет части, права и памяти в Иерусалиме "Но у вас нет ни доли, ни законного права или религиозных притязаний на Иерусалим" NEH 2 20 a31c אֱלֹהֵ֣י הַשָּׁמַ֔יִם ה֚וּא יַצְלִ֣יחַֽ לָ֔נוּ 1 The God of heaven, he will cause us to succeed Alternate translation: “The God who is in heaven will enable us to complete this project.” NEH 2 20 a33c figs-metaphor וַאֲנַ֥חְנוּ עֲבָדָ֖יו נָק֣וּם וּבָנִ֑ינוּ 1 we ourselves, his servants, will rise up and build As in [1:6](../01/06.md), the word **servants** refers to the special role that the people of Israel had in the world as a model community of God’s followers. Alternate translation: “we are his chosen people, and we are going to begin rebuilding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 2 20 iv9x figs-idiom נָק֣וּם וּבָנִ֑ינוּ 1 will arise and build As in [2:18](../02/18.md), **rise up** means to begin something. Alternate translation: “going to begin rebuilding” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 2 20 a4e6 figs-doublet וְלָכֶ֗ם אֵֽין־חֵ֧לֶק וּצְדָקָ֛ה וְזִכָּר֖וֹן בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 But you have no share, no right, and no historic claim in Jerusalem The terms **share**, **right**, and **memorial** all mean something similar. Nehemiah uses them together for emphasis. The meanings are not entirely certain. “Share” may suggest that the Samaritans are not part of the community. “Right” may mean that they have no legal basis to say what should happen in Jerusalem. “Memorial” could mean that they had have no role in the city’s history, or that there is no record of their Israelite ancestry. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “But you have absolutely nothing to do with what happens in Jerusalem.” (Note: A doublet can involve the use of more than two terms.) (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 2 20 a35c figs-abstractnouns וְלָכֶ֗ם אֵֽין־חֵ֧לֶק וּצְדָקָ֛ה וְזִכָּר֖וֹן בִּירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 But you have no share, no right, and no historic claim in Jerusalem Depending on their meaning, the terms “share,” “right,” and “memorial” may be abstract nouns. If so, you could translate the idea behind them with a phrase that expresses their overall meaning. Alternate translation: “But you have absolutely nothing to do with what happens in Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 3 intro dfw6 0 # Неемия 03 Общие сведения #<br><br>#### Особые темы в этой главе ####<br><br>##### Священники #####<br>Священники трудились над восстановлением города. Обычно священники были освобождены от этого вида работ. Поскольку они помогли, это подчеркивает, что это был священный труд и то что сделано было сделано для Яхве. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/holy]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]])<br><br>##### Сотрудничество #####<br>Все работали над востанолением стен. Для того чтобы подчеркнуть сотрудничество между разными семьями упоминаются многие имена. Каждому была дана часть стены, для того чтобы стена была восстановленна.<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Nehemiah 03:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../02/intro.md) | [>>](../04/intro.md)__ NEH 3 1 ald8 figs-explicit וַיָּ֡קָם אֶלְיָשִׁיב֩ הַכֹּהֵ֨ן הַגָּד֜וֹל 1 Великий священник Елияшив встал со своими братьями священниками "Великий священник Елияшив выступил вперёд со своими братьями священниками" NEH 3 1 a37c figs-idiom וַיָּ֡קָם 1 Елияшив Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 1 g9az translate-names אֶלְיָשִׁיב֩ 1 башня Меа "башня Меа" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 3 1 a39c translate-unknown הַכֹּהֵ֨ן הַגָּד֜וֹל 1 башня Хананела Это название башни. Скорее всего, башня названа в честь человека по имени "Хананел". (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 1 a40c figs-metaphor וְאֶחָ֣יו הַכֹּהֲנִ֗ים 1 with his brothers the priests Here, **brother** could mean Eliashib’s biological brothers, but more likely it figuratively refers to the rest of the priests. Alternate translation: “with his fellow priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 3 1 a43c figs-explicit וַיִּבְנוּ֙ 1 and they built It is clear from the context that they were not building something brand new. Rather, they were rebuilding the walls that had been knocked down. This expression occurs several times in this chapter. It would be helpful to your readers to translate it consistently. Alternate translation: “rebuilt.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 3 1 a45c translate-names שַׁ֣עַר הַצֹּ֔אן 1 the gate of the sheep This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Sheep Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 1 a47c translate-symaction הֵ֣מָּה קִדְּשׁ֔וּהוּ 1 They themselves consecrated it **Consecrate** means to set something apart for a special purpose. The Sheep Gate was the gate closest to the temple. By dedicating it to God, the priests were symbolically dedicating the entire wall to God. The rebuilt wall would define and protect the city of Jerusalem as the place from which God had chosen to start making himself famous throughout the world, as described in [1:9](../01/09.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) NEH 3 1 a49c figs-explicit הֵ֣מָּה קִדְּשׁ֔וּהוּ 1 They themselves consecrated it If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say explicitly that by dedicating the Sheep Gate to God, the priests were symbolically dedicating the entire wall to God. Alternate translation: “They dedicated this gate to God as a symbolic way of dedicating the entire wall.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 3 1 a51c וַֽיַּעֲמִ֖ידוּ דַּלְתֹתָ֑יו 1 and erected its doors **Its** refers to the Sheep Gate. **Erected** means “set up” or “set in place.” This expression occurs several times in this chapter. It would be helpful to your readers to translate it consistently. Alternate translation: “set the doors in place.” NEH 3 1 a7k9 figs-ellipsis וְעַד־מִגְדַּ֤ל הַמֵּאָה֙ קִדְּשׁ֔וּהוּ עַ֖ד מִגְדַּ֥ל חֲנַנְאֵֽל 1 And they consecrated it as far as the tower of the Hundred and as far as the tower of Hananel In this record of people who helped rebuild the wall, Nehemiah is writing more of a list than a narrative, so he often leaves out one or more words that a sentence normally would have in order to be complete. This sentence seems to mean, “They rebuilt the wall as far as the Tower of the Hundred, and beyond that to the Tower of Hananel. Then they dedicated that part of the wall to God as well.” You could say something like that if it would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 3 1 e1th translate-names מִגְדַּ֤ל הַמֵּאָה֙…מִגְדַּ֥ל חֲנַנְאֵֽל 1 the tower of the Hundred…the tower of Hananel These are the names of two of the towers on the Jerusalem wall. Alternate translation: “the Tower of the Hundred … the Tower of Hananel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 1 r9wn translate-unknown מִגְדַּ֤ל הַמֵּאָה֙ 1 the tower of the Hundred It is not clear why this tower had this name. The tower could have been 100 cubits high (about 150 feet or about 45 meters), or 100 soldiers may have been stationed there. Since the reason is unknown, it might be best just to call this the “Tower of the Hundred.” However, if it would be confusing to your readers not to explain the meaning of the number, you suggest one of these possibilities. Alternate translation: “The Tower of the Hundred Soldiers” or “The Hundred-Cubit Tower.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 3 2 xtj9 figs-idiom וְעַל־יָד֥וֹ בָנ֖וּ 1 Закхур, сын Имрия Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 2 qf25 figs-gendernotations אַנְשֵׁ֣י יְרֵח֑וֹ 1 иерихонцы Это означает, что люди были из Иерихона. Альтернативный перевод: "люди из Иерихона" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) NEH 3 2 u2s6 translate-names יְרֵח֑וֹ 1 Jericho Jericho is the name of one of the cities in Judah. We see from this chapter that several cities and towns sent work parties to help rebuild the walls of Jerusalem. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 2 q84s translate-names זַכּ֖וּר בֶּן־אִמְרִֽי 1 Zaccur, the son of Imri Zaccur is the name of a man, and Imri is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 3 bbm9 translate-names הַסְּנָאָ֑ה 1 Сенаи Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 3 if44 translate-names שַׁ֣עַר הַדָּגִ֔ים 1 вставили в них двери «установил двери» или «поставил двери на место»" NEH 3 3 kxd6 וַֽיַּעֲמִ֨ידוּ֙ דַּלְתֹתָ֔יו מַנְעוּלָ֖יו וּבְרִיחָֽיו 1 замки и засовы "замки и засовы". Надежно заперли ворота. NEH 3 3 kc48 figs-explicit מַנְעוּלָ֖יו וּבְרִיחָֽיו 1 its bolts, and its bars Bolts and bars locked the gates securely. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “bolts and bars for locking the gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 3 4 nn6j figs-ellipsis הֶחֱזִ֗יק…הֶחֱזִ֔יק…הֶֽחֱזִ֔יק 1 Меремоф ... Урии ... Гаккоца ... Мешуллам ... Берехии ... Мешизабела ... Садок ... Бааны Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 4 c8hi translate-names מְרֵמ֤וֹת בֶּן־אוּרִיָּה֙ בֶּן־הַקּ֔וֹץ 1 Около них восстанавливал стену Меремоф ... восстанавливал Мешуллам ... восстанавливал Садок Эти фразы относятся к восстановлению стены. Альтернативный перевод: "Меремоф востановил следующий участок стены ... Мешуллам восстановил стену ... Садок восстановил стену" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 3 4 inh2 translate-names מְשֻׁלָּ֥ם בֶּן־בֶּרֶכְיָ֖ה בֶּן־מְשֵׁיזַבְאֵ֑ל 1 Meshullam, the son of Berechiah, the son of Meshezabel Meshullam is the name of a man, Berechiah is the name of his father, and Meshezabel is the name of his grandfather. Alternate translation: “Meshullam, the son of Berekiah and grandson of Meshezabel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 4 xn3i translate-names צָד֖וֹק בֶּֽן־בַּעֲנָֽא 1 Zadok, the son of Baana Zadok is the name of a man, and Baana is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 5 d8sa figs-ellipsis הֶחֱזִ֣יקוּ הַתְּקוֹעִ֑ים 1 восстанавливали фекойцы Эти фразы относятся к востановлению стены. Альтернативный перевод: "фекойцы востановили стену" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 3 5 j3k4 translate-names הַתְּקוֹעִ֑ים 1 фекойцы Это люди из города Фекоа. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 5 x484 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְאַדִּֽירֵיהֶם֙ 1 but their nobles Here Nehemiah is indicating a contrast between what these people should have done and what they actually did. You can use a word like “but” to indicate this. Alternate translation: “But the leading citizens of Tekoa” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) NEH 3 5 l7zc figs-explicit לֹא־הֵבִ֣יאוּ צַוָּרָ֔ם בַּעֲבֹדַ֖ת אֲדֹנֵיהֶֽם 1 did not bring their necks to the service of their lords Nehemiah does not state the reason why the nobles did not do the work, but it is implied. Alternate translation: “were too proud to do the work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 3 5 nsg3 figs-metonymy לֹא־הֵבִ֣יאוּ צַוָּרָ֔ם בַּעֲבֹדַ֖ת אֲדֹנֵיהֶֽם 1 did not bring their necks to the service of their lords Here, the **neck** represents the entire person, and specifically the person at work. The neck is likely associated with work because in this agrarian culture, draft animals would put their necks into yokes so that they could pull plows and drag loads. Alternate translation: “were too proud to do the work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 3 5 r94d translate-unknown בַּעֲבֹדַ֖ת אֲדֹנֵיהֶֽם 1 to the service of their lords **Lords** here most likely refers to the leaders of Judah, who had asked all the surrounding cities and towns to send work parties to help rebuild the walls of Jerusalem. Another possibility is that the plural form of the word “lord” actually refers to God. Alternate translation: “the work that the leaders of Judah had asked them to do” or “the service of their Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 3 5 d3h9 figs-abstractnouns בַּעֲבֹדַ֖ת 1 to…service of **Service** is an abstract noun that refers to the work of rebuilding the wall. You can translate the idea behind it with a concrete noun such as “work.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 3 6 ykz8 translate-names שַׁ֨עַר הַיְשָׁנָ֜ה 1 Иоаида ... Пасеаха и Мешуллам ... Бесодии Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 6 i43m translate-names יֽוֹיָדָע֙ בֶּן־פָּסֵ֔חַ 1 вставили в них двери "установил двери "или" поставил двери на место" NEH 3 6 n1wi translate-names וּמְשֻׁלָּ֖ם בֶּן־בְּסֽוֹדְיָ֑ה 1 замки и засовы "замки и засовы". Надежно заперли ворота. NEH 3 7 hu9u translate-names מְלַטְיָ֣ה הַגִּבְעֹנִ֗י 1 Мелатия ... Иадон Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 7 ipe7 translate-names וְיָדוֹן֙ הַמֵּרֹ֣נֹתִ֔י 1 Гаваонитяне Гаваонитяне это народность. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 7 n6xg translate-names אַנְשֵׁ֥י גִבְע֖וֹן וְהַמִּצְפָּ֑ה 1 Гаваон и Мицфа Это названия мест. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 7 mj92 translate-unknown לְכִסֵּ֕א פַּחַ֖ת עֵ֥בֶר הַנָּהָֽר 1 области за рекой Это название провинции к западу от реки Евфрат, через реку от города Сузы. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Nehemiah 2:7](../02/07.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 8 b2yh translate-names עֻזִּיאֵ֤ל בֶּֽן־חַרְהֲיָה֙ 1 Уззиил ... Харгаи ... Ханания Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 8 f4p5 translate-unknown צֽוֹרְפִ֔ים 1 ювелир Ювелир - это человек, который делает золотые украшения и другие золотые изделия. NEH 3 8 mx88 translate-names חֲנַנְיָ֖ה 1 ювелир, восстанаваливал Эти фразы относятся к востановлению стены. Альтернативный перевод: "ювелир восстанаваливал стену" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 3 8 mm1q figs-metaphor בֶּן־הָרַקָּחִ֑ים 1 а возле него восстанавливал Ханания Ханания так же востанавливал стену. Альтернативный перевод: "рядом с ним Ханания востанавливал стену" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 3 8 y25y translate-names וַיַּֽעַזְבוּ֙ יְר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם עַ֖ד הַחוֹמָ֥ה הָרְחָבָֽה 1 And they restored Jerusalem as far as the broad wall This is the name of one of the features of the Jerusalem wall. This may have been a place where the wall had been built thicker and stronger for strategic purposes. Alternate translation: “They rebuilt the wall of Jerusalem as far as the Broad Wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 9 m5at וְעַל־יָדָ֤ם הֶחֱזִיק֙ רְפָיָ֣ה בֶן־ח֔וּר שַׂ֕ר חֲצִ֖י פֶּ֥לֶךְ יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 Рефаия ... Хура Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 9 avu2 translate-names רְפָיָ֣ה בֶן־ח֔וּר 1 восстанавливал Рефаия Рефаия восстанавливал стену. Альтернативный перевод: "Рефаия восстанавливал стену" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 3 9 rd4i translate-fraction חֲצִ֖י פֶּ֥לֶךְ יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 начальник руководитель или главный администратор. NEH 3 9 e9bc половины иерусалимского округа «Половина» означает одну часть из двух равных частей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) NEH 3 10 k6g1 translate-names יְדָיָ֥ה בֶן־חֲרוּמַ֖ף 1 Иедаия ... Харумафа ... Хаттуш ... Хашавнии Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 10 v3be וְעַל־יָדָ֧ם הֶחֱזִ֛יק…וְנֶ֣גֶד בֵּית֑וֹ 1 восстанавливал Иедаия ... восстанавливал Хаттуш Эти фразы относятся к восстановлению стены. Альтернативный перевод: "Иедаия восстанавливал стену ... Хаттуш восстанавливал стену" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 3 10 ek5q translate-names חַטּ֖וּשׁ בֶּן־חֲשַׁבְנְיָֽה 1 And Hattush, the son of Hashabneiah Hattush is the name of a man, and Hashabneiah is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 11 b6fx translate-ordinal מִדָּ֣ה שֵׁנִ֗ית 1 Малхия ... Харима ... Хашшув ... Пахаф-Моава Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 11 g61e translate-names מַלְכִּיָּ֣ה בֶן־חָרִ֔ם 1 восстанавливали следующий участок Эти фразы относятся к востановлению стены. Альтернативный перевод: "восстанавливали следующий участок стены" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 3 11 jy16 translate-names וְחַשּׁ֖וּב בֶּן־פַּחַ֣ת מוֹאָ֑ב 1 and Hasshub, the son of Pahath-Moab Hasshub is the name of a man, and Pahath-Moab is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 11 l1db translate-names מִגְדַּ֥ל הַתַּנּוּרִֽים 1 the tower of ovens This is the name of one of the towers of the Jerusalem wall. Alternate translation: “the Tower of the Ovens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 12 e9p4 translate-names שַׁלּוּם֙ בֶּן־הַלּוֹחֵ֔שׁ 1 Шаллум ... Галлохеша Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 12 wml3 translate-names שַׂ֕ר חֲצִ֖י פֶּ֣לֶךְ יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 восстанавливал ... он и его дочери Эти фразы относятся к востановлению стены. Альтернативный перевод: "востановил еще один участок стены ... востановил стену вместе со своими дочерьми" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 3 12 b7iq ה֖וּא וּבְנוֹתָֽיו 1 Шаллум, сын Галлохеша, начальник Шаллум был начальником половины иерусалимского округа. NEH 3 12 3ccc начальник Руководитель или главный управляющий. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Nehemiah 3:9](../03/09.md). NEH 3 12 4d32 половины иерусалимского округа «Половина» означает одну часть из двух равных частей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) NEH 3 13 i9v2 translate-names שַׁ֨עַר הַגַּ֜יְא 1 Ханун Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 13 itt7 translate-names חָנוּן֮ 1 жители Заноаха "люди из Заноаха" NEH 3 13 w5le translate-names וְיֹשְׁבֵ֣י זָנוֹחַ֒ 1 Заноах Это название места. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 13 kw6h translate-bdistance וְאֶ֤לֶף אַמָּה֙ 1 Ворота Долины "Врата долины »или« Ворота, ведущие в долину ». Постарайтесь перевести это выражение как название, не описывая его. NEH 3 13 r9e4 translate-names שַׁ֥עַר הָשֲׁפֽוֹת 1 вставили в них двери "установил двери» или «поставил двери на место" NEH 3 13 7542 замки и засовы "замки и засовы." Заперли ворота. NEH 3 13 08c7 они восстановили тысячу локтей стены до Навозных ворот Они востановили часть стены между воротами Долины и Навозными воротами. Альтернативный перевод: "они восстановили тысячу локтей стены, от ворот Долины до Навозных ворот" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 3 13 6f89 они восстановили тысячу локтей Понятно, что они востановили стену Иерусалима. Альтернативный перевод: "они восстановили тысячу локтей стены" or "Они востановили еще тысячу локтей стены за пределами ворот Долины" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 3 13 b3bf тысячу локтей "1,000 локтей." Это может быть написано в современных измерениях. Альтернативный перевод: "460 метров" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bdistance]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 3 13 384e Навозные ворота Предположительно, мусор вывозился из города через эти ворота. Постарайтесь перевести это выражение как название, не описывая его. NEH 3 14 d9dt translate-names שַׁ֣עַר הָאַשְׁפּ֗וֹת 1 Малхия ... Рехава Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 14 w494 translate-names מַלְכִּיָּ֣ה בֶן־רֵכָ֔ב 1 Малхия, сын Рехава, начальник Малахия был начальником, а не Рехав. NEH 3 14 u2dk translate-names פֶּ֣לֶךְ בֵּית־הַכָּ֑רֶם 1 начальник Руководитель или главный управляющий. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Nehemiah 3:9](../03/09.md). NEH 3 14 227c Беф-Карем Это название места. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 14 b490 вставили в них двери "установил двери» или «поставил двери на место" NEH 3 14 fd13 замки и засовы "замки и засовы." Заперли ворота. NEH 3 15 shf9 translate-names שַׁ֨עַר הָעַ֜יִן 1 Шаллум ... Колхозея Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 15 l7wu translate-names שַׁלּ֣וּן בֶּן־כָּל־חֹזֶה֮ 1 Шаллум, сын Колхозея, начальник Шаллум был начальником, а не Колхозей. NEH 3 15 bd9j translate-names פֶּ֣לֶךְ הַמִּצְפָּה֒ 1 стену у пруда Селах Это означает, что стена была около пруда Селах. Альтернативный перевод: "стена, которая окружала пруд Селах" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-possession]]) NEH 3 15 l3hf ה֤וּא יִבְנֶ֨נּוּ֙ וִיטַֽלְלֶ֔נּוּ 1 He himself was building it and covering it Alternate translation: “He rebuilt the gate and put a roof over it” NEH 3 15 c8rt חוֹמַ֞ת בְּרֵכַ֤ת הַשֶּׁ֨לַח֙ 1 the wall of the pool of Siloam Alternate translation: “the wall that surrounded the Pool of Siloam” NEH 3 15 kmx6 לְגַן־הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ וְעַד־הַֽמַּעֲל֔וֹת הַיּוֹרְד֖וֹת מֵעִ֥יר דָּוִֽיד 1 at the garden of the king even as far as the stairs descending from the city of David Alternate translation: “next to the royal garden, as far as the steps that went down from the City of David.” NEH 3 15 c5bs translate-names מֵעִ֥יר דָּוִֽיד 1 from the city of David This was one part of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the City of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 16 x774 translate-names נְחֶמְיָ֣ה בֶן־עַזְבּ֔וּק 1 Неемия Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 16 sc4c translate-names פֶּ֣לֶךְ בֵּֽית־צ֑וּר 1 Неемия, сын Азбука, начальник Неемия был начальником, а не Азбук. NEH 3 16 ngr2 עַד־נֶ֨גֶד֙ קִבְרֵ֣י דָוִ֔יד וְעַד־הַבְּרֵכָה֙ הָעֲשׂוּיָ֔ה וְעַ֖ד בֵּ֥ית הַגִּבֹּרִֽים 1 Неемия Это другой человек по имени Неемия он отличается от того человека, который написал эту книгу. NEH 3 16 c6e2 начальник Руководитель или гравный управляющий. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Nehemiah 3:9](../03/09.md). NEH 3 16 d807 половина округа «Половина» означает одну часть из двух равных частей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) NEH 3 16 f8ca Беф-Цур Это название места. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 16 a645 восстанавливал ... до Эти фразы относятся к востановлению стены. Альтернативный перевод: "востановили стену до места" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 3 16 85ae дом храбрых "воины" NEH 3 17 str7 translate-names אַחֲרָ֛יו הֶחֱזִ֥יקוּ הַלְוִיִּ֖ם 1 Рехум ... Вания ... Хашавия Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 17 l6vw translate-names רְח֣וּם בֶּן־בָּנִ֑י 1 Кеила Это название места. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 17 yt87 figs-explicit רְח֣וּם בֶּן־בָּנִ֑י 1 восстанавливали левиты Эти фразы относятся к востановлению стены. Альтернативный перевод: "левиты rвосстанавливали стену" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 3 17 a88s translate-names חֲשַׁבְיָ֛ה 1 за свой округ "представляя свой регион "или" от имени своего региона" NEH 3 17 yh3z עַל־יָד֣וֹ הֶחֱזִ֗יק חֲשַׁבְיָ֛ה…לְפִלְכּֽוֹ 1 at his hand, Hashabiah…strengthened for his district This does not mean that Hashabiah repaired this part of the wall for the benefit of his district, but rather that he did it leading a work party from his district. Alternate translation: “led a work party from his district that repaired the next section of the wall” NEH 3 17 y3tu translate-names חֲצִי־פֶ֥לֶךְ קְעִילָ֖ה 1 half the district of Keilah This is the name of one of the districts into which the city and the surrounding area were divided. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 18 h5qz figs-metaphor הֶחֱזִ֣יקוּ אֲחֵיהֶ֔ם 1 За ним восстанавливали их братья Эти слова относятся к востановлению стены. Альтернативный перевод: "Рядом с ними их земляки востановили стену" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 3 18 b6sj figs-ellipsis בַּוַּ֖י בֶּן־חֵנָדָ֑ד שַׂ֕ר חֲצִ֖י פֶּ֥לֶךְ קְעִילָֽה 1 За ним "Рядом с ним" NEH 3 18 gc2h translate-names בַּוַּ֖י בֶּן־חֵנָדָ֑ד 1 Баввай ... Хенадад Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 18 ca6t translate-names שַׂ֕ר חֲצִ֖י פֶּ֥לֶךְ קְעִילָֽה 1 Баввай, сын Хенадада, начальник Баввай был начальником, а не Хенадад. NEH 3 18 e402 Кеила Это название места. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 19 f6if translate-names עֵ֧זֶר בֶּן־יֵשׁ֛וּעַ 1 восстанавливал на втором участке Эти слова относятся к востановлению стены. Альтернативный перевод: "востановили еще один участок стены" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 3 19 g2y6 translate-names שַׂ֥ר הַמִּצְפָּ֖ה 1 Езер ... Иисуса Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 19 gcc6 translate-ordinal וַיְחַזֵּ֨ק…מִדָּ֣ה שֵׁנִ֑ית 1 Мицфа Это название места. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 19 c8s5 מִנֶּ֕גֶד עֲלֹ֥ת הַנֶּ֖שֶׁק הַמִּקְצֹֽעַ 1 Езер, сын Иисуса, начальник Езер был начальником, а не Иисус. NEH 3 19 e21d напротив подъёма к оружейной "перед ступеньками, которые поднимались к оружейной". NEH 3 19 f793 оружейная место, где хранится оружие. NEH 3 20 r638 translate-names בָּר֥וּךְ בֶּן־זבי 1 За ним "Рядом с ним" NEH 3 20 i7kj figs-metaphor הֶחֱרָ֧ה 1 Вару ... Забвая ... Елияшива Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 20 a53c translate-ordinal הֶחֱזִ֛יק…מִדָּ֣ה שֵׁנִ֑ית 1 восстанавливал на следующем участке Это относится к востановлению стены. Альтернативный перевод: "восстанавливал другой участок стены" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 3 20 a55c מִן־הַ֨מִּקְצ֔וֹעַ עַד־פֶּ֨תַח֙ בֵּ֣ית אֶלְיָשִׁ֔יב הַכֹּהֵ֖ן הַגָּדֽוֹל 1 from the angle as far as the opening of the house of Eliashib the high priest Alternate translation: “from the bend in the wall as far as the door of the house of Eliashib the high priest” NEH 3 21 z4b7 translate-names מְרֵמ֧וֹת בֶּן־אוּרִיָּ֛ה בֶּן־הַקּ֖וֹץ 1 Меремоф ... Ури ... Гаккоца Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 21 a57c translate-ordinal הֶחֱזִ֗יק…מִדָּ֣ה שֵׁנִ֑ית 1 strengthened a section section Alternate translation: “repaired another section” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NEH 3 21 a59c מִפֶּ֨תַח֙ בֵּ֣ית אֶלְיָשִׁ֔יב וְעַד־תַּכְלִ֖ית בֵּ֥ית אֶלְיָשִֽׁיב 1 from the opening of the house of Eliashib even as far as the end of the house of Eliashib Alternate translation: “from the door of the house of Eliashib to the end of his house” NEH 3 22 m3ey הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים אַנְשֵׁ֥י הַכִּכָּֽר 1 восстанавливали священники из окрестности Эти слова относятся к востановлению стены. Альтернативный перевод: "востановили стену вокруг Иерусалима " (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 3 23 q2zh הֶחֱזִ֧יק בִּנְיָמִ֛ן וְחַשּׁ֖וּב נֶ֣גֶד בֵּיתָ֑ם 1 восстанавливал Вениамин и Хашшув ... Азария ... восстанавливал Эти слова относятся к востановлению стены. Альтернативный перевод: "Вениамин и Хашшу востановили стену ... Азария ... востановил стену" (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 3 23 v3fr translate-names בִּנְיָמִ֛ן וְחַשּׁ֖וּב 1 Вениамин ... Хашшув ... Азария Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 23 z8p6 הֶחֱזִ֗יק…אֵ֥צֶל בֵּיתֽוֹ 1 За ними "Рядом с ними" NEH 3 23 gv74 translate-names עֲזַרְיָ֧ה בֶן־מַעֲשֵׂיָ֛ה בֶּן־עֲנָֽנְיָ֖ה 1 возле своего дома "перед своим домом" NEH 3 24 c3eh translate-ordinal הֶחֱזִ֗יק…מִדָּ֣ה שֵׁנִ֑ית 1 Биннуй ... восстанавливал Эти слова относятся к востановлению стены. Альтернативный перевод: "Биннуй ... востанавливал стену" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 3 24 ajs6 translate-names בִּנּ֛וּי בֶּן־חֵנָדָ֖ד 1 Биннуй ... Хенадада Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 24 k7tj מִבֵּ֣ית עֲזַרְיָ֔ה עַד־הַמִּקְצ֖וֹעַ וְעַד־הַפִּנָּֽה 1 За ним "Рядом с ним" NEH 3 24 a61c translate-names עֲזַרְיָ֔ה 1 Azariah Azariah is a man, the same one mentioned in verse 23. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 25 q3r3 translate-names פָּלָ֣ל בֶּן־אוּזַי֮ 1 Фалал ... востанавливал ... Федаия востанавливал Эти слова онтосятся к востановлению стены. Альтернативный перевод: "Фалал ... востанавливал стену ... Федаия востанавливал стену" NEH 3 25 dae6 figs-ellipsis מִנֶּ֣גֶד הַמִּקְצוֹעַ֒ וְהַמִּגְדָּ֗ל הַיּוֹצֵא֙ 1 Фалал ... Узая ... Федаия ... Пароша Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 25 pt6e figs-metonymy מִבֵּ֤ית הַמֶּ֨לֶךְ֙ הָֽעֶלְי֔וֹן 1 башни, выступающей "башня, которая возвышается" NEH 3 25 isu9 אֲשֶׁ֖ר לַחֲצַ֣ר הַמַּטָּרָ֑ה 1 верхнего царского дома "более высокий дворец вождя Израиля" NEH 3 25 a63c translate-names פְּדָיָ֥ה בֶן־פַּרְעֹֽשׁ 1 двор темницы Это - место, где находятся охранники NEH 3 25 d1jm figs-ellipsis פְּדָיָ֥ה בֶן־פַּרְעֹֽשׁ 1 За ним "Рядом с ним" NEH 3 26 b53g figs-ellipsis וְהַ֨נְּתִינִ֔ים הָי֥וּ יֹשְׁבִ֖ים בָּעֹ֑פֶל עַ֠ד נֶ֜גֶד שַׁ֤עַר הַמַּ֨יִם֙ לַמִּזְרָ֔ח וְהַמִּגְדָּ֖ל הַיּוֹצֵֽא 1 слуги ... восстанавливали Эти слова относятся к востановлению стены. Альтернативный перевод: "слуги ... востановили стену" NEH 3 26 ah1b translate-names וְהַ֨נְּתִינִ֔ים 1 Офел Это название места. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 26 mz47 translate-unknown בָּעֹ֑פֶל 1 напротив Водяных ворот "перед Водяными воротами" NEH 3 26 s2s5 translate-names שַׁ֤עַר הַמַּ֨יִם֙ 1 выступающей башни "высокая башня. «Фраза« выступающая башня »означает высокую башню, выступающую из стены. NEH 3 26 rvu2 וְהַמִּגְדָּ֖ל הַיּוֹצֵֽא 1 and the projecting tower The phrase refers to a tall tower that juts out from the wall. Alternate translation: “a tall tower” NEH 3 27 d719 translate-ordinal הֶחֱזִ֥יקוּ…מִדָּ֣ה שֵׁנִ֑ית 1 фекойцы восстанавливали на втором участке Эти слова относятся к востановлению стены. Альтернативный перевод: "фекойцы востановили другой участок стены" NEH 3 27 mgm7 translate-names הַתְּקֹעִ֖ים 1 фекойцы Это люди из города Фекоа. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Nehemiah 3:5](../03/05.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 27 j6gz מִנֶּ֜גֶד הַמִּגְדָּ֤ל הַגָּדוֹל֙ הַיּוֹצֵ֔א וְעַ֖ד חוֹמַ֥ת הָעֹֽפֶל 1 большой выступающей башни "высокая башня" Фраза «выступающая башня» означает высокую башню, которая выступает из стены. Вполне вероятно, что эта фраза относится к той же башне, что и «высокая башня» в стихе 26. NEH 3 28 wt87 figs-synecdoche הַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים 1 восстанавливали священники Эти слова относятся к востановлению стены. Альтернативный перевод: "священники востановили стену" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 3 28 d5qa מֵעַ֣ל ׀ שַׁ֣עַר הַסּוּסִ֗ים 1 дальше Конских ворот Слово «дальше» используется здесь, потому что дома священников, вероятно, были расположены на более высоком уровне, чем Конские ворота. NEH 3 28 q9qb translate-names שַׁ֣עַר הַסּוּסִ֗ים 1 напротив своего дома "перед своим домом" NEH 3 28 d5uv figs-idiom אִ֖ישׁ לְנֶ֥גֶד בֵּיתֽוֹ 1 a man to the front of his house Here **a man** means “each one.” Alternate translation: “Each one repaired the section in front of his own house.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 3 29 n271 translate-names צָד֥וֹק בֶּן־אִמֵּ֖ר 1 восстанавливал часть ... восточных ворот, восстанавливал Это слово относится к востановлению стены. Альтернативный перевод: "востановили часть стены ... восточных ворот, востановили стену" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 3 29 f74e translate-names שְׁמַֽעְיָ֣ה בֶן־שְׁכַנְיָ֔ה 1 За ними "рядом с ними" NEH 3 29 e9mh שֹׁמֵ֖ר שַׁ֥עַר הַמִּזְרָֽח 1 Садок ... Иммера ... Шемаия ... Шехании Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 29 x9q4 translate-names שַׁ֥עַר הַמִּזְרָֽח 1 Шемаия, сын Шехании, сторож восточных ворот Шемаия был сторожем восточных ворот, а не Шехания. NEH 3 29 6df3 сторож восточных ворот "человек, который присматривал за восточными воротами "или" человек, который открывал и закрывал восточные ворота" NEH 3 30 a65c translate-ordinal הֶחֱזִ֜יק…מִדָּ֣ה שֵׁנִ֑י 1 восстанавливал другую часть ... восстанавливал напротив Эта фраза относится к востановлению стены. Альтернативный перевод: "священники восстанавливали стену ... восстанавливали часть стены ... восточные ворота ... восстанавливали другую часть стены ... восстанавливали стену напротив" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 3 30 r5y4 translate-names חֲנַנְיָ֣ה בֶן־שֶׁלֶמְיָ֗ה 1 за ним "рядом с ним" NEH 3 30 a67c translate-names וְחָנ֧וּן בֶּן־צָלָ֛ף הַשִּׁשִּׁ֖י 1 Ханания ... Шелемии ... Ханун ... Цалафа ... Мещуллам ... Берехии Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 30 nn44 translate-ordinal הַשִּׁשִּׁ֖י 1 шестой сын "6 сын" или "сын под номером 6" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NEH 3 30 ifp5 translate-names מְשֻׁלָּם֙ בֶּן־בֶּ֣רֶכְיָ֔ה 1 напротив своей комнаты "перед комнатами, где он остановился. "Слово" его "относится к Мещуллам. NEH 3 30 bv3t נֶ֖גֶד נִשְׁכָּתֽוֹ 1 in front of his chamber Alternate translation: “in front of the rooms where he stayed” NEH 3 31 d33p translate-names מַלְכִּיָּה֙ 1 за ним "рядом с ним" NEH 3 31 uuc7 figs-metaphor בֶּן־הַצֹּ֣רְפִ֔י 1 Малхия Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 3 31 lb9z עַד־בֵּ֥ית הַנְּתִינִ֖ים וְהָרֹכְלִ֑ים 1 востанавливал до дома Эти слова относятся к востановление сетны. Альтернативный перевод: "востановил стену дома до" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 3 31 ye2u translate-names שַׁ֣עַר הַמִּפְקָ֔ד 1 торговцев "продавцы". NEH 3 31 r6sv וְעַ֖ד עֲלִיַּ֥ת הַפִּנָּֽה 1 комнаты над углом комнаты которые находились на более высоком уровне, где останавливались люди. NEH 3 32 x1tq figs-explicit וּבֵ֨ין עֲלִיַּ֤ת הַפִּנָּה֙ לְשַׁ֣עַר הַצֹּ֔אן הֶחֱזִ֥יקוּ 1 востанавливали торговцы Эти слова относятся к востановлению стены. Альтернативный перевод: "торговцы востановили стену" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 3 32 p1kr figs-synecdoche הַצֹּרְפִ֖ים וְהָרֹכְלִֽים 1 Овечьи ворота Это название входа который находился в стене города. NEH 3 32 a69c translate-names לְשַׁ֣עַר הַצֹּ֔אן 1 the gate of sheep This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Sheep Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 4 intro tlj9 0 # Неемия 04 Общая информация #<br><br>#### Особые темы в этой главе ####<br><br>##### Посвящение #####<br>Люди были так посвящены восстановлению стен, что они продолжали работать держа при себе оружие и былы готовы к сражению в любое время. Даже когда они находились под угрозой того, что на них могут напасть, они продолжали доверять Яхве. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/trust]])<br><br>#### Важные фигуры речи в этой главе ####<br><br>##### Риторические вопросы #####<br><br>Санаваллат использует ряд риторических вопросов. Эти вопросы были предназначены для того, чтобы показать его сильный гнев направленный против израильтян. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]])<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Nehemiah 04:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../03/intro.md) | [>>](../05/intro.md)__ NEH 4 1 rnw3 writing-newevent וַיְהִ֞י 1 Когда Санаваллат Здесь Неемия использует слово «когда», чтобы обозначить новую часть истории. NEH 4 1 vfu4 translate-names סַנְבַלַּ֗ט 1 Санаваллат Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Nehemiah 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 4 1 a71c figs-parallelism וַיִּ֣חַר ל֔וֹ וַיִּכְעַ֖ס הַרְבֵּ֑ה 1 он рассердился и очень разгневался Слово «он» относится к тому что Санбаллата понимал, что иудеи восстанавливают стены. Это говорит о том, что Санбаллат стал очень злым, как будто его гнев был подобен пылающему огню. Альтернативный перевод "он разозлился" или "он очень рассердился" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 4 1 s6td figs-metaphor וַיִּ֣חַר ל֔וֹ וַיִּכְעַ֖ס 1 it burned him, and he was very angry Here Nehemiah says that Sanballat’s anger was a fire that burned inside of him. Alternate translation: “he became furious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 4 2 v3qv figs-metaphor וַיֹּ֣אמֶר ׀ לִפְנֵ֣י 1 при своих братьях "в присутствии его родственников" или "в присутствии его клана" NEH 4 2 a73c figs-metaphor אֶחָ֗יו 1 Что делают эти жалкие ... им это позволят ... приносить жертвы ... когда-нибудь закончат? Санаваллат задавал эти вопросы, чтобы издеваться над иудеями. Это можно написать как утверждение. Альтернативный перевод: "Эти жалкие иудеи ничего не могут сделать. Они никогда не восстановят город. Они не закончат работу." (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NEH 4 2 a75c figs-synecdoche וְחֵיל֙ שֹֽׁמְר֔וֹן 1 жалкие иудеи "слабые иудеи" NEH 4 2 d5n2 figs-rquestion מָ֛ה הַיְּהוּדִ֥ים הָאֲמֵלָלִ֖ים עֹשִׂ֑ים הֲיַעַזְב֨וּ לָהֶ֤ם הֲיִזְבָּ֨חוּ֙ הַיְכַלּ֣וּ בַיּ֔וֹם 1 не закончат Это говорит о том, что нельзя что-то быстро закончить, говоря, что это невозможно сделать за один день. Альтернативный перевод: "быстро" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 4 2 r9lb הֲיִזְבָּ֨חוּ֙ 1 Неужели они оживят сожжённые камни из груд пыли? Санаваллат также задаёт этот вопрос, чтобы издеваться над иудеями. Это можно написать как утверждение. Альтернативный перевод: "Они не вернут к жизни камни из обломков, которые были сожжены." (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NEH 4 2 uk3w figs-idiom הַיְכַלּ֣וּ בַיּ֔וֹם 1 оживят сожжённые камни из груд пыли Здесь говорится о людях, восстанавливающих город так, как будто они возвращают его к жизни. Альтернативный перевод: "восстановить город и восстановить его стены из бесполезных камней, которые были сожжены и превращены в руины" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 4 2 hr7v figs-personification הַיְחַיּ֧וּ אֶת־הָאֲבָנִ֛ים מֵעֲרֵמ֥וֹת הֶעָפָ֖ר וְהֵ֥מָּה שְׂרוּפֽוֹת 1 сожжённые камни из груд пыли Это можно указать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "из груды камней, которые кто-то сжег" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 4 2 b96n figs-activepassive מֵעֲרֵמ֥וֹת הֶעָפָ֖ר וְהֵ֥מָּה שְׂרוּפֽוֹת 1 from the piles of rubble after they were burned If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “useless stones that someone has burned and turned into rubble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 4 3 alw5 translate-names וְטוֹבִיָּ֥ה הָעַמֹּנִ֖י 1 Товия Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Nehemiah 2:10](../02/10.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 4 3 b24b גַּ֚ם 1 Даже лисица, если поднимется на их каменную стену, разрушит её Товия издевается говоря о стене, насколько она слаба. Он говорит, что даже лиса могла снести эту стену. Альтернативный перевод: "Эта стена, которую они строят, настолько слаба, что даже если на нее взобралась бы маленькая лиса, то эта каменная стена разрушилась." (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) NEH 4 3 da2t figs-hyperbole אֲשֶׁר־הֵ֣ם בּוֹנִ֔ים אִם־יַעֲלֶ֣ה שׁוּעָ֔ל וּפָרַ֖ץ חוֹמַ֥ת אַבְנֵיהֶֽם 1 If only a fox went up on what they are building, then he would break down their wall of stones Tobiah probably does not believe that the wall would really fall down if a fox walked along the top of it. He is exaggerating to mock the work the Jews are doing. You could use a non-figurative expression in your translation instead, such as, “It wouldn’t take much to make that wall fall over.” However, Tobiah’s expression is so colorful that you may want to retain it, but be sure that your readers understand he is exaggerating. Alternate translation: “Tobiah made fun of the Jews by saying, ‘That wall they are building is so weak that if a fox climbed up on it, the stones would fall to the ground’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) NEH 4 4 buk3 figs-explicit שְׁמַ֤ע אֱלֹהֵ֨ינוּ֙ 1 Связующее утверждение: Неемия начинает молиться Богу. NEH 4 4 a77c figs-aside שְׁמַ֤ע אֱלֹהֵ֨ינוּ֙ 1 Бог наш, услышь, как мы презираемы Здесь слово «мы» относится к иудеям. Это можно указать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "Услышь, нас Бог, потому что наши враги презирают нас" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 4 4 ae62 figs-abstractnouns הָיִ֣ינוּ בוּזָ֔ה 1 пусть они будут презираемы Это можно указать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод:: "пусть их враги ограбят их" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 4 4 z6nz figs-idiom וְהָשֵׁ֥ב חֶרְפָּתָ֖ם אֶל־רֹאשָׁ֑ם 1 обрати их ругательства на их голову Фраза "их ругательства" относится к оскорблениям Санаваллат и Товии. Слова "на их голову" относится ко всему народу. Альтернативный перевод: "обрати их ругательства на них самих" или "Пусть они оскорбляют этими словами сами себя" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 4 4 pgh8 figs-abstractnouns וּתְנֵ֥ם לְבִזָּ֖ה בְּאֶ֥רֶץ שִׁבְיָֽה 1 And give them for plunder in a land of captivity As in [1:2](../01/02.md), the abstract noun **captivity** refers to a conquering army forcing all or some of a captured population to move to a different place. You can translate the idea behind it with verbs such as “capture” and “force.” Alternate translation: “Allow their enemies to capture them and force them to go to a foreign land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 4 5 mc9p figs-parallelism וְאַל־תְּכַס֙ עַל־עֲוֺנָ֔ם וְחַטָּאתָ֖ם מִלְּפָנֶ֣יךָ אַל־תִּמָּחֶ֑ה 1 Связующее утверждение: Неемия продолжает молитву, которую он начал в 4 стихе. NEH 4 5 zz8h figs-metaphor וְאַל־תְּכַס֙ עַל־עֲוֺנָ֔ם 1 Не скрой ... оскорбляют строящих. Неемия продолжает молитву, которую он начал словами «Бог наш, услышь» в 4 стихе. Можно сделаь акцент на том, что это молитва, сделав ее прямой цитатой. «Тогда я молился:« Бог наш, услышь ... не скрой их грехов. Не был удалён ... они оскорбляют строящих».'" NEH 4 5 k9rw figs-metaphor וְחַטָּאתָ֖ם…אַל־תִּמָּחֶ֑ה 1 Не скрой Здесь говорится о прощении грехов человека, как будто он был объектом, который мог быть физически скрыт. Альтернативный перевод: «Не прощай»" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 4 5 a79c figs-metaphor מִלְּפָנֶ֣יךָ 1 чтобы их грех не был удалён перед Тобой Здесь говорится о прощении грехов человеку, как если бы они были чем-то написанным, что можно было бы после стереть. Альтернативный перевод: «не забывай их грехи» NEH 4 5 mbi1 כִּ֥י הִכְעִ֖יסוּ לְנֶ֥גֶד הַבּוֹנִֽים 1 потому что они оскорбляют строящих "они деморализируют строителей" NEH 4 6 r475 וַנִּבְנֶה֙ אֶת־הַ֣חוֹמָ֔ה 1 мы, несмотря на это, строили стену "Таким образом, мы восстановили стену" NEH 4 6 mhm5 figs-activepassive וַתִּקָּשֵׁ֥ר כָּל־הַחוֹמָ֖ה עַד־חֶצְיָ֑הּ 1 вся стена уже наполовину была сложена Это можно указать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "мы соединили все части стены вместе, и сложили её в половину ее высоты" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 4 6 a81c figs-explicit וַתִּקָּשֵׁ֥ר כָּל־הַחוֹמָ֖ה עַד־חֶצְיָ֑הּ 1 наполовину была сложена «Половина» означает одну часть из двух равных частей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) NEH 4 6 ef8p translate-fraction עַד־חֶצְיָ֑הּ 1 half its height “Half” means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) NEH 4 6 a83c figs-metaphor וַיְהִ֧י לֵ֦ב לָעָ֖ם לַעֲשֽׂוֹת 1 And the heart of the people was for working Here the **heart** figuratively represents the thoughts and the will of the people. Alternate translation: “Everyone was determined to accomplish this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 4 7 a85c writing-newevent וַיְהִ֣י 1 они сильно разгневались Это говорит о том, что люди были очень злы, как будто их гнев был подобен, пламени огня, который горел в них. Альтернативный перевод: «они очень рассердились» или «они разозлились» (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 4 7 a87c translate-names סַנְבַלַּ֡ט וְ֠טוֹבִיָּה 1 Sanballat, and Tobiah This are the names of men. See how you translated them in [2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 4 7 a89c translate-names וְהָעַרְבִ֨ים וְהָעַמֹּנִ֜ים וְהָאַשְׁדּוֹדִ֗ים 1 and the Arabians, and the Ammonites, and the Ashdodites These are the names of people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 4 7 a91c figs-personification עָלְתָ֤ה אֲרוּכָה֙ לְחֹמ֣וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֔ם 1 the health of the walls of Jerusalem was going up Here Nehemiah is speaking of the wall around Jerusalem as if it were a living thing that was sick because it was broken down. Nehemiah speaks of the repairs to the wall as if the wall is becoming healthy again. Alternate translation: “we were continuing to repair the walls of Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) NEH 4 7 a93c עָלְתָ֤ה 1 was going up Alternate translation: “was increasing” NEH 4 7 a95c figs-activepassive כִּי־הֵחֵ֥לּוּ הַפְּרֻצִ֖ים לְהִסָּתֵ֑ם 1 and the breaks were beginning to be closed You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “we were continuing to … fill in the gaps” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 4 7 gsb7 figs-metaphor וַיִּ֥חַר לָהֶ֖ם מְאֹֽד 1 that…it burned them exceedingly Here Nehemiah says that the anger of these enemies was a fire that burned inside of them. Alternate translation: “they became very angry” or “they became enraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 4 8 b6im figs-metonymy לְהִלָּחֵ֣ם בִּירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 пойти войной на Иерусалим Здесь «Иерусалим» относится к людям, которые там живут. Альтернативный перевод: «против народа Иерусалима» (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 4 8 a97c figs-abstractnouns וְלַעֲשׂ֥וֹת ל֖וֹ תּוֹעָֽה 1 and to make confusion for it The abstract noun **confusion** refers to the way these enemies hoped that their attack would make the people of Jerusalem not know what to do. The people might disagree among themselves about whether they should keep working on the wall or whether they should discontinue the work to appease the attackers. They might also disagree about how to defend themselves. You can translate the idea behind the term “confusion” with adjectives such as “confused” and “divided.” Alternate translation: “They wanted to make the people inside the city confused and divided.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 4 9 vz1d וַנַּעֲמִ֨יד מִשְׁמָ֧ר עֲלֵיהֶ֛ם 1 для защиты от них ставили часовых "поставить людей вокруг стены, чтобы охранять город" NEH 4 9 a99c figs-merism יוֹמָ֥ם וָלַ֖יְלָה 1 by day and by night This does not mean that some people went up on the walls to look around at various parts of the day, and others went up at certain times of night. Nehemiah is describing how he maintained a constant guard by speaking of two times when people were on duty, the day and the night, in order to include all the time in between. Alternate translation: “at all times,” otherwise “throughout the day and night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) NEH 4 9 ad11 figs-metaphor מִפְּנֵיהֶֽם 1 from their faces This term could mean two different things: (1) Here, probably **Their faces** figuratively means the front of a group. This likely means that the lookouts would see the front ranks of the army as they approached. Alternate translation: “to spot them as they approached” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]). (2) Here, “their faces” could also be a figurative way of referring to the enemies and their hostile intentions toward the people doing the work. Alternate translations: “against them” NEH 4 10 ad13 figs-metonymy וַיֹּ֣אמֶר יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 мусора много Мусор - это «обожженный камень» или «разбитый камень» или «непригодный камень»." NEH 4 10 ad15 כָּשַׁל֙ כֹּ֣חַ הַסַּבָּ֔ל 1 the strength of the burden-bearers is failing Alternate translation: “The people who are carrying the stones are getting worn out” NEH 4 10 vc8h וְהֶעָפָ֖ר 1 and…rubble Alternate translation: “and … burned stone” or “and … broken rock” or “and … unusable stone” NEH 4 10 ad17 וַאֲנַ֨חְנוּ֙ לֹ֣א נוּכַ֔ל לִבְנ֖וֹת בַּחוֹמָֽה 1 And as for us, we are not able to build the wall. Alternate translation: “We are not going to be able to finish rebuilding the wall” NEH 4 11 yuc9 figs-parallelism לֹ֤א יֵדְעוּ֙ וְלֹ֣א יִרְא֔וּ עַ֛ד אֲשֶׁר־נָב֥וֹא אֶל־תּוֹכָ֖ם 1 Они не узнают и не увидят, как мы неожиданно войдём к ним "Они не увидят нас, пока мы не будем рядом с ними" NEH 4 11 ad19 figs-metaphor וְלֹ֣א יִרְא֔וּ 1 and they will not see While the enemies could be referring to the Jews literally not seeing them approach, “seeing” could also be a figuratively way of describing knowledge, notice, or attention. In that case this expression would mean the same thing as “they will not know.” Alternate translation: “they will not be expecting” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 4 12 ad21 figs-explicit בָּ֣אוּ 1 со всех мест Это представляет собой много направлений. Слово «всех» является преувеличением, поскольку представляет собой «многие». Альтернативный перевод: "со многих сторон" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) NEH 4 12 t8f2 figs-synecdoche הַיְּהוּדִ֔ים הַיֹּשְׁבִ֖ים אֶצְלָ֑ם 1 десять раз говорили нам Здесь число 10 используется для обозначения «многих». Альтернативный перевод: «говорил с нами много раз" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 4 12 b3zk figs-idiom וַיֹּ֤אמְרוּ לָ֨נוּ֙ עֶ֣שֶׂר פְּעָמִ֔ים 1 spoke to us ten times Here the number 10 is used to represent “many.” Alternate translation: “spoke to us many times” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 4 12 ad23 figs-explicit מִכָּל־הַמְּקֹמ֖וֹת אֲשֶׁר־תָּשׁ֥וּבוּ עָלֵֽינוּ 1 From all the places where you turn, they are on us The meaning of this Hebrew phrase is uncertain. However, one explanation that would fit the context is that these exposed Jewish communities sent representatives to Jerusalem to tell Nehemiah that they were afraid of being attacked in their villages. The “places where you return” could mean “anywhere we live,” referring to the villages, and “they are on us” could mean that the enemies could attack these undefended towns at any time. Perhaps these representatives were asking Nehemiah to release their able-bodied men from work duty and send them home so they could help defend their families and neighbors. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something like this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Our enemies could attack us anywhere we live, so let our men return home so they can defend us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 4 12 q1mv figs-hyperbole מִכָּל־הַמְּקֹמ֖וֹת 1 From all the places where you turn This phrase likely indicates “in every direction.” The word “all” is an exaggeration for emphasis. Alternate translation: “anywhere we live” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) NEH 4 13 ad25 וָֽאַעֲמִ֞יד 1 в низменных сухих местах "в уязвимых областях" NEH 4 13 xc8b וָֽאַעֲמִ֞יד מִֽתַּחְתִּיּ֧וֹת לַמָּק֛וֹם מֵאַחֲרֵ֥י לַחוֹמָ֖ה בַּצְּחִיחִ֑ים 1 я поставил народ по их племенам Это относится к нескольким людям из каждой семьи, не считая женщин и детей. Альтернативный перевод: «Я поместил людей из каждой семьи" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 4 13 mj33 figs-synecdoche וָֽאַעֲמִ֤יד אֶת־הָעָם֙ לְמִשְׁפָּח֔וֹת 1 I stationed the people by families This does not mean all the people, and it does not mean every member of every family. Nehemiah is figuratively describing part of the people as if they were all of them, and part of each family as if it were the whole family. Chapter 3 describes how Nehemiah organized the work on the wall by family and community groups. He seems to have organized the defense of the city the same way. Alternate translation: “I positioned people from each family” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 4 13 ad27 translate-unknown וְקַשְּׁתֹתֵיהֶֽם 1 and their bows This means not just bows, but bows and arrows. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 4 14 l4uz וָאֵ֣רֶא 1 Помните великого и внушающего страх Господа фраза «Помните великого и внушающего страх Господа», означает помнить. Альтернативный перевод: «Помните Господа" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 4 14 h68n figs-explicit וָאָק֗וּם וָאֹמַ֞ר 1 Since Nehemiah immediately addresses a group of people, the implication is that he gathered them together to speak to them. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I summoned … and I told them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 4 14 f9hq figs-idiom וָאָק֗וּם 1 In this context, the expression “rose up” likely is a way of saying that Nehemiah took public action, not that he had been sitting or lying down and got up. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 4 14 iy4j אֶל־הַחֹרִ֤ים וְאֶל־הַסְּגָנִים֙ 1 See how you translated these terms in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “to the leading citizens and the city officials” NEH 4 14 mza7 figs-synecdoche יֶ֣תֶר הָעָ֔ם 1 This does not mean all of the other people who lived in Jerusalem, but rather many of them who came to hear Nehemiah speak on this occasion. He is figuratively describing part of the people as if they were all of them. Alternate translation: “many of the other people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 4 14 ic4q figs-synecdoche אַל־תִּֽירְא֖וּ מִפְּנֵיהֶ֑ם 1 Here, **face** figuratively describes an entire person by reference to one part, the “face,” likely because the face shows what the person is thinking and feeling. Alternate translation: “Do not be afraid of our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 4 14 xyjh figs-idiom זְכֹ֔רוּ 1 In this context, **remember** does not refer to a person recalling something they have forgotten. Rather, it means, “keep in mind.” Alternate translation: “keep in mind” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 4 14 xgdm figs-synecdoche אֲדֹנָ֞י הַגָּד֤וֹל וְהַנּוֹרָא֙ 1 Nehemiah is referring here to Yahweh, the God who promised to bless and protect the Jews as his chosen people. When he says **my**, he is using himself to represent the entire community. Alternate translation: “our great and awesome God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 4 14 x0ri figs-doublet הַגָּד֤וֹל וְהַנּוֹרָא֙ 1 Nehemiah uses this same expression in [1:5](../01/05.md). See how you translated it there. Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “great and glorious” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 4 14 c8s7 figs-metaphor אֲחֵיכֶם֙ 1 Here, **brother** could mean biological brothers, but it is more likely that it refers figuratively to a person’s relatives, that is, their whole family. Alternate translation: “your families” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 4 15 puc1 writing-newevent וַיְהִ֞י כַּֽאֲשֶׁר 1 Когда наши враги услышали "Когда враги узнали" NEH 4 15 qxa7 figs-activepassive נ֣וֹדַֽע לָ֔נוּ 1 нам известны их планы Это можно указать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: «Мы знали об их планах" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 4 15 lgih figs-explicit נ֣וֹדַֽע לָ֔נוּ 1 **It** means the plan of these enemies to launch a surprise attack, as described in [4:11](../04/11.md). If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we found out about their plans to launch a surprise attack” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 4 15 e4mc וַיָּ֥פֶר הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים אֶת־עֲצָתָ֑ם 1 Alternate translation: “and God had kept them from doing what they planned.” NEH 4 15 f236 figs-metonymy וַנָּ֤שָׁב כֻּלָּ֨נוּ֙ אֶל־הַ֣חוֹמָ֔ה אִ֖ישׁ אֶל־מְלַאכְתּֽוֹ 1 Here, **the wall** means the work on the wall. Nehemiah is describing this work figuratively by referring to something associated with it, the wall that was the object of the work. Alternate translation: “we all went back to working on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 4 15 g1de figs-explicit וַנָּ֤שָׁב כֻּלָּ֨נוּ֙ אֶל־הַ֣חוֹמָ֔ה אִ֖ישׁ אֶל־מְלַאכְתּֽוֹ 1 The implication is that when the enemies realized the Jews knew about their plans, they decided not to attack. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They decided not to attack us, and we all went back to working on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 4 15 doov figs-idiom אִ֖ישׁ אֶל־מְלַאכְתּֽוֹ 1 In this context, **a man** means “each person.” It does not refer only to an adult male. Alternate translation: “Each person continued doing the same work as before” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 4 16 rtac figs-idiom מִן־הַיּ֣וֹם הַה֗וּא 1 половина молодых людей у меня занималась работой "молодые люди работали" NEH 4 16 gh9g figs-idiom נְעָרַי֮ עֹשִׂ֣ים בַּמְּלָאכָה֒ 1 половина молодых людей ... другая половина «Половина» означает одну часть из двух равных частей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) NEH 4 16 rgab figs-explicit עֹשִׂ֣ים בַּמְּלָאכָה֒ 1 Начальники находились позади всего дома Иуды "лидеры разместились позади всех людей" NEH 4 16 f9in translate-fraction חֲצִ֣י נְעָרַי֮ 1 **Half** means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) NEH 4 16 nf2h translate-unknown וְהַקְּשָׁת֖וֹת 1 As in [4:13](../04/13.md), this means not just bows, but bows and arrows. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 4 16 i7wi וְהַ֨שָּׂרִ֔ים אַחֲרֵ֖י כָּל־בֵּ֥ית יְהוּדָֽה 1 This likely means that certain officials literally stood behind the workers and the guards. That is, they were inside the wall and close to it, while the guards stood right at the wall and the workers worked on it. Alternate translation: “Officers stood behind all the workers and guards” NEH 4 16 gl4t figs-explicit וְהַ֨שָּׂרִ֔ים אַחֲרֵ֖י כָּל־בֵּ֥ית יְהוּדָֽה 1 The implication is that the leaders were there to give orders in case there was an attack. But it is likely that Nehemiah also wanted them to offer encouragement and maintain good morale. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Officers stood behind all the workers and guards to encourage everyone and to give orders in case there was an attack” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 4 16 ijcj וְהַ֨שָּׂרִ֔ים 1 From the context here and the use of this term in [7:2](../07/02.md), it appears that these “officials” were responsible for giving commands in military situations. Alternate translation: “and officers” NEH 4 16 d9r4 figs-metaphor כָּל־בֵּ֥ית יְהוּדָֽה 1 Here, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. All of the descendants of Judah are being described figuratively as if they were one household living together. So this would ordinarily mean “the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 4 16 p1dv figs-synecdoche כָּל־בֵּ֥ית יְהוּדָֽה 1 However, in this context, the expression is not referring to all the people of Judah. Nehemiah is figuratively describing part of the people as if they were all of them. He means all of the workers and guards. The expression helps clarify that Nehemiah is no longer speaking just of his own servants, whom had divided into two groups to serve as workers and guards. Alternate translation: “all the workers and guards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 4 17 hgfd figs-doublet וְהַנֹּשְׂאִ֥ים בַּסֶּ֖בֶל עֹמְשִׂ֑ים 1 одной рукой делали работу, а другой рукой держали копьё Это преувеличение. Они не всегда работали только одной рукой, но у них всегда было оружие, чтобы они были готовы защитить себя и окружающих. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) NEH 4 17 uya2 figs-hyperbole עֹמְשִׂ֑ים בְּאַחַ֤ת יָדוֹ֙ עֹשֶׂ֣ה בַמְּלָאכָ֔ה וְאַחַ֖ת מַחֲזֶ֥קֶת הַשָּֽׁלַח 1 Here **his hands** means “their hands.” This is an exaggeration. The builders and porters did not always work with only one hand. Rather, this means that they always had their weapons with them so that they would be prepared to fight off an attack. Alternate translation: “they always had their weapons with them while they were working on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) NEH 4 18 g8tq figs-idiom וְהַ֨בּוֹנִ֔ים אִ֥ישׁ חַרְבּ֛וֹ אֲסוּרִ֥ים עַל־מָתְנָ֖יו וּבוֹנִ֑ים 1 Общая информация: Коментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. NEH 4 18 vur2 figs-explicit וְהַתּוֹקֵ֥עַ בַּשּׁוֹפָ֖ר אֶצְלִֽי 1 The implication is that Nehemiah stationed this person next to him so that he could sound a signal if needed. (This becomes clear in [4:20](../04/20.md).) If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly here. Alternate translation: “And I stationed someone next to me who would blow a ram’s horn if we needed a signal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 4 19 yn7h וָאֹמַ֞ר 1 Я сказал Здесь «я» относится к Неемии. NEH 4 19 xi9g figs-synecdoche הַחֹרִ֤ים…הַסְּגָנִים֙ 1 знатным ... начальникам Это руководители, упомянутые в [Nehemiah 4:16](../04/16.md). NEH 4 19 agy3 figs-doublet הַמְּלָאכָ֥ה הַרְבֵּ֖ה וּרְחָבָ֑ה 1 Работа велика Здесь слово «велика» означает «крупномасштабный» или «огромный»." NEH 4 19 p5fh figs-idiom וַאֲנַ֗חְנוּ נִפְרָדִים֙ עַל־הַ֣חוֹמָ֔ה רְחוֹקִ֖ים אִ֥ישׁ מֵאָחִֽיו 1 In this context, **a man** means “each person,” and **brother** means “fellow Jew.” Alternate translation: “each of us is far apart from our fellow Jews along the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 4 20 tm9s figs-explicit אֶת־ק֣וֹל הַשּׁוֹפָ֔ר 1 звук трубы Это относится к тому, кто трубит в трубу. Альтернативный перевод: «то кто трубит" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 4 20 i5t4 translate-unknown הַשּׁוֹפָ֔ר 1 See how you translated this in [4:18](../04/18.md). Review the explanation there if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 4 20 qml6 אֱלֹהֵ֖ינוּ יִלָּ֥חֶם לָֽנוּ 1 This does not mean that God will fight instead of the Jews, but that God will take their side and help them win. Alternate translation: “God will help us defeat our enemies” NEH 4 21 opos figs-explicit וַאֲנַ֖חְנוּ עֹשִׂ֣ים בַּמְּלָאכָ֑ה 1 половина из нас Здесь «половина» означает одну часть из двух равных частей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) NEH 4 21 xvrl figs-synecdoche וְחֶצְיָ֗ם מַחֲזִיקִים֙ בָּֽרְמָחִ֔ים 1 от восхода зари до появления звёзд Это относится ко целому дню, до тех пор пока на улице светло. Альтернативный перевод: «от рассвета дня до начала ночи»" NEH 4 21 ca45 translate-fraction וְחֶצְיָ֗ם 1 от восхода Это момент времени, когда восходит солнце, это «рассвет». Здесь говорится о восходе солнца». Альтернативный перевод: «восход солнца» или «рассвет»" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 4 21 w4uu figs-merism מֵעֲל֣וֹת הַשַּׁ֔חַר עַ֖ד צֵ֥את הַכּוֹכָבִֽים 1 Nehemiah is referring to the entire day by speaking of two extreme parts of it, the time when first light of morning appears and the time when it becomes dark enough to see the stars, in order to include everything in between. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “at all times,” otherwise “from the time when the light of dawn appeared in the morning until the time when the stars appeared at night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) NEH 4 21 jl3h מֵעֲל֣וֹת הַשַּׁ֔חַר 1 This phrase refers to the daily appearance of light rising in the east in the early morning hours prior to the sun rising above the horizon. Alternate translation: “the first light of day” NEH 4 21 ww7q figs-metaphor צֵ֥את הַכּוֹכָבִֽים 1 Here Nehemiah describes the appearing of the stars as if they **came out** of an enclosed container. Alternate translation: “the very beginning of the night” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 4 22 j1fu figs-idiom אִ֣ישׁ 1 в Иерусалиме "посреди Иерусалима" NEH 4 22 r87p figs-explicit בְּת֣וֹךְ יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 This could be referring to workers who had come from nearby cities and towns to help rebuild the wall. It could also include people who lived in the Jerusalem area but whose homes were outside the city, such as local farmers. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “spend the night inside Jerusalem and not go home if they live outside the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 4 22 gjm3 וְהָֽיוּ־לָ֧נוּ הַלַּ֛יְלָה מִשְׁמָ֖ר וְהַיּ֥וֹם מְלָאכָֽה 1 The idea is not that these men would be on guard duty all night and then work all day on the wall. Rather, their presence in the city would mean that a large number of defenders would be ready on short notice if needed. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “That way the city will have plenty of defenders even at night, and they can still work on the wall during the daytime” NEH 4 23 llry grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְאֵ֨ין 1 не снимали с себя свою одежду "не переодевались" NEH 4 23 g8mf figs-metonymy וְאַחַ֣י 1 Here **brother** likely refers to Nehemiah’s close relatives. Elsewhere in the book he indicates that his brother Hanani lived in the city and that his relatives ate with him at the governor’s table ([1:2](../01/02.md), [5:14](../05/14.md), [7:2](../07/02.md)). Alternate translation: “nor my relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 4 23 vfv3 figs-idiom וּנְעָרַ֗י 1 As in [4:16](../04/16.md), this means “my servants.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 4 23 flyg translate-unknown וְאַנְשֵׁ֤י הַמִּשְׁמָר֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַחֲרַ֔י 1 This likely refers to the personal bodyguard that the king would have assigned to Nehemiah when he appointed him to be the governor of Judah. (Nehemiah describes this appointment in [5:14](../05/14.md).) Alternate translation: “my personal bodyguard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 4 23 upc5 figs-ellipsis אִ֖ישׁ שִׁלְח֥וֹ הַמָּֽיִם 1 Here the specific meaning of the Hebrew text is unknown, but Nehemiah is almost certainly leaving out some of the words that a sentence would normally have to have in order to be complete. He says that he and his relatives, servants, and bodyguards did not take off their clothes, **or anyone his weapon at the water.** This could mean that “no one took his weapon off even when he was washing himself” or that “no one took his weapon off even when going to get water.” If it would be clearer in your language if you explained what “at the water” might mean, you could choose one of these possibilities. Alternate translation: “Each of us always had our weapons with us, even when we were washing ourselves.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 4 23 v2e1 figs-idiom פֹשְׁטִ֖ים בְּגָדֵ֑ינוּ אִ֖ישׁ שִׁלְח֥וֹ 1 In this context, **a man** means **anyone.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 5 intro k7pb 0 # Неемия 05 Общие сведения #<br><br>#### Особые темы в этой главе ####<br><br>##### Равноправие #####<br><br>Богатые делали деньги на бедных. Богатые угнетали бедных, начисляя проценты по долгам. Поскольку Неемия хотел относиться ко всем справедливо, он не собирал с людей никаких налогов. В этой главе также подчеркивается, что порабощать одним иудеем другого было неправильно. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/other/oppress]]) <br><br>##### Правитель #####<br>Неемия был правителем в Иерусалиме, но он не был царем. Иерусалим имел большую независимость, но находился под властью персидского царя. Термин "правитель" отражает эту идею, но при переводе можно использоваться другой термин.<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Nehemiah 05:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../04/intro.md) | [>>](../06/intro.md)__ NEH 5 1 za4u grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַתְּהִ֨י 1 В народе, среди мужчин и женщин, поднялось сильное возмущение на своих иудейских братьев Так как они востанавливали стену, у рабочих не было достаточного количества времени, чтобы работать, чтобы покупать или выращивать еду для своих семей. Полный смысл этого утверждения может быть разъяснен. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 5 1 zmb8 figs-abstractnouns צַעֲקַ֥ת הָעָ֛ם וּנְשֵׁיהֶ֖ם גְּדוֹלָ֑ה 1 мужчин и женщин Это относится к мужчинам, которые работали на строительстве стены. NEH 5 1 czx5 הָעָ֛ם וּנְשֵׁיהֶ֖ם 1 поднялось сильное возмущение Слово «возмущение» можно выразить как глагол. Альтернативный перевод: «громко вскрикнул» (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 5 1 uqlp figs-metaphor אֲחֵיהֶ֖ם 1 Here, **brother** does not seem to mean biological brothers, but to refer figuratively to other members of the same people group. Alternate translation: “their fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 5 1 c3po figs-doublet אֲחֵיהֶ֖ם הַיְּהוּדִֽים 1 These two short phrases mean similar things. Nehemiah uses them together to emphasize how inappropriate it was for people to treat members of their own group in the ways described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “their fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 5 2 u19u וְיֵשׁ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֹמְרִ֔ים 1 Общая информация: Коментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. NEH 5 2 i9kn בָּנֵ֥ינוּ וּבְנֹתֵ֖ינוּ אֲנַ֣חְנוּ רַבִּ֑ים 1 Alternate translation: “We have many children” NEH 5 2 i5cb figs-synecdoche וְנִקְחָ֥ה דָגָ֖ן 1 This does not mean only grain. The people complaining to Nehemiah are using one kind of food, grain, the staple of their diet, to refer figuratively to all the foods they would need to eat. Alternate translation: “we need food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 5 2 i7bq figs-explicit וְנִקְחָ֥ה דָגָ֖ן 1 The implication is that because the families are large, a lot of food is needed. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “we need to get a lot of food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 5 2 ojue figs-doublet וְנֹאכְלָ֥ה וְנִחְיֶֽה 1 These two short phrases mean similar things. The people use them together to emphasize the urgency and importance of having food. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “to get enough food to stay alive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 5 3 hwfh figs-explicit וְיֵשׁ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֹמְרִ֔ים 1 Мы закладываем свои поля "Мы должны залог" или "Мы должны дать в залог" NEH 5 3 dt2m translate-unknown שְׂדֹתֵ֛ינוּ וּכְרָמֵ֥ינוּ וּבָתֵּ֖ינוּ אֲנַ֣חְנוּ עֹרְבִ֑ים וְנִקְחָ֥ה דָגָ֖ן בָּרָעָֽב 1 It might be helpful to explain to your readers what a **mortgage** is, if you think they might not know. Alternate translation: “We have had to promise to give someone our fields, vineyards, and houses if we do not pay back the money we borrowed. We had to borrow the money to buy food during this time when food is scarce.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 5 4 r14f וְיֵשׁ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אֹמְרִ֔ים 1 Общая информация: Коментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. NEH 5 4 zurg figs-metonymy לָוִ֥ינוּ כֶ֖סֶף 1 **Silver** here means “money.” Nehemiah is describing money figuratively by reference to the commodity that is being used as a means of exchange, silver. Alternate translation: “We have had to borrow money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 5 4 wi16 translate-unknown לְמִדַּ֣ת הַמֶּ֑לֶךְ שְׂדֹתֵ֖ינוּ וּכְרָמֵֽינוּ 1 **Tribute** means “taxes” here. Alternate translation: “the taxes that the king commanded us to pay on our fields and our vineyards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 5 5 zami grammar-connect-words-phrases וְעַתָּ֗ה 1 У нас такие же тела, как у наших братьев, и наши сыновья такие же, как их сыновья Здесь иудеи подразумевают, что они имеют такое же иудейское происхождение как другие иудеи и что они так же важны как другие. Значение этого может быть разяснено. Альтернативный перевод: "Тем не менее, наши семьи такие же иудеи, как и семьи других иудеев, и наши дети так же важны для нас, как и их дети для них." (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 5 5 z4ru figs-explicit כִּבְשַׂ֤ר אַחֵ֨ינוּ֙ בְּשָׂרֵ֔נוּ כִּבְנֵיהֶ֖ם בָּנֵ֑ינוּ 1 Некоторые из наших дочерей уже находятся в рабстве Это можно указать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "Мы уже продали некоторых наших дочерей в рабство" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 5 5 ff7r figs-abstractnouns כִּבְשַׂ֤ר אַחֵ֨ינוּ֙ בְּשָׂרֵ֔נוּ כִּבְנֵיהֶ֖ם בָּנֵ֑ינוּ 1 а у нас совсем нет средств для выкупа. Наши поля и виноградники у других Поскольку их поля и виноградники не находятся в их распоряжении, они не могут заработать деньги, необходимые для содержания своих семей. Полный смысл этого может быть разяснён. Альтернативный перевод: "Но мы не можем изменить эту ситуацию, потому что другие мужчины теперь владеют нашими полями и нашими виноградниками, которые нам нужны, чтобы поддерживать нашу жизнь" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 5 5 pcwk כִּבְשַׂ֤ר אַחֵ֨ינוּ֙ בְּשָׂרֵ֔נוּ כִּבְנֵיהֶ֖ם בָּנֵ֑ינוּ 1 у нас совсем нет средств Это идиома, которая означает, что у них нет ресурсов, чтобы сделать что-то. Альтернативный перевод: "мы не в состоянии" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 5 5 w1ot figs-metaphor אַחֵ֨ינוּ֙ 1 Here, **brother** figuratively describes the Jews who are exploiting their poor and vulnerable fellow Jews. Alternate translation: “And we are Jews, just like the people who are doing these things to us!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 5 5 oguf וְהִנֵּ֣ה 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use some emphatic term or expression in your language that would have this same effect. NEH 5 5 rdp9 figs-explicit אֲנַ֣חְנוּ כֹ֠בְשִׁים אֶת־בָּנֵ֨ינוּ וְאֶת־בְּנֹתֵ֜ינוּ לַעֲבָדִ֗ים וְיֵ֨שׁ מִבְּנֹתֵ֤ינוּ נִכְבָּשׁוֹת֙ 1 In this context, the construction **are putting** likely indicates that the poor are on the verge of selling their children into slavery. The next sentence shows that they have already done this in some instances. It appears that in this culture, in dire situations, girls were sold before boys, perhaps because they could become either domestic servants or concubines. A concubine was a woman who was both a slave and a secondary wife to her master. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this statement that way. Alternate translation: “We are on the verge of selling our children into slavery. In fact, we have already sold some of our daughters as servants and concubines.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 5 5 z783 grammar-connect-logic-result וְאֵ֣ין לְאֵ֣ל יָדֵ֔נוּ וּשְׂדֹתֵ֥ינוּ וּכְרָמֵ֖ינוּ לַאֲחֵרִֽים 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases because the second phrase gives the reason why the first phrase is true. Alternate translation: “because our creditors took the fields and vineyards we pledged as security for loans, there is nothing else we can do in this situation.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) NEH 5 5 y2mq figs-idiom וְאֵ֣ין לְאֵ֣ל יָדֵ֔נוּ 1 **There is nothing to God in our hand** is an idiom that means that the speaker does not have the power to do what they are describing. Alternate translation: “there is nothing else we can do in this situation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 5 5 jr7j figs-explicit וּשְׂדֹתֵ֥ינוּ וּכְרָמֵ֖ינוּ לַאֲחֵרִֽים 1 The implication is that when the poor could not pay back their loans, their creditors took the fields and vineyards they had pledged as collateral. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because our creditors took the fields and vineyards we pledged as security for loans.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 5 6 xcm3 figs-metaphor וַיִּ֥חַר לִ֖י מְאֹ֑ד 1 Когда я услышал их возмущение Слово "возмущение" можно выразить как глагол. Альтернативный перевод: "когда я услышал их крик" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 5 6 ryx1 figs-abstractnouns כַּאֲשֶׁ֤ר שָׁמַ֨עְתִּי֙ אֶת־זַֽעֲקָתָ֔ם וְאֵ֖ת הַדְּבָרִ֥ים הָאֵֽלֶּה 1 **Outcry** is an abstract noun that refers to complaints that the poorer Jews made to Nehemiah about how the wealthier and more powerful Jews were treating them. You can translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “complain.” Alternate translation: “when I heard how they were complaining” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 5 6 some figs-doublet אֶת־זַֽעֲקָתָ֔ם וְאֵ֖ת הַדְּבָרִ֥ים הָאֵֽלֶּה 1 These two short phrases mean similar things. They are used together to emphasize the urgency and severity of these complaints. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “everything that they were complaining about” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 5 7 zk8g figs-personification וַיִּמָּלֵ֨ךְ לִבִּ֜י עָלַ֗י 1 Вы берёте проценты со своих братьев Каждый иудей знал, что по закону неправильно взимать проценты с другого иудея. Полный смысл этого может быть разяснён. Альтернативный перевод: "Каждый из вас взимает проценты со своего собственного брата, согласно закону это неправильно" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 5 7 wxyz figs-metaphor וַיִּמָּלֵ֨ךְ לִבִּ֜י עָלַ֗י 1 Я собрал против них большое собрание Это означает, что он собрал большую группу людей и выдвинул против них эти обвинения. Смысл утверждения может быть разяснён. Альтернативный перевод: "Я провел большое собрание и выдвинул против них эти обвинения" или "Я судил их перед большим собранием" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 5 7 jawz וָאָרִ֨יבָה֙ 1 **Contended** is a technical term that means “to bring charges.” It means to initiate a lawsuit that would require the defendants to answer for themselves publicly, in the presence of their fellow citizens. Alternate translation: “Then I brought charges” NEH 5 7 o23t הַחֹרִ֣ים…הַסְּגָנִ֔ים 1 See how you translated these terms in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “the leading citizens and the city officials” NEH 5 7 dy73 figs-idiom מַשָּׁ֥א…אַתֶּ֣ם נֹשִׁ֑ים 1 This expression means to charge interest when loaning money to another person. Alternate translation: “You are charging interest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 5 7 sn56 figs-explicit מַשָּׁ֥א אִישׁ־בְּאָחִ֖יו 1 The Law of Moses specifically forbade charging interest on a loan to a fellow Jew. So this was not just an exploitive business practice, it was a violation of God’s Law. The rich and powerful Jews would certainly have been expected to know this. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You are charging interest on loans to your fellow Jews. You know that is forbidden in the Law of Moses.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 5 7 f66g figs-idiom אִישׁ־בְּאָחִ֖יו 1 In this context, “a man” means “each person.” It does not mean only an adult male. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 5 7 yibe figs-metaphor אִישׁ־בְּאָחִ֖יו 1 Here, **brother** could conceivably include even biological brothers, but in context it likely refers figuratively to fellow Jews. Alternate translation: “to your fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 5 7 r7yl translate-unknown וָאֶתֵּ֥ן עֲלֵיהֶ֖ם קְהִלָּ֥ה גְדוֹלָֽה 1 This means that, as part of conducting the lawsuit against these wealthy and powerful Jews, Nehemiah brought together a large group of their fellow citizens to hear the charges against them. This group was the “assembly.” Alternate translation: “I put them on trial in front of their fellow citizens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 5 7 u9u2 figs-events וָאֶתֵּ֥ן עֲלֵיהֶ֖ם קְהִלָּ֥ה גְדוֹלָֽה 1 To present the events in chronological order, if that would be helpful to your readers, you could put this before the previous sentence, which describes the first charge that Nehemiah brought at this trial. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) NEH 5 8 o7o9 figs-explicit אֲנַ֣חְנוּ קָ֠נִינוּ 1 А вы продаёте своих братьев, чтобы нам опять их продали Это означает, что они продают членов своих семьи, как мужчин, так и женщин, в качестве рабов своим собратьям-иудеям. Полный смысл этого утверждения может быть разъяснен. Альтернативный перевод: "Теперь вы продаете своих же людей, чтобы они стали рабами ваших собратьев-иудеев, чтобы они позже могли продать их нам" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 5 8 a1b2 figs-events קָ֠נִינוּ אֶת־אַחֵ֨ינוּ הַיְּהוּדִ֜ים הַנִּמְכָּרִ֤ים לַגּוֹיִם֙ 1 которые были проданы народам Это можно указать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "кого люди продали в рабство народам" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 5 8 o6o8 כְּדֵ֣י בָ֔נוּ 1 Alternate translation: “to the best of our ability” NEH 5 8 q123 figs-doublet אַחֵ֨ינוּ הַיְּהוּדִ֜ים 1 These two short phrases mean similar things. They are used together to emphasize that buying them back was an honorable and expected action. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “our Jewish relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 5 8 bszc figs-metaphor אַחֵ֨ינוּ 1 Here, **brother** likely refers figuratively to fellow Jews. Alternate translation: “our fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 5 8 t5y7 figs-activepassive הַיְּהוּדִ֜ים הַנִּמְכָּרִ֤ים 1 You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “our fellow Jews have had to sell themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 5 8 pzy8 figs-explicit וְגַם־אַתֶּ֛ם תִּמְכְּר֥וּ אֶת־אֲחֵיכֶ֖ם וְנִמְכְּרוּ־לָ֑נוּ 1 This means that they are selling their family members, both men and women, as slaves to their fellow Jews. The full meaning of this statement can be made clear. Alternate translation: “Now you are selling your own people to be slaves of your fellow Jews, so that they might later sell them back to us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 5 8 kn82 figs-activepassive הַנִּמְכָּרִ֤ים לַגּוֹיִם֙ 1 This can be stated in active form. Alternate translation: “who people had sold as slaves to the nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 5 8 b1a1 וְגַם־אַתֶּ֛ם 1 Malkijah This is an emphatic expression. Nehemiah uses it to show how serious the offense is. If it would be clearer in your language, you could indicate this emphasis in some way in your translation. Alternate translation: “you are actually” NEH 5 8 b1a3 figs-explicit תִּמְכְּר֥וּ אֶת־אֲחֵיכֶ֖ם 1 This means that the creditors were selling the debtors into slavery to recover the money they owed. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are actually selling your fellow Jews into slavery to get back the money they owe you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 5 8 b1a5 figs-metaphor אֲחֵיכֶ֖ם 1 Here, **brother** likely refers figuratively to fellow Jews. Alternate translation: “your fellow Jews” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 5 8 b1a7 figs-activepassive וְנִמְכְּרוּ־לָ֑נוּ 1 You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “They are some of the very people we have been buying back!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 5 8 b1a9 figs-explicit וַֽיַּחֲרִ֔ישׁוּ וְלֹ֥א מָצְא֖וּ דָּבָֽר 1 The implication is that the accused said nothing because they knew that Nehemiah’s charges were true. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They knew that these charges were true, so they were silent. They could not answer a single word.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 5 8 ecd1 figs-parallelism וַֽיַּחֲרִ֔ישׁוּ וְלֹ֥א מָצְא֖וּ דָּבָֽר 1 These two phrases mean similar things. Nehemiah uses the repetition to emphasize how completely guilty the accused people were. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “there was absolutely nothing they could say in response.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NEH 5 9 lm7c לֹא־ט֥וֹב הַדָּבָ֖ר אֲשֶׁר־אַתֶּ֣ם עֹשִׂ֑ים 1 Я сказал Местоимение «Я» относится к Неемии. NEH 5 9 kr1t figs-rquestion הֲל֞וֹא בְּיִרְאַ֤ת אֱלֹהֵ֨ינוּ֙ תֵּלֵ֔כוּ מֵחֶרְפַּ֖ת הַגּוֹיִ֥ם אוֹיְבֵֽינוּ 1 Нехорошо вы делаете «Вы» относится к иудейской знати. NEH 5 9 v6ux figs-idiom הֲל֞וֹא בְּיִרְאַ֤ת אֱלֹהֵ֨ינוּ֙ תֵּלֵ֔כוּ 1 вы должны ходить в страхе перед нашим Богом, чтобы избежать позора от народов, враждующих с нами? Это риторический вопрос, который Неемия использует, чтобы ругать иудейскую знать. Это может быть переведено как утверждение. Альтернативный перевод: "вы должны ходить в страхе Божьем, чтобы избежать позора от народов, враждующих с нами." (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NEH 5 9 b1b1 figs-idiom תֵּלֵ֔כוּ 1 ходить в страхе перед нашим Богом Это идиома. "Ходить" относится к поведению человека и к его образу жизни. Альтернативный перевод: "живи так, чтобы почитать Бога" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 5 9 b1b3 מֵחֶרְפַּ֖ת הַגּוֹיִ֥ם אוֹיְבֵֽינוּ 1 избежать позора от народов, враждующих с нами Слово «позор» означает "клевета" или "издевательство", и оно может быть выражено как глагол. Альтернативный перевод: "народы, которые являются нашими врагами насмехаются над нами" или "вражеские народы издеваются над нами" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 5 9 s7qt figs-abstractnouns מֵחֶרְפַּ֖ת הַגּוֹיִ֥ם אוֹיְבֵֽינוּ 1 **Reproach** is an abstract noun that refers to the way the enemies of the Jews were mocking them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the same idea with a verb such as “mock.” Alternate translation: “to keep the nations who are our enemies from mocking us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 5 9 b1b5 figs-doublet הַגּוֹיִ֥ם אוֹיְבֵֽינוּ 1 These two short phrases mean similar things. Nehemiah uses them together to emphasize the identity and hostility of the people who are opposing the Jews. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “our enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 5 10 b1b7 figs-metaphor וְגַם־אֲנִי֙ אַחַ֣י וּנְעָרַ֔י 1 долг заимствование или предоставление чего-то кому-то ожидающему выплату NEH 5 10 xbp5 figs-explicit נֹשִׁ֥ים בָּהֶ֖ם כֶּ֣סֶף וְדָגָ֑ן 1 взаймы Это любые деньги, еда или собственность, которую один человек может позволить другому человеку одолжить, чтобы погасить долги. Заемщик тогда будет в долгу перед кредитором. NEH 5 10 b1b9 figs-metonymy כֶּ֣סֶף 1 **Silver** here means “money.” Nehemiah is describing money figuratively by reference to the commodity that is being used as a means of exchange, silver. Alternate translation: “money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 5 10 j3dq נַֽעַזְבָה־נָּ֖א אֶת־הַמַּשָּׁ֥א הַזֶּֽה 1 It is clear from the context that **us** in this sentence does not mean Nehemiah and his companions, but rather the entire Jewish community, of which they are a part. Nehemiah could say to the defendants, accusingly, “You must stop charging interest!” But he includes himself and the entire community as a way of being encouraging rather than condemning. (This would be a use of “we/us” that includes the addressees. You should make this clear in your translation if your language makes that distinction.) Alternate translation: “All of us should stop charging interest on loans.” NEH 5 11 vkz7 הָשִׁיבוּ֩ נָ֨א לָהֶ֜ם 1 проценты Часть стоимости кредита, которую заемщик списал в процентах. NEH 5 11 dim5 figs-idiom כְּהַיּ֗וֹם 1 которые вы дали им взаймы "вы взяли с них" или "вы заставил их заплатить" NEH 5 11 b1c1 translate-fraction וּמְאַ֨ת 1 In this context, this expression means “the hundredth part,” or one per cent. In this culture, this was likely charged monthly, so it would have amounted to 12% annual interest. In an economy that was based more on commodities than on cash, this would have been an exorbitant amount. If your culture typically calculates interest at an annual rate, you could express it that way here to help your readers understand the likely meaning. Alternate translation: “the 12% annual interest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) NEH 5 11 e9y2 figs-metonymy הַכֶּ֤סֶף 1 **Silver** means “money” here, as in verse 10. Alternate translation: “money” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 5 11 b1c3 figs-idiom נֹשִׁ֥ים בָּהֶֽם 1 Alternate translation: “charging them” or “making them pay” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 5 12 b1c5 וַיֹּאמְר֣וּ 1 Они сказали «Они» относится к иудейским лидерам. NEH 5 12 q7t5 figs-explicit נָשִׁ֗יב 1 Вернём и не будем с них требовать Иудейские лидеры говорят, что они вернут деньги, которые бедные иудеи заплатили в виде процентов. NEH 5 12 i1gi וּמֵהֶם֙ לֹ֣א נְבַקֵּ֔שׁ 1 приказал им дать клятву Слово «они» относится к иудейским лидерам. NEH 5 12 e2yv grammar-connect-logic-result נַעֲשֶׂ֔ה כַּאֲשֶׁ֖ר אַתָּ֣ה אוֹמֵ֑ר 1 Я позвал «Я» относится к Неемии. NEH 5 12 b1c7 figs-explicit וָאֶקְרָא֙ אֶת־הַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים וָֽאַשְׁבִּיעֵ֔ם לַעֲשׂ֖וֹת כַּדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה 1 The implication is that the priests would have these leaders swear an oath before God. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Then I called the priests, and I made the leaders swear to God in front of them that they would do what they had promised.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 5 13 b1c9 figs-metonymy חָצְנִ֣י נָעַ֗רְתִּי 1 Я вытряхнул свою одежду "Я вытряхнул карманы своей одежды." Много раз в Ветхом Завете клятвы физически демонстрировались как свидетельство того, что было обещано. Неемия демонстрирует иудейским лидерам, что произойдет, если они нарушат обещание, которое они дали. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) NEH 5 13 neg1 translate-symaction חָצְנִ֣י נָעַ֗רְתִּי 1 Пусть так Бог вытряхнет ... Пусть так будет вытрясено у него и опустошено Здесь Неемия говорит о том, что Бог забирает все имущество человека, как будто Бог вытряхивает его из его дома, подобное Неемии, который вытряхивает свою одежду. Альтернативный перевод: "Так пусть Бог заберет у каждого человека, который не сдержит своего обещания, все его имущество и его дом, таким же образом как я вытряхнул мою одежду" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 5 13 f5p4 כָּ֣כָה יְנַעֵ֪ר הָֽאֱלֹהִ֟ים אֶת־כָּל־הָאִישׁ֩ אֲשֶׁ֨ר לֹֽא־יָקִ֜ים אֶת־הַדָּבָ֣ר הַזֶּ֗ה מִבֵּיתוֹ֙ וּמִ֣יגִיע֔וֹ וְכָ֛כָה יִהְיֶ֥ה נָע֖וּר וָרֵ֑ק 1 Alternate translation: “In the same way, may God take away the home and all the possessions of anyone who does not keep this promise” NEH 5 13 b1d1 figs-gendernotations כָּל־הָאִישׁ֩ 1 In this context, this expression means “anyone.” It could include women as well as men. Alternate translation: “anyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) NEH 5 13 b1d3 figs-personification יָקִ֜ים אֶת־הַדָּבָ֣ר הַזֶּ֗ה 1 The **word** means the promise that the leaders have made and the oath they have taken to confirm it. Nehemiah is speaking of this promise figuratively as if it were a living thing that could stand, that is, stay in place rather than go away. Alternate translation: “keep this oath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) NEH 5 13 b1d5 figs-doublet מִבֵּיתוֹ֙ וּמִ֣יגִיע֔וֹ 1 These two short phrases mean similar things. They are used together to express the totality of what a person owns. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “everything he owns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 5 13 b1d7 וּמִ֣יגִיע֔וֹ 1 **Labor** here figuratively refers to the “fruits of labor,” that is, the possessions that a person acquires through labor. Alternate translation: “all his possessions” NEH 5 13 b1d9 figs-parallelism וְכָ֛כָה יִהְיֶ֥ה נָע֖וּר וָרֵ֑ק 1 This sentence repeats the meaning of the previous one. Nehemiah uses the repetition for emphasis. You would not need to use the same repetition in your translation if it were already clear that Nehemiah is speaking emphatically in the first sentence. However, you could also rephrase the meaning. Alternate translation: “Yes, may that person be separated from everything he owns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NEH 5 13 b1e1 figs-doublet נָע֖וּר וָרֵ֑ק 1 These two short phrases mean similar things. They are used together to emphasize how completely Nehemiah wants God to punish anyone who breaks the oath. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “be separated from everything he owns” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 5 13 b1e3 כָֽל־הַקָּהָ֜ל 1 This means everyone who was there, both the leaders who were the defendants and the citizens Nehemiah had gathered to hear the charges against them. Alternate translation: “everyone who was there” NEH 5 13 b1e5 figs-idiom אָמֵ֗ן 1 This is an expression that means, “Truly, it is so.” It expresses agreement with what someone has just said. You could express the meaning with a phrase such as, “We agree!” Or you could use the Hebrew term and explain its meaning: “Amen! It is true.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 5 13 b1e7 וַֽיְהַלְלוּ֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֔ה 1 Alternate translation: “they worshipped God” NEH 5 13 b1e9 וַיַּ֥עַשׂ הָעָ֖ם כַּדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה 1 **The people** means “the Jews.” “This word” means the promises they made. Alternate translation: “After that, none of the Jews took houses or fields to guarantee loans, and none of them charged interest” NEH 5 14 zur1 figs-explicit גַּ֞ם 1 когда я был назначен «Я» относится к Неемии. NEH 5 14 b1f1 מִיּ֣וֹם ׀ אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֣ה אֹתִ֗י לִהְי֣וֹת פֶּחָם֮ בְּאֶ֣רֶץ יְהוּדָה֒ מִשְּׁנַ֣ת עֶשְׂרִ֗ים…לְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֣סְתְּא הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 с двадцатого года до тридцать второго года "с 20 года до 32 года" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NEH 5 14 b1f3 מִיּ֣וֹם…וְ֠עַד שְׁנַ֨ת שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים וּשְׁתַּ֨יִם֙ לְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֣סְתְּא הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 царя Артаксеркса "когда Артаксеркс был царём" NEH 5 14 b1f5 figs-idiom מִיּ֣וֹם 1 двенадцать лет "12 лет" или "в течение этих 12 лет." Неемия повторяет количество лет, чтобы подчеркнуть, что он делал это постоянно в течение всего времени, когда он был правителем. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 5 14 ri8l translate-ordinal מִשְּׁנַ֣ת עֶשְׂרִ֗ים וְ֠עַד שְׁנַ֨ת שְׁלֹשִׁ֤ים וּשְׁתַּ֨יִם֙ 1 не ели пищу, предназначенную для начальника области Это можно указать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "не ели пищу, которой люди снабжали начальника области" NEH 5 14 ga6u translate-numbers שָׁנִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֣ים עֶשְׂרֵ֑ה 1 Alternate translation: “12 years” or “during those 12 years” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 5 14 b1f7 אֲנִ֣י וְאַחַ֔י לֶ֥חֶם הַפֶּ֖חָה לֹ֥א אָכַֽלְתִּי 1 As Nehemiah explains in the next verse, he recognized that the people were poor and could not afford to provide very much for the expenses of the governor. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly here. Alternate translation: “Because I knew that the people were poor and could not afford to pay for it, I did not accept the governor’s food allowance, and I did not use it to feed my relatives” NEH 5 14 i31d אֲנִ֣י…לֹ֥א אָכַֽלְתִּי 1 Alternate translation: “I did not accept” NEH 5 14 b1f9 figs-synecdoche לֶ֥חֶם הַפֶּ֖חָה 1 Nehemiah is using bread to refer figuratively to the entire food allowance that he was entitled to as the governor of Judah. He is describing all the food by the name of one part of it, the bread. Alternate translation: “the food that the people provided for the governor” or “the governor’s food allowance” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 5 14 nqt2 figs-metaphor וְאַחַ֔י 1 As in [4:23](../04/23.md), **brother** here likely refers to Nehemiah’s actual brother Hanani and the other close relatives who were with him. Alternate translation: “and I did not use it to feed my relatives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 5 15 uu9k figs-doublet וְהַפַּחוֹת֩ הָרִאשֹׁנִ֨ים אֲשֶׁר־לְפָנַ֜י 1 прежние начальники областей "предыдущие начальники областей" или "прошлые начальники областей." Неемия не был первым правителем Иудеи. NEH 5 15 b1g1 figs-synecdoche לְפָנַ֜י 1 сорок шекелей "40 шекелей" или "40 шекелей серебра" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) NEH 5 15 b1g3 figs-metaphor הִכְבִּ֣ידוּ עַל־הָעָ֗ם 1 Я же так не делал из-за страха перед Богом "Но из-за моего страха перед Богом я не принимал пищу" или "Но я не принимал пищу, потому что боялся Бога" NEH 5 15 b1g5 figs-explicit וַיִּקְח֨וּ מֵהֶ֜ם בְּלֶ֤חֶם וָיַ֨יִן֙ אַחַר֙ כֶּֽסֶף־שְׁקָלִ֣ים אַרְבָּעִ֔ים 1 **After** indicates that the supplies of bread and wine were in addition to the money. Nehemiah is likely describing what the former governors required of the people each day. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They demanded that they supply them with bread and wine and forty silver shekels every day.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 5 15 w4zk translate-bmoney כֶּֽסֶף־שְׁקָלִ֣ים אַרְבָּעִ֔ים 1 In ancient times, a silver shekel weighed about 11 grams or about a third of an ounce. You could try to express this in terms of modern money values, but if you did, that could cause your Bible translation to become outdated and inaccurate over time, since those values can change from year to year. Instead, you could say something general like “40 silver coins,” or give the equivalent weight, or use the biblical term in the text and give the weight in a note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) NEH 5 15 b1g7 translate-numbers כֶּֽסֶף־שְׁקָלִ֣ים אַרְבָּעִ֔ים 1 Alternate translation: “forty silver shekels” or “40 pieces of silver” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 5 15 b1g9 גַּ֥ם נַעֲרֵיהֶ֖ם שָׁלְט֣וּ עַל־הָעָ֑ם 1 Alternate translation: “Even their servants oppressed the people.” NEH 5 15 egg7 grammar-connect-logic-result וַאֲנִי֙ לֹא־עָשִׂ֣יתִי כֵ֔ן מִפְּנֵ֖י יִרְאַ֥ת אֱלֹהִֽים 1 In this sentence, if it would be clearer in your language, you can put the reason before the result. Alternate translation: “But because of my fear of God, I did not take the food” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) NEH 5 15 b1h1 figs-metaphor מִפְּנֵ֖י יִרְאַ֥ת אֱלֹהִֽים 1 Here, **face** figuratively represents Nehemiah’s personal perception. “Fearing” God does not mean being afraid of God, but recognizing that God deserves respect and honor. Nehemiah is speaking of this perception figuratively, as if this recognition was always directly in front of him in a place where he could see it. He means that he was always aware of it. Alternate translation: “because I knew I needed to respect God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 5 16 gx42 figs-metaphor בִּמְלֶ֜אכֶת הַחוֹמָ֤ה הַזֹּאת֙ הֶחֱזַ֔קְתִּי 1 я усиленно работал «Я» относится к Неемии. NEH 5 16 lm7t וְשָׂדֶ֖ה לֹ֣א קָנִ֑ינוּ 1 мы не закупали Слово "мы" относится к Неемии и его слугам. NEH 5 16 b1h3 figs-synecdoche וְשָׂדֶ֖ה לֹ֣א קָנִ֑ינוּ 1 все мои слуги собирались Это можно указать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "Я собрал всех своих слуг там" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 5 16 m3s9 figs-explicit וְשָׂדֶ֖ה לֹ֣א קָנִ֑ינוּ 1 на работу "работать над востановлением стены" NEH 5 16 xpb3 figs-activepassive וְכָל־נְעָרַ֔י קְבוּצִ֥ים שָׁ֖ם עַל־הַמְּלָאכָֽה 1 **There** means at the wall, and **for the work** means the work of rebuilding the wall. If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I gathered all of my servants there to work on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 5 17 j2af figs-synecdoche וְהַיְּהוּדִ֨ים 1 150 человек "сто пятьдесят человек" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 5 17 a1g4 translate-unknown וְהַסְּגָנִ֜ים 1 За моим столом собиралось иудеев ... из окрестных народов Неемия отвечал за обеспечение продовольствием всех этих людей. Альтернативный перевод: "Кроме того, каждый день я нёс ответственность за то, чтобы накормить за нашим столом иудеев и чиновников, 150 человек; и мы также кормили приходивших к нам из окрестных народов:" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 5 17 q9x7 figs-metonymy מֵאָ֧ה וַחֲמִשִּׁ֣ים אִ֗ישׁ…עַל־שֻׁלְחָנִֽי 1 За моим столом Это относится к столу начальника области. Это был общий стол для общих собраний и для обсуждения вопросов. NEH 5 17 w7i4 figs-explicit וְהַבָּאִ֥ים אֵלֵ֛ינוּ מִן־הַגּוֹיִ֥ם אֲשֶׁר־סְבִיבֹתֵ֖ינוּ 1 начальники правительственные лидеры NEH 5 18 fa32 figs-ellipsis וַאֲשֶׁר֩ הָיָ֨ה נַעֲשֶׂ֜ה לְי֣וֹם אֶחָ֗ד שׁ֣וֹר אֶחָ֞ד צֹ֠אן שֵׁשׁ־בְּרֻר֤וֹת וְצִפֳּרִים֙ נַֽעֲשׂוּ־לִ֔י 1 Вот что готовили у меня на каждый день Это можно указать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "Каждый день я говорил своим слугам готовить" или "Каждый день я говорил своим слугам, чтобы они подали нам мясо из" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 5 18 gqe2 figs-activepassive וַאֲשֶׁר֩ הָיָ֨ה נַעֲשֶׂ֜ה לְי֣וֹם אֶחָ֗ד 1 шесть отборных ... десять дней "6 отборных ... 10 дней" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 5 18 sp6n translate-unknown וְצִפֳּרִים֙ 1 множество разного вина "достаточно вина для всех" NEH 5 18 b1h5 figs-ellipsis וּבֵ֨ין עֲשֶׂ֧רֶת יָמִ֛ים בְּכָל־יַ֖יִן לְהַרְבֵּ֑ה 1 При этом, я не требовал пищу, предназначенную для начальника областей "все же я никогда не просил продовольственное пособие предназначенное для начальника области" NEH 5 18 mil3 figs-idiom וּבֵ֨ין עֲשֶׂ֧רֶת יָמִ֛ים 1 This expression means “every ten days.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 5 18 b1h7 יַ֖יִן לְהַרְבֵּ֑ה 1 Alternate translation: “enough wine for everyone” NEH 5 18 b1h9 וְעִם־זֶ֗ה לֶ֤חֶם הַפֶּחָה֙ לֹ֣א בִקַּ֔שְׁתִּי 1 As in [5:14](../05/14.md), “the bread of the governor” means “the governor’s food allowance.” The implication is that, at his own expense, Nehemiah paid for all of the things he has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “I paid for all of these things at my own expense. I did not accept the governor’s food allowance” NEH 5 18 b1i1 figs-abstractnouns כָֽבְדָ֥ה הָעֲבֹדָ֖ה עַל־הָעָ֥ם הַזֶּֽה 1 The abstract noun **bondage** refers to the way the people were struggling to survive in difficult times. If it would be clearer in your language, you can translate the idea behind it with a verb such as “struggle.” Alternate translation: “I knew that the people were struggling to survive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 5 18 b1i3 figs-metaphor כָֽבְדָ֥ה הָעֲבֹדָ֖ה עַל־הָעָ֥ם הַזֶּֽה 1 Here Nehemiah is speaking of bondage or struggle as if it were a great burden that the people were carrying, making their lives very difficult. Alternate translation: “I knew that the people were struggling to survive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 5 18 b1i5 grammar-connect-logic-result כָֽבְדָ֥ה הָעֲבֹדָ֖ה עַל־הָעָ֥ם הַזֶּֽה 1 You can put this before Nehemiah’s statement that he did not accept the governor’s food allowance, because it gives the reason why he refused it. Alternate translation: “I knew that the people were struggling to survive, so I did not accept the governor’s food allowance.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) NEH 5 19 b1i7 figs-aside זָכְרָה־לִּ֥י אֱלֹהַ֖י לְטוֹבָ֑ה 1 Вспомни Это идиома. Это просьба Бога помнить дела Неемии. Альтернативный перевод: "Помни меня" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 5 19 b1i9 figs-idiom זָכְרָה־לִּ֥י…לְטוֹבָ֑ה 1 во благо Эта идиома - просьба к Богу вознаградить его за то добро, которое он сделал людям. Альтернативный перевод: "вознаградите меня" или "пусть всё это будет мне во благо" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 5 19 b1j1 figs-idiom זָכְרָה־לִּ֥י אֱלֹהַ֖י לְטוֹבָ֑ה 1 In this context, **remember** means to think about someone and consider what action you can take on their behalf. Nehemiah is not suggesting that God has forgotten him. Alternate translation: “think of me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 5 19 b1j3 כֹּ֥ל אֲשֶׁר־עָשִׂ֖יתִי עַל־הָעָ֥ם הַזֶּֽה 1 Nehemiah is once again leaving out some words that a sentence would ordinarily need. He is asking God to do good things for him because of all the good things he has done for the people of Judah as their governor. Alternate translation: “reward me because of all the good that I have done for the people of Judah” NEH 6 intro k4df 0 # Неемия 06 Общие сведения #<br><br>#### Структура и формат ####<br><br>Строительство стены завершено в этой главе. <br><br>ULB проводит разделительную линию в стихах 6:6-7 далее вправо на странице, таким образом отделяя их от основного текста потому что они являются частью длинной цитаты.<br><br>#### Особые темы в этой главе ####<br><br>##### Чудо #####<br><br>Завершение строительства этой городской стены всего за пятьдесят два дня считалось доказательством того, что Бог помог иудеям, особенно с учетом того противостояния, которое они испытали от людей в близлежащих областях.<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Nehemiah 06:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../05/intro.md) | [>>](../07/intro.md)__ NEH 6 1 c1a1 writing-newevent וַיְהִ֣י 1 Санаваллат ... Товия Это имена людей. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Nehemiah 2:10](../02/10.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 6 1 c1a3 figs-synecdoche נִשְׁמַ֣ע 1 Гешем Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 6 1 c1a5 figs-activepassive כַאֲשֶׁ֣ר נִשְׁמַ֣ע…וּלְיֶ֣תֶר אֹֽיְבֵ֗ינוּ 1 я построил стену ... я ещё не Неемия руководил восстановлением стены и не строил её сам. Альтернативный перевод: "мы построил стену ... мы ещё не" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 6 1 gd7c translate-names לְסַנְבַלַּ֣ט וְ֠טוֹבִיָּה 1 These are the names of men. See how you translated them in [2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 6 1 bxn2 translate-names וּלְגֶ֨שֶׁם 1 This is the name of a man and his people group. See how you translated these names in [2:19](../02/19.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 6 1 vi6v figs-synecdoche בָנִ֨יתִי֙ אֶת־הַ֣חוֹמָ֔ה 1 As in [4:14](../04/14.md), Nehemiah is using himself to represent the entire community that he is a part of. Alternate translation: “that we had finished rebuilding the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 6 1 ap2q grammar-connect-logic-contrast גַּ֚ם 1 This term expresses a weak contrast between the sentence that comes before and the sentence that comes after. There was no break in the wall except for the spaces where the doors had not yet been hung in the gates. Alternate translation: “however” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) NEH 6 1 c1a7 figs-synecdoche עַד־הָעֵ֣ת הַהִ֔יא דְּלָת֖וֹת לֹא־הֶעֱמַ֥דְתִּי בַשְּׁעָרִֽים 1 Once again Nehemiah is using himself to represent the entire community that he is a part of. Alternate translation: “we had not yet put the doors in the gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 6 2 n5nu וַיִּשְׁלַ֨ח…אֵלַ֣י 1 прислали мне Это означает, что они отправили посланника с сообщением. Альтернативный перевод: "послал посланника" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 6 2 c1a9 לְכָ֞ה וְנִֽוָּעֲדָ֥ה יַחְדָּ֛ו 1 Оно Это название местности. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 6 2 rbv9 translate-names בַּכְּפִירִ֖ים בְּבִקְעַ֣ת אוֹנ֑וֹ 1 Ono is the name of a place about twenty miles from Jerusalem. It is down from the mountains towards the Mediterranean coast, so it can be described as a “valley” or “plain.” Alternate translation: “in one of the villages in the plain of Ono” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 6 2 c1b1 figs-idiom וְהֵ֨מָּה֙ חֹֽשְׁבִ֔ים לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת לִ֖י רָעָֽה 1 In this context, **evil** means “harm.” Alternate translation: “they wanted to harm me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 6 2 c1b3 figs-explicit וְהֵ֨מָּה֙ חֹֽשְׁבִ֔ים לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת לִ֖י רָעָֽה 1 The implication is that Nehemiah figured this out even though in their invitation these enemies pretended to be sincere. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “But I recognized that they were saying this because they wanted to harm me.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 6 3 d84v figs-synecdoche מְלָאכָ֤ה גְדוֹלָה֙ אֲנִ֣י עֹשֶׂ֔ה 1 Я занят большим делом Неемия руководил восстановлением стены. Он не строил сам. Альтернативный перевод: "мы заняты большим делом" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 6 3 c1b5 וְלֹ֥א אוּכַ֖ל לָרֶ֑דֶת 1 Если я оставлю дело и приду к вам, то оно остановится Этот риторический вопрос используется, чтобы бросить вызов на просьбу Санаваллата. Это может быть написано как утверждение. Альтернативный перевод: "Я не могу позволить работе остановиться и спуститься к тебе" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NEH 6 3 c1b7 לָרֶ֑דֶת 1 спуститься Слово "спуститься" используется здесь, потому что равнина Оно, куда они просили приехать Неемию, находилась ниже, чем Иерусалим. NEH 6 3 ee8i figs-rquestion לָ֣מָּה תִשְׁבַּ֤ת הַמְּלָאכָה֙ כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר אַרְפֶּ֔הָ וְיָרַדְתִּ֖י אֲלֵיכֶֽם 1 Nehemiah is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect Sanballat and Geshem to give him reasons why the work should stop as he travels to meet with them. Instead, Nehemiah is using the question form to emphasize how important it is for the work of rebuilding the walls to continue. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate his question as a statement. Alternate translation: “I cannot let the work stop and come down to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NEH 6 3 t9gf וְיָרַדְתִּ֖י אֲלֵיכֶֽם 1 down to you The word **down** is used here because the plain of Ono where they were requesting Nehemiah to come is at a lower elevation than Jerusalem. NEH 6 4 c1b9 וַיִּשְׁלְח֥וּ אֵלַ֛י כַּדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּ֖ה אַרְבַּ֣ע פְּעָמִ֑ים 1 Общая информация: Коментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. NEH 6 4 c1c1 figs-explicit וָאָשִׁ֥יב אוֹתָ֖ם 1 **Turned them back** means **refused them** The implication is that Nehemiah did this each time. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “and each time I refused them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 6 4 c1c3 כַּדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּֽה 1 Alternate translation: “for this same reason” NEH 6 5 r8xc translate-ordinal וַיִּשְׁלַח֩ אֵלַ֨י סַנְבַלַּ֜ט כַּדָּבָ֥ר הַזֶּ֛ה פַּ֥עַם חֲמִישִׁ֖ית אֶֽת־נַעֲר֑וֹ 1 Тогда в пятый раз Санаваллат прислал ко мне своего слугу Определение этого письма отдельно означает, что оно чем-то отличается от предыдущих четырех писем и, следовательно, должно быть отмечено. Альтернативный перевод: "Санаваллат поыслал своего слугу ко мне снова и снова" или "Санаваллат послал своего слугу ко мне, чтобы доставить пятое сообщение" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NEH 6 5 s6ag וְאִגֶּ֥רֶת פְּתוּחָ֖ה בְּיָדֽוֹ 1 открытое письмо Письмо было открытым дипломатическим сообщением. Это было оскорблением для получателя, потому что курьер мог свободно читать его и распространять его содержание среди жителей области. NEH 6 5 c1c5 figs-explicit וְאִגֶּ֥רֶת פְּתוּחָ֖ה בְּיָדֽוֹ 1 в руке Это означает, что письмо было у него, но он не всегда носил его в руке. Альтернативный перевод: "в его распоряжении" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 6 6 rx5j figs-activepassive כָּת֣וּב בָּ֗הּ 1 Среди народов ходит слух Это можно указать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "В области ходят слухи" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 6 6 wy84 figs-activepassive בַּגּוֹיִ֤ם נִשְׁמָע֙ 1 задумали восстание Это означает, что они планируют восстать против Артаксеркса, персидского царя, который в настоящее время управлял иудеями. Альтернативный перевод: "планируют восстать против Артаксеркса" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 6 6 c1c7 figs-explicit וְגַשְׁמ֣וּ אֹמֵ֔ר 1 The claim appears to be that Geshem has investigated these rumors and told Sanballat that they are true. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and Geshem confirms that it is true” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 6 6 c1c9 translate-names וְגַשְׁמ֣וּ 1 **Gashmu** here is an alternate form of the name **Geshem** found in [6:1](../06/01.md). To make things clearer for your readers, you can translate the name as **Geshem** here as well. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 6 6 z81q figs-explicit אַתָּ֤ה וְהַיְּהוּדִים֙ חֹשְׁבִ֣ים לִמְר֔וֹד עַל־כֵּ֛ן אַתָּ֥ה בוֹנֶ֖ה הַחוֹמָ֑ה 1 This means specifically that the Jews would rebel against Artaxerxes, the Persian king, who was currently ruling them. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you and the Jewish people are rebuilding the wall because you are planning to rebel against King Artaxerxes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 6 6 c1d1 וְהַיְּהוּדִים֙ 1 Here this expression means **the Jewish people** specifically the ones living in Judah and Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Jewish people” NEH 6 6 c1d3 וְאַתָּ֗ה הֹוֶ֤ה לָהֶם֙ לְמֶ֔לֶךְ 1 Alternate translation: “They are also saying that you intend to make yourself the king of the Jews” NEH 6 7 n1rj grammar-connect-words-phrases וְגַם 1 слух дойдёт до царя "царь Артаксеркс услышит" NEH 6 7 u185 נְבִיאִ֡ים הֶעֱמַ֣דְתָּ לִקְרֹא֩ עָלֶ֨יךָ בִֽירוּשָׁלִַ֜ם 1 Итак, приходи "Итак приходи на встречу с нами" NEH 6 7 c1d5 לֵאמֹ֗ר מֶ֚לֶךְ בִּֽיהוּדָ֔ה 1 The proclamation can be presented as a direct quotation. “Saying” can be represented by the quotation marks and whatever punctuation your language uses to introduce a quotation. Alternate translation: “The Jews now have a king of their own” NEH 6 7 c1d7 וְעַתָּה֙ 1 This is not a reference to time. Sanballat is using this expression to introduce a further inference. Alternate translation: “certainly” NEH 6 7 c1d9 figs-activepassive יִשָּׁמַ֣ע לַמֶּ֔לֶךְ כַּדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֑לֶּה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “King Artaxerxes will certainly hear these reports” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 6 7 c1e1 figs-explicit יִשָּׁמַ֣ע לַמֶּ֔לֶךְ כַּדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֑לֶּה 1 The implication is that when Artaxerxes hears these reports, he will be very angry with Nehemiah. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “King Artaxerxes will certainly hear these reports, and when he does, he will be very angry with you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 6 7 c1e3 grammar-connect-logic-result וְעַתָּה֙ 1 This is not a reference to time. Sanballat is using this expression to introduce his conclusion. This term expresses that the sentences that came before provide the reason for the sentence that comes after. Alternate translation: “Therefore” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) NEH 6 7 c1e5 לְכָ֔ה וְנִֽוָּעֲצָ֖ה יַחְדָּֽו 1 As in [6:2](../06/02.md), “come” is a word of encouragement rather than a command. Alternate translation: “So we really should meet together and talk about this” NEH 6 8 ei6j וָאֶשְׁלְחָ֤ה אֵלָיו֙ 1 Но я послал ему ответ «Я» относится к Неемии, а «он» к Санаваллату. NEH 6 8 ab7x figs-activepassive לֹ֤א נִֽהְיָה֙ כַּדְּבָרִ֣ים הָאֵ֔לֶּה אֲשֶׁ֖ר אַתָּ֣ה אוֹמֵ֑ר 1 Не было того, о чём ты говоришь "Ни одна из вещей, о которых ты написали, не произошло" NEH 6 8 ds1y figs-metaphor כִּ֥י מִֽלִּבְּךָ֖ אַתָּ֥ה בוֹדָֽאם 1 Ты сам это выдумал "Выдумал" относится к "уму", то есть к желаниям и мыслям. Альтернативный перевод: "ты придумал это в своём уме" или "это плод твоих воображений" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 6 8 c1e7 grammar-connect-logic-contrast כִּ֥י 1 This term expresses a contrast between the clause that comes before and the clause that comes after. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) NEH 6 9 p45k figs-explicit כִּ֣י כֻלָּ֗ם מְיָֽרְאִ֤ים אוֹתָ֨נוּ֙ 1 Они все нас пугали "Они" относится к врагам Неемии, Санаваллат, Товия, Гешем, и их последователи. Слово "нас" относится к иудеям. NEH 6 9 c1e9 לֵאמֹ֔ר 1 Опустятся их руки от этого дела Это описательная фраза, которая означает, что они прекращают свою работу на стене. Альтернативный перевод: "Рабочие на стене перестанут работать" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 6 9 b5ij figs-metaphor יִרְפּ֧וּ יְדֵיהֶ֛ם מִן־הַמְּלָאכָ֖ה 1 Но я ещё сильнее укрепился Неемия просит Бога укрепить его, попросив укрепить его «руки». Альтернативный перевод: "укрепи меня" или "дай мне смелости" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 6 9 c1f1 figs-explicit יִרְפּ֧וּ יְדֵיהֶ֛ם מִן־הַמְּלָאכָ֖ה 1 The implication is that the enemies expected the Jews to become so afraid of being accused of rebelling for rebuilding the wall that they would stop doing that. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Jews will become so afraid that they will stop working on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 6 9 c1f3 figs-explicit מִן־הַמְּלָאכָ֖ה 1 This means specifically the work on the wall. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “working on the wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 6 9 c1f5 figs-activepassive וְלֹ֣א תֵעָשֶׂ֑ה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who will do the action. Alternate translation: “they will never finish rebuilding it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 6 9 j1dj figs-aside וְעַתָּ֖ה חַזֵּ֥ק אֶת־יָדָֽי 1 Nehemiah speaks directly to God once again here. This instance is like the one in [4:4](../04/04.md), where Nehemiah records what he prayed at the time of the events he is describing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this by introducing the prayer with a phrase such as “so I prayed,” by presenting the prayer as a direct quotation, and by having Nehemiah address God directly at the beginning. Alternate translation: “So I prayed, ‘O God, give me courage’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) NEH 6 9 c1f7 figs-metaphor חַזֵּ֥ק אֶת־יָדָֽי 1 Here the strength of a person’s hands figuratively stands for the courage they are feeling inside. Alternate translation: “strengthen me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 6 10 c1f9 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַאֲנִי 1 Шемаии ... Делаия ... Мегетавела Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 6 10 c1g1 בָ֗אתִי בֵּ֣ית 1 он запер дверь Автор не называет причину, по которой он запер дверь, поэтому лучше сказать, что он сидел дома, используя общие слова. Альтернативный перевод: "кто не мог покинуть свой дом" или "которому власти приказали оставаться в собственном доме" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 6 10 ybj6 translate-names שְֽׁמַֽעְיָ֧ה בֶן־דְּלָיָ֛ה בֶּן־מְהֵֽיטַבְאֵ֖ל 1 Shemaiah is the name of a man, Delaiah is the name of his father, and Mehetabel is the name of his grandfather. Alternate translation: “Shemaiah, the son of Delaiah and grandson of Mehetabel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 6 10 k8xd figs-activepassive וְה֣וּא עָצ֑וּר 1 You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “he was not leaving his house.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 6 10 c1g3 translate-symaction וְה֣וּא עָצ֑וּר 1 Nehemiah does not say why Shemaiah was not leaving his house. He could have been sick or he could have been ceremonially unclean, so you might choose not to specify any reason. However, the context suggests that Shemaiah may have been trying to symbolize that it was not safe for Jewish leaders to go around in public. A man by the name of Shemaiah is listed in [10:8](../10/08.md) as one of the priests who signed the community agreement. This could be the same person since he has access to the temple and is therefore likely a priest. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could suggest this reason explicitly. Alternate translation: “He was a priest, and he was trying to show that it was not safe for Jewish leaders to go out in public, so he was not leaving his house” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) NEH 6 10 c1g5 figs-explicit נִוָּעֵד֩ אֶל־בֵּ֨ית הָאֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶל־תּ֣וֹךְ הַֽהֵיכָ֗ל 1 Shemaiah seems to be proposing that he and Nehemiah move their meeting to the temple, suggesting that they are not even safe in his house. Alternate translation: “We are not safe even here. We need to go into the temple, to the sacred place inside the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 6 10 c1g7 figs-parallelism אֶל־בֵּ֨ית הָאֱלֹהִ֜ים אֶל־תּ֣וֹךְ הַֽהֵיכָ֗ל 1 These two phrases mean similar things. Shemaiah uses the repetition to emphasize the danger he is suggesting they are in. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “into the temple” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NEH 6 10 c1g9 figs-metaphor בֵּ֨ית הָאֱלֹהִ֜ים 1 Shemaiah is referring to the temple figuratively as the “house of God,” as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 6 10 c1h1 וְנִסְגְּרָה֙ דַּלְת֣וֹת הַהֵיכָ֔ל 1 This means to not just close the doors but lock them. Alternate translation: “and lock the doors” NEH 6 10 c1h3 כִּ֚י בָּאִ֣ים לְהָרְגֶ֔ךָ 1 Shemaiah does not say who these people are. It would be possible to say something based on what can reasonably be inferred. For example, “Your enemies have hired people to kill you.” However, the vagueness seems to be part of Shemaiah’s strategy to frighten Nehemiah. So it might be more effective to leave this indefinite. Alternate translation: “because people are trying to kill you” NEH 6 10 c1h5 וְלַ֖יְלָה בָּאִ֥ים לְהָרְגֶֽךָ 1 Shemaiah’s confidence in the detail of “at night” seems designed to make Nehemiah even more afraid because this means that the killers will come in the dark when he is asleep, so he won’t be able to protect himself. It could be helpful to your readers for your translation to reflect this confidence. Alternate translation: “I know that one night they are going to come and kill you” NEH 6 11 c1h7 וָאֹמְרָ֗ה 1 Разве может бежать такой человек, как я? Разве может такой, как я, войти в храм и остаться живым? Неемия использует эти риторические вопросы, чтобы подчеркнуть, что он не будет делать то, что предложил Шемаия. Эти вопросы могут быть записанны как утверждение. Альтернативный перевод: "Такой человек, как я, не убежал бы. Такой человек, как я, не пошел бы в храм, чтобы спрятаться, для того чтобы остаться в живых." (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NEH 6 11 syw3 figs-rquestion הַאִ֤ישׁ כָּמ֨וֹנִי֙ יִבְרָ֔ח 1 Nehemiah is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect Shemiah to tell him whether or not he should run away. Instead, Nehemiah is using the question form to emphasize that he is not going to do what Shemaiah has suggested. If it would be clearer in your language, you can translate this question as a statement. Alternate translation: “A man like me would not run away.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NEH 6 11 c1h8 figs-rquestion וּמִ֥י כָמ֛וֹנִי אֲשֶׁר־יָב֥וֹא אֶל־הַהֵיכָ֖ל וָחָ֑י 1 Once again Nehemiah is making a statement, not asking a question. He does not expect Shemiah to tell him whether going into the temple would save his life. Alternate translation: “A man like me would not go into the temple just to hide to stay alive.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NEH 6 11 c1i0 figs-explicit וּמִ֥י כָמ֛וֹנִי אֲשֶׁר־יָב֥וֹא אֶל־הַהֵיכָ֖ל וָחָ֑י 1 It is not entirely clear what Nehemiah means by this. He could be saying that he should not go into the temple because he is not a priest. However, the Bible records instances of other people who were not priests going into the temple to seek sanctuary. So Nehemiah may be saying instead that because he is the governor he is too well known to escape from assassins by hiding in the temple. You could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Besides, I am the governor, and everyone knows me, so I could not save my life by trying to hide in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 6 11 c1i3 לֹ֖א אָבֽוֹא 1 Alternate translation: “I refuse to do it!” NEH 6 12 c1i5 וָאַכִּ֕ירָה וְהִנֵּ֥ה 1 хотя он пророчески говорил мне "но он пророчествовал, выступая против меня" NEH 6 12 c1i7 figs-explicit לֹֽא־אֱלֹהִ֖ים שְׁלָח֑וֹ 1 Shemaiah seems to have been pretending that God had revealed to him prophetically that people would be coming secretly at night to kill Nehemiah. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “God had not given Shemaiah a prophetic message for me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 6 12 s2sf כִּ֤י הַנְּבוּאָה֙ דִּבֶּ֣ר עָלַ֔י וְטוֹבִיָּ֥ה וְסַנְבַלַּ֖ט שְׂכָרֽוֹ 1 Alternate translation: “Instead, he was saying these things to hinder my work because Tobiah and Sanballat had paid him to say them” NEH 6 13 c1i9 grammar-connect-logic-result לְמַ֤עַן שָׂכוּר֙ ה֔וּא לְמַֽעַן־אִירָ֥א 1 согрешил Использование храма как места в котором можно было скрыться, было греховным. Альтернативный перевод "грешить, злоупотребляя храмом" NEH 6 13 c1j1 grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֤עַן 1 чтобы сложилось обо мне плохое мнение Это идиома. Альтернативный перевод: "чтобы они могли испортить мою репутацию" или "чтобы меня упрекали" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 6 13 c1j3 grammar-connect-logic-goal וְאֶֽעֱשֶׂה־כֵּ֖ן וְחָטָ֑אתִי 1 This phrase expresses the goal for the sentence contained in the verse. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) NEH 6 13 b27k figs-explicit וְאֶֽעֱשֶׂה־כֵּ֖ן וְחָטָ֑אתִי 1 It is not entirely clear why Nehemiah says it would have been a sin for him to hide in the temple since it was a time-honored tradition in Israel to allow people to seek sanctuary there. Perhaps the explanation is that Nehemiah knew God had sent him to Judah on a special mission to help and protect the Jewish community there. And so, if he had abandoned that mission to save his life, he would have been disobeying God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something like that explicitly. Alternate translation: “They were hoping they could make me sin by abandoning my responsibilities and hiding in the temple.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 6 13 ji1g figs-metonymy וְהָיָ֤ה לָהֶם֙ לְשֵׁ֣ם רָ֔ע לְמַ֖עַן יְחָֽרְפֽוּנִי 1 Here, **name** is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. If he hid in the temple to save his own life, Nehemiah would get a bad reputation as a coward who was concerned only for himself. Alternate translation: “this would give me a bad reputation, and they could say bad things about me to everyone” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 6 13 c1j5 grammar-connect-logic-goal לְמַ֖עַן 1 This term expresses that the clause that comes after is the goal for the clause that comes before. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-goal]]) NEH 6 14 c1j7 אֱלֹהַ֛י 1 Вспомни Это идиома. Альтернативный перевод: "Помни" NEH 6 14 nau4 figs-idiom זָכְרָ֧ה…לְטוֹבִיָּ֥ה וּלְסַנְבַלַּ֖ט כְּמַעֲשָׂ֣יו אֵ֑לֶּה 1 Ноадию Это женское имя. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 6 14 c1j9 וְגַ֨ם לְנוֹעַדְיָ֤ה הַנְּבִיאָה֙ וּלְיֶ֣תֶר הַנְּבִיאִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הָי֖וּ מְיָֽרְאִ֥ים אוֹתִֽי 1 Alternate translation: “Do the same for the female prophet Noadiah and all the other prophets who are trying to make me afraid” NEH 6 14 g3ch translate-names לְנוֹעַדְיָ֤ה 1 This is the name of a woman. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 6 15 m52s figs-activepassive וַתִּשְׁלַם֙ הַֽחוֹמָ֔ה 1 Стена была завершена Это можно указать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "Мы закончили востановление стены" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 6 15 g17x translate-hebrewmonths בְּעֶשְׂרִ֥ים וַחֲמִשָּׁ֖ה לֶאֱל֑וּל 1 двадцать пятый день месяца Елула "25 день месяца Елула." Элул - это шестой месяц еврейского календаря. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NEH 6 15 c1k1 translate-ordinal בְּעֶשְׂרִ֥ים וַחֲמִשָּׁ֖ה לֶאֱל֑וּל 1 пятьдесят два дня "52 дня" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 6 15 ara3 translate-numbers לַחֲמִשִּׁ֥ים וּשְׁנַ֖יִם יֽוֹם 1 Alternate translation: “after working on it for 52 days” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 6 16 c1k3 writing-newevent וַיְהִ֗י 1 они сильно упали в собственных глазах "они уже не были такими высокомерными" или "они потеряли уверенность в себе" NEH 6 16 c1k5 figs-synecdoche כַּאֲשֶׁ֤ר שָֽׁמְעוּ֙ כָּל־א֣וֹיְבֵ֔ינוּ 1 дело сделано нашим Богом Это можно указать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "именно наш Бог помог нам завершить эту работу" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 6 16 c1k7 figs-explicit כַּאֲשֶׁ֤ר שָֽׁמְעוּ֙ כָּל־א֣וֹיְבֵ֔ינוּ 1 This means specifically, “When all our enemies learned that we had completed the rebuilding in such a short time.” If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 6 16 c1k9 figs-parallelism וַיִּֽרְא֗וּ כָּל־הַגּוֹיִם֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר סְבִֽיבֹתֵ֔ינוּ וַיִּפְּל֥וּ מְאֹ֖ד בְּעֵינֵיהֶ֑ם 1 These two phrases mean similar things. Nehemiah uses the repetition to emphasize how intimidated the people in the surrounding countries felt. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “they thought much less of themselves” or “they lost confidence in themselves,” otherwise “they became afraid and felt humiliated” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NEH 6 16 t54c figs-metaphor וַיִּפְּל֥וּ מְאֹ֖ד בְּעֵינֵיהֶ֑ם 1 Here, **fall** is a figurative way of saying “become less.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 6 16 c1l1 figs-metaphor וַיִּפְּל֥וּ מְאֹ֖ד בְּעֵינֵיהֶ֑ם 1 Here, **eyes** stand for “seeing,” and “seeing” figuratively means judgment. This means that these people were no longer so great or powerful in their own estimation. Alternate translation: “they lost confidence in themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 6 16 py4c grammar-connect-logic-result וַיֵּ֣דְע֔וּ כִּ֚י מֵאֵ֣ת אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ נֶעֶשְׂתָ֖ה הַמְּלָאכָ֥ה הַזֹּֽאת 1 You can put this right before the statement that the enemies were afraid and thought less of themselves, because it it is the reason that explains that result. Alternate translation: “They realized that our God had helped us complete this work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) NEH 6 16 c1l3 figs-activepassive מֵאֵ֣ת אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ נֶעֶשְׂתָ֖ה הַמְּלָאכָ֥ה הַזֹּֽאת 1 You can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “our God had helped us complete this work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 6 17 c1l5 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous גַּ֣ם ׀ בַּיָּמִ֣ים הָהֵ֗ם 1 писали много писем, которые посылали Самые знатные иудеи писали много писем, которые посылали Товии. Альтернативный перевод: "отправил много посланников с письмами" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 6 17 c1l7 figs-idiom בַּיָּמִ֣ים הָהֵ֗ם 1 Товия писал им в ответ Письма Товии как бы приходили сами по себе, но на самом деле они были доставленны посланниками. Альтернативный перевод: "Товия отправил письма" или "Товия отправил много писем через посланников" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) NEH 6 17 c1l9 חֹרֵ֤י יְהוּדָה֙ 1 Товия Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 6 17 zw37 figs-explicit מַרְבִּ֞ים…אִגְּרֹ֣תֵיהֶ֔ם 1 The implication is these citizens were sending information to Tobiah about Nehemiah. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “sent many messengers with letters to Tobiah to give him information about me” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 6 17 rx81 figs-personification וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר לְטוֹבִיָּ֖ה בָּא֥וֹת אֲלֵיהֶֽם 1 Here Nehemiah speaks of Tobiah’s letters as if they could come on their own to the people he was answering. Alternate translation: “Tobiah sent letters” or “Tobiah sent many messengers with letters” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) NEH 6 17 c1m1 figs-explicit וַאֲשֶׁ֥ר לְטוֹבִיָּ֖ה בָּא֥וֹת אֲלֵיהֶֽם 1 The implication is that Tobiah was sending back instructions to his allies. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Tobiah sent many messengers with letters back to them with instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 6 17 rcx8 translate-names טוֹבִיָּ֑ה 1 This is the name of a man. See how you translated it in [2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 6 18 z2uq figs-idiom כִּי־רַבִּ֣ים בִּֽיהוּדָ֗ה בַּעֲלֵ֤י שְׁבוּעָה֙ ל֔וֹ 1 многие в Иудее были с ним в клятвенном союзе Это говорит о том, что люди были верны Товии, потому что они дали клятву ему, их клятва была подобна верёвке, которая связывала их. Альтернативный перевод: "который дал клятву ему" или "который дал клятву и был верен ему" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 6 18 c1m3 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּי־רַבִּ֣ים בִּֽיהוּדָ֗ה בַּעֲלֵ֤י שְׁבוּעָה֙ ל֔וֹ 1 он был зятем Шехании Это означает, что Товия был женат на дочери Шехании. Посмотрите, как вы перевели "Шеханиия" в [Nehemiah 3:29](../03/29.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 6 18 c1m5 figs-explicit כִּי־חָתָ֥ן ה֖וּא לִשְׁכַנְיָ֣ה בֶן־אָרַ֑ח 1 Араха ... Иоханан Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 6 18 rn1q translate-names לִשְׁכַנְיָ֣ה בֶן־אָרַ֑ח 1 Мешуллам ... Верехи Это имена людей. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Nehemiah 3:4](../03/04.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 6 18 c1m7 figs-explicit וִֽיהוֹחָנָ֣ן בְּנ֔וֹ לָקַ֕ח אֶת־בַּת־מְשֻׁלָּ֖ם בֶּ֥ן בֶּֽרֶכְיָֽה 1 The implication is that Meshullam was another powerful and influential member of the community. If it would make things clearer in your language, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Tobiah’s son Jehohanan was married to the daughter of another powerful and influential man, Meshullam the son of Berechiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 6 18 id1x translate-names וִֽיהוֹחָנָ֣ן 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 6 18 c1m9 בְּנ֔וֹ 1 **His** means that Jehohanan was the son of Tobiah. NEH 6 18 c1n1 לָקַ֕ח אֶת־בַּת 1 Alternate translation: “was married to the daughter of” NEH 6 18 y3lg translate-names מְשֻׁלָּ֖ם בֶּ֥ן בֶּֽרֶכְיָֽה 1 Meshullam is the name of a man, and Berechiah is the name of his father. He is mentioned in [3:4](../03/04.md) and [3:30](../03/30.md). See how you translated his name there. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 6 19 mj72 figs-metaphor טוֹבֹתָ֗יו הָי֤וּ אֹמְרִים֙ לְפָנַ֔י 1 Также они говорили при мне о его доброте, а ему пересказывали мои слова "Знатные иудеи рассказали мне о добрых делах Товии, а затем рассказали ему о моих ответах" NEH 6 19 c1n3 הָי֤וּ 1 Товия присылал письма Это можно указать в активной форме. Товия послал посланников принести письма Неемии. Альтернативный перевод: "Товия послал мне письма" или "Товия послал посланников чтобы они передали мне его письма" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 6 19 e3zt figs-idiom וּדְבָרַ֕י הָי֥וּ מוֹצִיאִ֖ים ל֑וֹ 1 **Taking out** here is an idiom that means these people were “reporting” Nehemiah’s responses to Tobiah. Alternate translation: “and then told him about my responses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 7 intro qk4v 0 # Неемия 07 Общие сведения #<br><br>#### Особые темы в этой главе ####<br><br>##### Генеалогия #####<br><br>Люди, которые возвратились из Персии, были посчитаны в соответствии с данными о количестве людей в их семьях. В связи с чем Неемия гарантировала, что те кто жил в Иерусалиме, имели полностью иудейское происхождение.<br><br>##### Различные списки #####<br>Этот список параллелен с [Ezra 2](../../ezr/02/01.md). Списки содержат некоторые различия в числах. Скорее всего, это связано со сроками их подсчета. Вероятно, они были подсчитаны в разное время.<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Nehemiah 07:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../06/intro.md) | [>>](../08/intro.md)__ NEH 7 1 d1a1 writing-newevent וַיְהִ֗י 1 Когда стена была построена Это можно указать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "Когда мы закончили строительство стены" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 7 1 g3zz figs-activepassive כַּאֲשֶׁ֤ר נִבְנְתָה֙ הַחוֹמָ֔ה 1 я вставил двери Это было совместное действие. Альтернативный перевод: "Я и другие вставил двери" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 7 1 fk6l figs-synecdoche וָאַעֲמִ֖יד הַדְּלָת֑וֹת 1 своё служение были поставлены стражники ворот, певцы и левиты Это можно указать в активной форме. Возможные значения: 1) Неемия назначил их. Альтернативный перевод: "Я назначил стражников и певцов и левитов на служение" or 2) Кто-то другой назначил их. Альтернативный перевод: "Они назначили стражников и певцов и левитов на служение" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 7 1 wkp3 figs-activepassive וַיִּפָּֽקְד֛וּ הַשּׁוֹעֲרִ֥ים וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים וְהַלְוִיִּֽם 1 стражники ворот На каждые ворота были определенны люди, которые отвечали за доступ к городу или храму, а также они открывали и закрывали ворота в определенное время и по причине, установленной управляющим. NEH 7 1 lk9v translate-unknown הַשּׁוֹעֲרִ֥ים 1 певцы вокальные музыканты, которые вели богослужение, шествия и церемонии, создавали музыку и песни, которые подчеркивали и усиливали определённое событие. NEH 7 1 f8ks translate-unknown וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים 1 This means vocal musicians who led in worship, in processions, and ceremonies, producing music and chants that emphasized and enhanced the occasion. Alternate translation: “singers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 7 2 d1a2 וָאֲצַוֶּ֞ה אֶת־חֲנָ֣נִי אָחִ֗י וְאֶת־חֲנַנְיָ֛ה…עַל־יְרוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 Ханани ... Хананию Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 2 wf26 חֲנָ֣נִי אָחִ֗י 1 я приказал моему брату Ханани "Я отдал приказ, чтобы мой брат Ханани стал управляющим" NEH 7 2 ykr9 translate-names חֲנָ֣נִי 1 начальнику иерусалимской крепости "тот кто отвечал за крепость" NEH 7 2 zy5q translate-names חֲנַנְיָ֛ה 1 более многих других был человеком верным и боящимся Бога "боялся Бога больше, чем многие другие люди" NEH 7 2 iqf3 שַׂ֥ר הַבִּירָ֖ה 1 Alternate translation: “who was in charge of the fortress” NEH 7 2 he4e כִּי־הוּא֙ כְּאִ֣ישׁ אֱמֶ֔ת 1 **He** means Hananiah. “He was as a faithful man” is a way of saying “he was such as only a faithful man would be.” Alternate translation: “I appointed Hananiah because he was trustworthy” NEH 7 2 dx6d figs-idiom וְיָרֵ֥א אֶת־הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים מֵרַבִּֽים 1 Here, **fear** does not mean to be afraid of God, but to show God reverence and respect. Alternate translation: “because he showed God more reverence and respect than most people do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 7 3 y2jk figs-activepassive לֹ֣א יִפָּֽתְח֞וּ שַׁעֲרֵ֤י יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ 1 сказал им Слово "им" относится к Ханани и Хананию. NEH 7 3 n55g figs-explicit לֹ֣א יִפָּֽתְח֞וּ שַׁעֲרֵ֤י יְרוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ 1 Пусть не открывают ворота Иерусалима, пока не обогреет солнце, и пока стоит стража, пусть закрывают и запирают двери Возможные значения 1) эти действия были совершены Ханани и Хананией или 2) эти действия были совершены Ханани и Хананией с помощью стражников или 3) стражники совершили эти действия под руководством Ханани и Ханании. NEH 7 3 w3hi figs-metonymy עַד־חֹ֣ם הַשֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ 1 обогреет солнце "солнце высоко в небе" NEH 7 3 ed9m figs-explicit עַד־חֹ֣ם הַשֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ 1 пока стоит стража, пусть закрывают и запирают двери "Закрой двери и запри их, пока привратники все еще на страже" NEH 7 3 b2es וְעַ֨ד הֵ֥ם עֹמְדִ֛ים יָגִ֥יפוּ הַדְּלָת֖וֹת וֶאֱחֹ֑זוּ 1 стража Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Nehemiah 7:1](../07/01.md) NEH 7 3 mir9 figs-idiom וְהַעֲמֵ֗יד מִשְׁמְרוֹת֙ יֹשְׁבֵ֣י יְרוּשָׁלִַ֔ם אִ֚ישׁ בְּמִשְׁמָר֔וֹ וְאִ֖ישׁ נֶ֥גֶד בֵּיתֽוֹ 1 пусть закрывают и запирают двери "закрой ворота и запри их" NEH 7 3 1533 Я поставил стражниками жителей Иерусалима "Назначьте охрану из тех людей, которые живут в Иерусалиме" NEH 7 3 faa7 пост "пост охраны" или "место службы охраны" NEH 7 4 d1a5 figs-doublet וְהָעִ֞יר רַחֲבַ֤ת יָדַ֨יִם֙ וּגְדוֹלָ֔ה 1 дома не были построены Это можно указать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "люди еще не восстановили дома" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 7 4 d1a7 figs-idiom רַחֲבַ֤ת יָדַ֨יִם֙ 1 Here, **hand** figuratively means “side.” The image is that if you stood in the city, there would be a lot of it on both sides of you. Alternate translation: “covered a large area” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 7 4 d1a9 וְהָעָ֥ם מְעַ֖ט בְּתוֹכָ֑הּ 1 Alternate translation: “but not many people lived there” NEH 7 4 y6y8 figs-activepassive וְאֵ֥ין בָּתִּ֖ים בְּנוּיִֽם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the people had not yet rebuilt the houses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 7 5 d1b1 figs-explicit וַיִּתֵּ֤ן אֱלֹהַי֙ אֶל־לִבִּ֔י 1 положил мне на сердце Здесь "сердце" Неемии относится к его мыслям и воле. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Nehemiah 2:12](../02/12.md).Альтернативный перевод: "вдохновил меня" или "вёл меня" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 7 5 wjd3 figs-metaphor וַיִּתֵּ֤ן אֱלֹהַי֙ אֶל־לִבִּ֔י 1 сделать перепись "перечислить и зарегистрировать их" NEH 7 5 d1b3 grammar-connect-logic-result וָאֶקְבְּצָ֞ה 1 родословную перепись Это была книга, которой больше не существует. NEH 7 5 d1b5 translate-unknown אֶת־הַחֹרִ֧ים וְאֶת־הַסְּגָנִ֛ים 1 в ней написано Это может быть выражено в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "обнаружил, что кто-то написал в ней следующее" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 7 5 d1b7 וְאֶת־הָעָ֖ם 1 In context, this likely means “the other people living in the city.” NEH 7 5 pzu6 figs-activepassive לְהִתְיַחֵ֑שׂ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you can say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “and to register them by genealogies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 7 5 d1b9 לְהִתְיַחֵ֑שׂ 1 Alternate translation: “to be enrolled according to their family histories” NEH 7 5 avw2 translate-unknown וָֽאֶמְצָ֗א סֵ֤פֶר הַיַּ֨חַשׂ֙ הָעוֹלִ֣ים בָּרִאשׁוֹנָ֔ה 1 This means a list of the first group of Jews who had returned from exile, about a hundred years earlier. Alternate translation: “I also found a book containing the records of the first group of people who had returned to Jerusalem from the exile.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 7 5 bz2p figs-activepassive וָאֶמְצָ֖א כָּת֥וּב בּֽוֹ 1 You can say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “I found that those people had written the following in it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 7 6 ud5m figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י הַמְּדִינָ֗ה 1 вышедшие из плена потомки переселенцев "Это потомки из этой области" NEH 7 6 vx13 figs-metonymy הַמְּדִינָ֗ה 1 вышедшие из плена "вернулся из" или "возвратился из" NEH 7 6 r578 figs-idiom הָעֹלִים֙ 1 вернулся Это идиома, которая относится к путешествию в Иерусалим. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 7 6 hb7v figs-abstractnouns מִשְּׁבִ֣י הַגּוֹלָ֔ה אֲשֶׁ֣ר הֶגְלָ֔ה נְבוּכַדְנֶצַּ֖ר מֶ֣לֶךְ בָּבֶ֑ל 1 царь Навуходоносор отвёл в Вавилон "кого Навуходоносор, правитель Вавилона, забрал из своей страны." Вавилонская армия сделала это под командованием Навуходоносора. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 7 6 d1c1 figs-doublet מִשְּׁבִ֣י הַגּוֹלָ֔ה 1 **Captivity** and **exile** mean basically the same thing. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “after being taken away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 7 6 d1c3 אִ֥ישׁ לְעִירֽוֹ 1 Here, **a man** means “each one” or “each person” Alternate translation: “They went to live in the same towns where their families had lived before.” NEH 7 7 d1c5 הַבָּאִ֣ים עִם 1 Зоровавелем ... Иисусом ... Неемией ... Азарией ... Раамией ... Нахманием ... Мардохеем ... Билшаном ... Мисферефом ... Бигваем ... Нехумом ... Вааной Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 7 mu5h translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֗ל יֵשׁ֡וּעַ נְחֶמְיָ֡ה עֲ֠זַרְיָה רַֽעַמְיָ֨ה נַחֲמָ֜נִי מָרְדֳּכַ֥י בִּלְשָׁ֛ן מִסְפֶּ֥רֶת בִּגְוַ֖י נְח֣וּם בַּעֲנָ֑ה 1 количество этих людей Перепись была проведена, когда израильтяне впервые вернулись в Иерусалим после плена. Числа представляют, сколько мужчин принадлежало к каждой семейной группе. Это вступление к той информации которая приведена в последующих стихах. NEH 7 7 fz51 מִסְפַּ֕ר אַנְשֵׁ֖י עַ֥ם יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 In keeping with the practices of the time, the totals in the list that follows likely include just the men and not also the women and children. While all of these people were from Judah, they were from the Israelite people group. Alternate translation: “This is how many men came back from each Israelite clan and town” NEH 7 8 r3xa בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ אַלְפַּ֕יִם מֵאָ֖ה וְשִׁבְעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם 1 Связующее утверждение: Неемия рассказывает о количестве людей, вернувшихся из плена. Люди были сгруппированы семьями согласно имени их патриархов. Число представляет количество мужчин в каждой семье. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 7 8 d1c7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י פַרְעֹ֔שׁ 1 Пароша Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 8 l98v translate-names פַרְעֹ֔שׁ 1 Parosh Parosh is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 9 jc4a figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה 1 Сафатии Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 9 gy8k translate-names שְׁפַטְיָ֔ה 1 Shephatiah Shephatiah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 10 d1c9 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אָרַ֔ח 1 Араха Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 10 nq9e translate-names אָרַ֔ח 1 Arah Arah is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 11 my8s figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב לִבְנֵ֥י יֵשׁ֖וּעַ וְיוֹאָ֑ב 1 Связующее утверждение: Неемия продолжает пересчитывать количество людей, вернувшихся из плена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 7 11 v6jn translate-names פַחַ֥ת מוֹאָ֛ב…יֵשׁ֖וּעַ וְיוֹאָ֑ב 1 Пахаф-Моава ... Иисуса ... Иоава Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 11 841a потомков Иисуса и Иоава "то есть потомки Иисуса и Иоава" NEH 7 12 d1d1 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עֵילָ֔ם 1 Елама Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 12 d7wf translate-names עֵילָ֔ם 1 Elam Elam is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 13 d1d3 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י זַתּ֔וּא 1 Заффу Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 13 sbz7 translate-names זַתּ֔וּא 1 Zattu Zattu is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 14 d1d5 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י זַכָּ֔י 1 Закхая Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 14 v5zr translate-names זַכָּ֔י 1 Zakkai Zakkai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 15 a26a figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בִנּ֔וּי 1 Связующее утверждение: Неемия продолжает пересчитывать количество людей, вернувшихся из плена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 7 15 x1bd translate-names בִנּ֔וּי 1 Биннуя Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 16 d1d7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בֵבָ֔י 1 Бевая Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 16 ay45 translate-names בֵבָ֔י 1 Bebai Bebai is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 17 d1d9 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עַזְגָּ֔ד 1 Азгада Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 17 h84y translate-names עַזְגָּ֔ד 1 Azgad Azgad is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 18 d1e1 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי֙ אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם 1 Адоникама Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 18 b95k translate-names אֲדֹ֣נִיקָ֔ם 1 Adonikam Adonikam is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 19 lhq4 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בִגְוָ֔י 1 Связующее утверждение: Неемия продолжает пересчитывать количество людей, вернувшихся из плена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 7 19 iy74 translate-names בִגְוָ֔י 1 Бигвая Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 20 d1e3 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י עָדִ֔ין 1 Адина Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 20 d5wk translate-names עָדִ֔ין 1 Adin Adin is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 21 l797 figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵ֥ר לְחִזְקִיָּ֖ה 1 Атера Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 21 mxg1 translate-names אָטֵ֥ר 1 из дома Езекии Автор сократил это предложение. Альтернативный перевод: "потомки Атера, который является потомком Езекии" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 7 22 d1e5 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י חָשֻׁ֔ם 1 Хашума Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 22 r3ee translate-names חָשֻׁ֔ם 1 Hashum Hashum is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 23 yyf7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בֵצָ֔י 1 Связующее утверждение: Неемия продолжает пересчитывать количество людей, вернувшихся из плена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 7 23 v6eh translate-names בֵצָ֔י 1 Вецая Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 24 i39d figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔יף 1 Харифа Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 24 j9rb translate-names חָרִ֔יף 1 Hariph Hariph is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 25 xmr1 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י גִבְע֖וֹן 1 Гаваона Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 25 sj6p translate-names גִבְע֖וֹן 1 Gibeon Gibeon is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 26 sde6 translate-names בֵֽית־לֶ֨חֶם֙ וּנְטֹפָ֔ה 1 Вифлеема и Нетофы Это названия мест в Иудее. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 27 v2tb translate-names עֲנָת֔וֹת 1 Связующее утверждение: Неемия продолжает пересчитывать количество людей, вернувшихся из плена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 7 27 5ce0 Анафофа Это название места. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 28 b1sd translate-names בֵית־עַזְמָ֖וֶת 1 Беф-Азмавефа Это название места. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 29 y9ek translate-names קִרְיַ֤ת יְעָרִים֙ כְּפִירָ֣ה וּבְאֵר֔וֹת 1 Кириаф-Иарима, Кефиры и Беерофа Это название места. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 30 ncc2 translate-names הָֽרָמָה֙ וָגָ֔בַע 1 Рамы и Гевы Это название мест. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 31 ty2q translate-names מִכְמָ֔ס 1 Связующее утверждение: Неемия продолжает пересчитывать количество людей, вернувшихся из плена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 7 31 e3f7 Михмаса Это название места. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 32 b4qw translate-names בֵֽית־אֵל֙ וְהָעָ֔י 1 Вефиля и Гая Это название мест. (См [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 33 dbu1 translate-names נְב֛וֹ 1 Нево Это название места. (См [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 34 wz53 translate-names עֵילָ֣ם אַחֵ֔ר 1 Елама Это название места. (См [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 34 d1vy figs-personification עֵילָ֣ם 1 Elam The document speaks here of the town of Elam as if it were the ancestor of all the people who lived there. It is saying figuratively that these men were from families that had originally lived in that town. Alternate translation: “from another town called Elam” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) NEH 7 35 d1e7 figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם 1 Связующее утверждение: Неемия продолжает пересчитывать количество людей, вернувшихся из плена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 7 35 s9ek translate-names חָרִ֔ם 1 Харима Это название места. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 36 d1e9 figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י יְרֵח֔וֹ 1 Иерихона Это название места. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 36 avk6 translate-names יְרֵח֔וֹ 1 Jericho Jericho is the name of a city. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 37 d1f1 figs-personification בְּנֵי־לֹד֙ חָדִ֣יד וְאוֹנ֔וֹ 1 Лода, Хадида и Оно Это название мест. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 37 b9f2 translate-names לֹד֙ חָדִ֣יד וְאוֹנ֔וֹ 1 Lod, Hadid, and Ono Lod, Hadid, and Ono are the names of towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 38 d1f3 figs-personification בְּנֵ֣י סְנָאָ֔ה 1 Сенаи Это название места. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 38 rla1 translate-names סְנָאָ֔ה 1 Senaah Senaah is the name of a town. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 39 x7hb הַֽכֹּהֲנִ֑ים 1 Связующее утверждение: Неемия продолжает пересчитывать количество людей, вернувшихся из плена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 7 39 xwy8 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֤י יְדַֽעְיָה֙ לְבֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ 1 Иедаии ... Иисуса Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 39 d1f5 translate-names יְדַֽעְיָה֙…יֵשׁ֔וּעַ 1 из рода Иисуса Слово "род" это метоним который используется для обозначения семьи. Альтернативный перевод: "из семьи Иисуса" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 7 39 mk8g figs-metonymy לְבֵ֣ית יֵשׁ֔וּעַ 1 Here, the word **house** describes all the people descended from a particular person. The document is describing all of the descendants of Jeshua figuratively as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Jeshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 7 40 d1f7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אִמֵּ֔ר 1 Иммера Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 40 kd29 translate-names אִמֵּ֔ר 1 Immer Immer is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 41 d1f9 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י פַשְׁח֔וּר 1 Пашхура Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 41 xd2z translate-names פַשְׁח֔וּר 1 Pashhur Pashhur is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 42 f1g1 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י חָרִ֔ם 1 Харима Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 42 ias1 translate-names חָרִ֔ם 1 Harim Harim is the name of a man. Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Harim” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 43 h37e הַלְוִיִּ֑ם 1 Связующее утверждение: Неемия продолжает пересчитывать количество людей, вернувшихся из плена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 7 43 d1g3 figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־יֵשׁ֧וּעַ לְקַדְמִיאֵ֛ל לִבְנֵ֥י לְהוֹדְוָ֖ה 1 Иисуса ... Кадмиила ... Годевы Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 43 v5s3 translate-names יֵשׁ֧וּעַ לְקַדְמִיאֵ֛ל…לְהוֹדְוָ֖ה 1 Jeshua and Kadmiel are men’s names, and Hodevah is the name of their ancestor. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 44 v68g translate-unknown הַֽמְשֹׁרְרִ֑ים 1 Асафа Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 44 d1g5 הַֽמְשֹׁרְרִ֑ים 1 певцов Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Nehemiah 7:1](../07/01.md). NEH 7 44 d1g7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י אָסָ֔ף 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 7 44 ht7l translate-names אָסָ֔ף 1 Asaph Asaph is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 45 b7ne הַשֹּֽׁעֲרִ֗ים 1 Шаллума ... Атера ... Талмона ... Аккува ... Хатиты ... Шовая Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 45 h78b figs-metaphor בְּנֵֽי־שַׁלּ֤וּם בְּנֵֽי־אָטֵר֙ בְּנֵֽי־טַלְמֹ֣ן בְּנֵֽי־עַקּ֔וּב בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיטָ֖א בְּנֵ֣י שֹׁבָ֑י 1 Стражников Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Nehemiah 7:1](../07/01.md). NEH 7 45 wy4p translate-names שַׁלּ֤וּם…אָטֵר֙…טַלְמֹ֣ן…עַקּ֔וּב…חֲטִיטָ֖א…שֹׁבָ֑י 1 Shallum…Ater…Talmon…Akkub…Hatita…Shobai These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 46 t2j5 translate-unknown הַנְּתִינִ֑ים 1 Общая информация: В этих стихах продолжают перечисляться имена людей, чьи потомки вернулись из плена. NEH 7 46 cd4k הַנְּתִינִ֑ים 1 Цихи ... Хасуфы ... Таббаофа Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 46 d6np figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־צִחָ֥א בְנֵי־חֲשֻׂפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י טַבָּעֽוֹת 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “from the descendants of Shallum, Ater, Talmon, Akkub, Hatita, and Shobai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 7 46 st75 translate-names צִחָ֥א…חֲשֻׂפָ֖א…טַבָּעֽוֹת 1 Ziha…Hasupha…Tabbaoth These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 47 mn22 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־קֵירֹ֥ס בְּנֵי־סִיעָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י פָדֽוֹן 1 Кироса ... Сии ... Фадона Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 47 0cff Сии Это - тот же человек, известный под именем Сиага в книге Ездра 2:44. NEH 7 48 ln8l figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־לְבָנָ֥ה בְנֵי־חֲגָבָ֖ה בְּנֵ֥י שַׁלְמָֽי 1 Леваны, ... Хагавы ... Салмая Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 49 zpn7 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־חָנָ֥ן בְּנֵי־גִדֵּ֖ל בְּנֵי־גָֽחַר 1 Ханана ... Гиддела ... Гахара Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 50 s8hz figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־רְאָיָ֥ה בְנֵי־רְצִ֖ין בְּנֵ֥י נְקוֹדָֽא 1 Общая информация: В этих стихах продолжают перечисляться имена людей, чьи потомки вернулись из плена. NEH 7 50 4f8f Реаии ... Рецина ... Некоды Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 51 u8ea figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־גַזָּ֥ם בְּנֵי־עֻזָּ֖א בְּנֵ֥י פָסֵֽחַ 1 Газзама ... Уззы ... Пасеаха Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 52 i1dd figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בֵסַ֥י בְּנֵי־מְעוּנִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י נפושסים 1 Весая ... Меунима ... Нефишсима Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 53 u7qn figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַקְבּ֥וּק בְּנֵֽי־חֲקוּפָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְחֽוּר 1 Общая информация: В этих стихах продолжают перечисляться имена людей, чьи потомки вернулись из плена. NEH 7 53 9b38 Бакбука ... Хакуфы ... Хархура Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 54 jat5 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַצְלִ֥ית בְּנֵֽי־מְחִידָ֖א בְּנֵ֥י חַרְשָֽׁא 1 Бацлифа ... Мехиды ... Харши Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 55 w15p figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־בַרְק֥וֹס בְּֽנֵי־סִֽיסְרָ֖א בְּנֵי־תָֽמַח 1 Баркоса ... Сисары ... Фамаха Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 56 i1b4 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י נְצִ֖יחַ בְּנֵ֥י חֲטִיפָֽא 1 Нециаха ... Хатифы Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 57 w9sx translate-unknown בְּנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה 1 Связующее утверждение: Неемия продолжает пересчитывать количество людей, вернувшихся из плена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 7 57 ei9x figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה 1 Сотая ... Соферефа ... Фериды Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 57 xb5j figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־סוֹטַ֥י בְּנֵי־סוֹפֶ֖רֶת בְּנֵ֥י פְרִידָֽא 1 Софереф Это имя человека который назван Гассоферефом в книге Ездра 2:55. NEH 7 57 ma7v translate-names סוֹטַ֥י…סוֹפֶ֖רֶת…פְרִידָֽא 1 Ферид Это имя человека который назван Ферудом в книге Ездра 2:55. NEH 7 58 y1jl figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־יַעְלָ֥א בְנֵי־דַרְק֖וֹן בְּנֵ֥י גִדֵּֽל 1 Иаалы ... Даркона ... Гиддела Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 59 vwg5 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֧י שְׁפַטְיָ֣ה בְנֵֽי־חַטִּ֗יל בְּנֵ֛י פֹּכֶ֥רֶת הַצְּבָיִ֖ים בְּנֵ֥י אָמֽוֹן 1 Сафатии ... Хаттила ... Похереф-Гаццевайима ... Амона Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 60 a15h כָּל־הַ֨נְּתִינִ֔ים וּבְנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֣י שְׁלֹמֹ֑ה שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת תִּשְׁעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם 1 Общая информация: Коментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. NEH 7 61 bgx3 figs-idiom וְאֵ֗לֶּה הָֽעוֹלִים֙ 1 Связующее утверждение: Неемия продолжает пересчитывать количество людей, вернувшихся из плена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 7 61 c7ta translate-names מִתֵּ֥ל מֶ֨לַח֙ תֵּ֣ל חַרְשָׁ֔א כְּר֥וּב אַדּ֖וֹן וְאִמֵּ֑ר 1 вышедшие Это идиома, которая относится к путешествию в Иерусалим. Альтернативный перевод: "возвратился" или "вернулся" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 7 61 d1g9 וְלֹ֣א יָכְל֗וּ לְהַגִּ֤יד 1 Тел-Мелаха ... Тел-Харши ... Херув ... Аддона ... Иммера Это название мест. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 61 d1h1 figs-parallelism בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָם֙ וְזַרְעָ֔ם אִ֥ם מִיִּשְׂרָאֵ֖ל הֵֽם 1 These two longer phrases mean similar things. The second phrase explains the meaning of the first for clarity and emphasis. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “that their ancestors had been Israelites,” otherwise “what clan they were from or who their ancestors were, whether they were really Israelites” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NEH 7 61 d1h3 figs-doublet בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָם֙ וְזַרְעָ֔ם 1 These two short phrases mean similar things. They are used together to emphasize that accurate records would be required to prove a person’s lineage. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “what their lineage was” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 7 61 d1h5 figs-metaphor בֵּית־אֲבוֹתָם֙ וְזַרְעָ֔ם 1 Among the Israelites, the expression **father’s house** or **house of the father** originally described an extended clan. It later came to be used more generally to refer to a larger clan within a tribe. (For example, the two expressions are used interchangeably in Exodus 6:14, “These were the heads of their fathers’ houses: The sons of Reuben, the firstborn of Israel, were Hanok, Pallu, Hezron, and Karmi. These were the clan ancestors of Reuben.”) In this expression, the word **house** figuratively describes all the people descended from a particular person. The term views all of those descendants as if they were one household living together. Alternate translation: “what clan they were from” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 7 61 d1h7 figs-metaphor וְזַרְעָ֔ם 1 Here, **seed** is a metaphor meaning “offspring.” It is a comparison: Just as plants produce seeds that grow into many more plants, so people can have many offspring. In the Bible, the term refers most often to a person’s descendants. But here it is describing the ancestors of these people, that is, “whose seed they were.” Alternate translation: “who their ancestors were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 7 62 d1h9 בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵֽי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א שֵׁ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת וְאַרְבָּעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם 1 Делаии ... Товии ... Некоды Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 62 d1i1 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־דְלָיָ֥ה בְנֵֽי־טוֹבִיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י נְקוֹדָ֑א 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Delaiah, Tobiah, and Nekoda” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 7 62 np4h translate-names דְלָיָ֥ה…טוֹבִיָּ֖ה…נְקוֹדָ֑א 1 Delaiah…Tobiah…Nekoda These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 63 d1i3 וּמִן־הַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים 1 Ховаии ... Гаккоца ... Верзеллия Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 63 d1i5 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י חֳבַיָּ֖ה בְּנֵ֣י הַקּ֑וֹץ בְּנֵ֣י בַרְזִלַּ֗י 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “They were from the descendants of Habaiah, Hakkoz, and Barzillai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 7 63 i59a translate-names חֳבַיָּ֖ה…הַקּ֑וֹץ…בַרְזִלַּ֗י 1 Habaiah…Hakkoz…Barzillai These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 63 d1i7 translate-names בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַגִּלְעָדִי֙ 1 Barzillai is the name of a man, and Gileadite means that he was from the region of Gilead. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 7 63 d1i9 אֲשֶׁ֣ר לָ֠קַח מִבְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַגִּלְעָדִי֙ אִשָּׁ֔ה 1 Alternate translation: “Barzillai married a woman who was one of the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite” NEH 7 63 iyy1 figs-metaphor מִבְּנ֞וֹת בַּרְזִלַּ֤י הַגִּלְעָדִי֙ 1 **Daughters** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “the descendants of Barzillai the Gileadite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 7 63 bl4n וַיִּקָּרֵ֖א עַל־שְׁמָֽם 1 Alternate translation: “and he took the name of her clan as his own name” NEH 7 64 m2qd אֵ֗לֶּה בִּקְשׁ֧וּ כְתָבָ֛ם הַמִּתְיַחְשִׂ֖ים וְלֹ֣א נִמְצָ֑א 1 Они искали свою родословную запись "Они искали письменные записи о себе в родословной" или "Они искали свои письменные генеалогические записи" NEH 7 64 n9vy וַיְגֹֽאֲל֖וּ מִן־הַכְּהֻנָּֽה 1 но не нашли Это может быть выражено в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "но они не могли найти свои записи" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 7 64 ff73 исключены из священства Это можно перевести в активную форму. Абстрактное существительное "священство" можно перевести как глагол "служить в качестве священика." Альтернативный перевод: "начальник области относился к ним, как к нечистым, и не позволял им служить в качестве священников" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 7 65 av51 translate-unknown הַתִּרְשָׁ֨תָא֙ 1 пока не будет поставлен священник с уримом и туммимом Это можно указать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "пока священник с уримом и туммимом не одобрит" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 7 65 j9fe translate-unknown וַיֹּ֤אמֶר הַתִּרְשָׁ֨תָא֙ לָהֶ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר לֹא־יֹאכְל֖וּ מִקֹּ֣דֶשׁ הַקֳּדָשִׁ֑ים 1 Урим и Туммим Это были священные камни, которые первосвященник носил на своем нагруднике и время от времени использовал для определения Божьей воли. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 7 65 qnn2 figs-metaphor עַ֛ד עֲמֹ֥ד הַכֹּהֵ֖ן לְאוּרִ֥ים וְתוּמִּֽים 1 Here, **stand** is a figurative way of saying that a person has assumed the duties of their office. The priest means specifically the high priest, since he had the objects described. Alternate translation: “Until the high priest was once again on duty” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 7 65 cij9 translate-unknown לְאוּרִ֥ים וְתוּמִּֽים 1 This was a pair of objects that the high priest kept in the breastpiece of his robe. It is unknown exactly what type of objects they were, but they were used to answer yes-or-no questions and to decide between two alternatives. If the priest, without looking, pulled out the Urim, that meant one answer, while if he pulled out the Thummim, that meant the other answer. If it would be clearer in your language, you could describe these objects by their function rather than by their names. Alternate translation: “and could use the sacred objects to decide their cases.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 7 66 t4xj כָּל־הַקָּהָ֖ל כְּאֶחָ֑ד אַרְבַּ֣ע רִבּ֔וֹא אַלְפַּ֖יִם שְׁלֹשׁ־מֵא֥וֹת וְשִׁשִּֽׁים 1 Связующее утверждение: Неемия продолжает пересчитывать количество людей, вернувшихся из плена. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 7 66 a8f7 Всё общество вместе "Все вместе" NEH 7 66 0a03 состояло из 42,360 "было 42,360 человек" NEH 7 67 se3x מִ֠לְּבַד עַבְדֵיהֶ֤ם וְאַמְהֹֽתֵיהֶם֙ אֵ֔לֶּה שִׁבְעַ֣ת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁלֹ֥שׁ מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וְשִׁבְעָ֑ה 1 певцов и певиц "певцы и певицы" NEH 7 67 d1j1 translate-unknown וְלָהֶ֗ם מְשֹֽׁרֲרִים֙ וּמְשֹׁ֣רֲר֔וֹת מָאתַ֖יִם וְאַרְבָּעִ֥ים וַחֲמִשָּֽׁה 1 This is a different group from “the ones who sang” in [7:44](../07/44.md). Those were Levites who sang in connection with Israel’s worship. The group here is a class of servants who were employed to provide music for public and private events. Alternate translation: “and the 245 male and female singers they employed.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 7 68 d1j3 סוּסֵיהֶ֕ם שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וְשִׁשָּׁ֑ה פִּרְדֵיהֶ֕ם מָאתַ֖יִם אַרְבָּעִ֥ים וַחֲמִשָּֽׁה 1 736 ... 245 "семьсот тридцать шесть ... двести сорок пять." Это число возвращенных животных. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 7 69 d72q גְּמַלִּ֕ים אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת שְׁלֹשִׁ֣ים וַחֲמִשָּׁ֑ה ס חֲמֹרִ֕ים שֵׁ֣שֶׁת אֲלָפִ֔ים שְׁבַ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת וְעֶשְׂרִֽים 1 435 ... 6,720 "четыреста тридцать пять ... шесть тысяч семьсот двадцать." Это число возвращенных животных. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 7 70 e1e9 figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽאָב֔וֹת 1 главы семейств "главные патриархи" или "руководители кланов" NEH 7 70 gdj2 figs-metaphor רָאשֵׁ֣י 1 дали в сокровищницу "положили в сокровищницу" NEH 7 70 le3g translate-unknown נָתַ֣ן לָאוֹצָ֗ר 1 тысячу драхм "1,000 драхм" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 7 70 b1s5 הַתִּרְשָׁ֜תָא נָתַ֣ן לָאוֹצָ֗ר זָהָ֞ב דַּרְכְּמֹנִ֥ים אֶ֨לֶף֙ מִזְרָק֣וֹת חֲמִשִּׁ֔ים כָּתְנוֹת֙ כֹּֽהֲנִ֔ים שְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 золотая драхма Драхма был небольшой золотой монетой, которую использовали люди в Персидской империи. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) NEH 7 70 c7ug translate-unknown הַתִּרְשָׁ֜תָא 1 50 чаш "пятьдесят чаш." Это большие чаши. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 7 70 wf3a translate-bmoney זָהָ֞ב דַּרְכְּמֹנִ֥ים אֶ֨לֶף֙ 1 530 священнических одежд "пятьсот тридцать священнических одежд." Это предметы одежды, которые носят священники. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 7 70 bu8p translate-unknown מִזְרָק֣וֹת חֲמִשִּׁ֔ים 1 These were large, flat bowls that were used in the temple to collect the blood of sacrifices. When the Law called for some of this blood to be sprinkled on the altar, in the air, or on a person or a garment, that would be done from one of these bowls. Alternate translation: “50 bowls to be used in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 7 70 bu22 translate-unknown כָּתְנוֹת֙ כֹּֽהֲנִ֔ים שְׁלֹשִׁ֖ים וַחֲמֵ֥שׁ מֵאֽוֹת 1 These were the special garments that priests would wear while performing their duties in the temple. Alternate translation: “530 garments for the priests to wear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 7 71 znc4 figs-ellipsis וּמֵֽרָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽאָב֗וֹת נָֽתְנוּ֙ לְאוֹצַ֣ר הַמְּלָאכָ֔ה 1 двадцать тысяч драхм "20,000 драхм" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 7 71 g529 figs-metaphor וּמֵֽרָאשֵׁ֣י 1 2,200 мин серебра "две тысячи двести мин серебра." Мина весит около половины килограмма. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bweight]]) NEH 7 71 kzg2 translate-bmoney זָהָ֕ב דַּרְכְּמוֹנִ֖ים שְׁתֵּ֣י רִבּ֑וֹת 1 See the note about **darics** in verse [7:70](../07/70.md). Alternate translation: “20,000 gold coins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) NEH 7 71 jxn7 translate-bmoney וְכֶ֕סֶף מָנִ֖ים אַלְפַּ֥יִם וּמָאתָֽיִם 1 In ancient times, a silver mina weighed about half a kilogram or about 1.25 pounds. However, as in the case of darics, it would probably be best to say something general like “2,200 silver bars,” or give the equivalent weight, or use the biblical term and give the equivalent weight in a note. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]]) NEH 7 72 zg2v translate-bmoney וַאֲשֶׁ֣ר נָתְנוּ֮ שְׁאֵרִ֣ית הָעָם֒ זָהָ֗ב דַּרְכְּמוֹנִים֙ שְׁתֵּ֣י רִבּ֔וֹא וְכֶ֖סֶף מָנִ֣ים אַלְפָּ֑יִם וְכָתְנֹ֥ת כֹּֽהֲנִ֖ים שִׁשִּׁ֥ים וְשִׁבְעָֽה 1 две тысячи мин "2,000 мин" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 7 72 c98c шестьдесят семь священнических одежд "67 священнических одежд" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 7 73 jaj3 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיֵּשְׁב֣וּ 1 стражники ворот Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Nehemiah 7:1](../07/01.md). NEH 7 73 e7np translate-unknown הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֡ם וְהַשּׁוֹעֲרִים֩ וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֨ים וּמִן־הָעָ֧ם וְהַנְּתִינִ֛ים וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 певцы Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Nehemiah 7:1](../07/01.md). NEH 7 73 a2ub figs-explicit וַיֵּשְׁב֣וּ…בְּעָרֵיהֶ֑ם וַיִּגַּע֙ הַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י וּבְנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בְּעָרֵיהֶֽם 1 народ Здесь имеются в виду некоторые израильтяне, которые не были священниками или служителями храма. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 7 73 n26r translate-ordinal הַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִ֔י 1 весь Израиль Возможные значения: 1) все израильтяне, которые перечислены в этом стихе или 2) остальные израильтяне, которые не служили в храме. NEH 8 intro w38v 0 # Неемия 08 Общие сведения #<br><br>#### Особые темы в этой главе ####<br><br>##### Чтение Закона #####<br><br>Во время изгнания люди больше не говорили на еврейском языке. Его понимали только священники и левиты. Ездра читал книгу закона людям на еврейском языке, а левиты шли среди толпы, переводя ее на арамейский, чтобы люди могли понять. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/priest]] и [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>##### Праздник Шалашей #####<br><br>Услышав, как Ездра читает закон Моисея, люди повиновались ему, строя шалаши для себя из ветвей деревьев. Они сделали это, чтобы вспомнить, что их предки спали в шалашах, когда они вышли из рабства в Египте. <br><br>## Ссылка: ##<br><br>* __[Nehemiah 08:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../07/intro.md) | [>>](../09/intro.md)__ NEH 8 1 q5ih figs-hyperbole כָל־הָעָם֙ 1 весь народ собрался, как один человек Слово "весь" это обобщение, которое указывает на то, что люди в целом собрались вместе. Альтернативный перевод: "Все люди собрались вместе" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) NEH 8 1 e1a1 figs-explicit וַיֵּאָסְפ֤וּ…כְּאִ֣ישׁ אֶחָ֔ד 1 Водяными воротами Это было название большого проёма или дверного проёма в стене. NEH 8 1 e1a3 figs-idiom כְּאִ֣ישׁ אֶחָ֔ד 1 книгу закона Моисея Это могли быть все части или часть первых пяти книг Ветхого Завета. NEH 8 1 e1a5 translate-unknown אֶל־הָ֣רְח֔וֹב 1 This means a “plaza” or “square” in the city where there were no buildings and so where public events like this could be held. Alternate translation: “in the square” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 8 1 f6t8 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֣י שַֽׁעַר־הַמָּ֑יִם 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the front of an object. Alternate translation: “in front of the Water Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 8 1 e1a7 translate-names שַֽׁעַר־הַמָּ֑יִם 1 This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. See how you translated it in [3:26](../03/26.md). Alternate translation: “the Water Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 8 1 e1a9 figs-explicit וַיֹּֽאמְרוּ֙ לְעֶזְרָ֣א הַסֹּפֵ֔ר לְהָבִ֗יא אֶת־סֵ֨פֶר֙ תּוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 **They** means the crowd, though they likely made this request to Ezra through their leaders. The implication is that they wanted him not just to bring the book forward, but to read to them from it out loud (as [8:3](../08/03.md) indicates he did). This was because they wanted to learn what was in it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The crowd had asked Ezra the scribe to read to them from a scroll that contained the Law of Moses because they wanted to know what it commanded.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 8 1 e1b1 figs-explicit וַיֹּֽאמְרוּ֙ לְעֶזְרָ֣א הַסֹּפֵ֔ר לְהָבִ֗יא אֶת־סֵ֨פֶר֙ תּוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Since the rest of the chapter describes arrangements that the leaders must have made in advance, the crowd, once it gathered, did not start shouting spontaneously for Ezra to come forward and read. Rather, they had made this request in advance. Alternate translation: “the crowd had asked” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 8 1 e1b3 writing-participants לְעֶזְרָ֣א הַסֹּפֵ֔ר 1 This introduces Ezra as a new character in the story. The expression “the scribe” identifies him as a teacher who had carefully studied the Law of Moses. Since he is a new participant, if it would be helpful to your readers, you could call him something like “a man named Ezra, who was a teacher of the Law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) NEH 8 1 e1b5 figs-explicit לְעֶזְרָ֣א הַסֹּפֵ֔ר 1 The biblical book of Ezra indicates that this man returned to Jerusalem from exile in Babylon 13 years before Nehemiah did. He led many reforms in the community. But in this book, Nehemiah does not say whether Ezra had remained in the city all that time, or whether he had gone back to Babylon and had recently returned to Jerusalem again. Even if your language, in telling a story, ordinarily accounts for how a person came to be on the scene, it might be best not to try to address that question here in your translation. Even though Nehemiah seems to expect that his readers will know where Ezra had been, Nehemiah does not say specifically where he was, and so the answer is unknown. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 8 1 fdh4 translate-unknown אֶת־סֵ֨פֶר֙ תּוֹרַ֣ת מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 This **book** was most likely a scroll, and it most likely contained what is now known as the Torah or the “five books of Moses.” Alternate translation: “a scroll that contained the law of Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 8 1 e1b7 אֲשֶׁר־צִוָּ֥ה יְהוָ֖ה אֶת־יִשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 Alternate translation: “These were the commandments that Yahweh had told Israel to follow” NEH 8 2 e1b9 figs-explicit עֶזְרָ֣א הַ֠כֹּהֵן 1 В первый день седьмого месяца Это седьмой месяц иудейского календаря. Первый день седьмого месяца близок к середине сентября согласно западным календарям. Альтернативный перевод: "1 день 7-го месяца " (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NEH 8 2 e1c1 figs-metonymy וַיָּבִ֣יא…אֶֽת־הַתּוֹרָ֞ה לִפְנֵ֤י הַקָּהָל֙ 1 принёс закон "принёс Книгу Закона" NEH 8 2 j8yl figs-idiom מֵאִ֣ישׁ וְעַד־אִשָּׁ֔ה וְכֹ֖ל מֵבִ֣ין לִשְׁמֹ֑עַ 1 всех, кто мог понимать Это включало в себя и детей, которые были достаточно взрослыми, чтобы понять то, что читалось. NEH 8 2 e89a figs-explicit בְּי֥וֹם אֶחָ֖ד לַחֹ֥דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 Since Nehemiah does not say otherwise, the implication is that this happened in the same year that the wall was rebuilt. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “He did this on the first day of the seventh month of that same year.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 8 2 id7q translate-hebrewmonths בְּי֥וֹם אֶחָ֖ד לַחֹ֥דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 Alternate translation: “On day 1 of month 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) NEH 8 3 pkz7 וַיִּקְרָא־בוֹ֩ 1 на площади "на открытой местности" NEH 8 3 iv9y figs-metonymy לִפְנֵ֨י הָרְח֜וֹב אֲשֶׁ֣ר ׀ לִפְנֵ֣י שַֽׁעַר־הַמַּ֗יִם 1 он читал из него Здесь "из него" относится к книге Закона Моисея. NEH 8 3 e1c3 translate-names שַֽׁעַר־הַמַּ֗יִם 1 This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. See how you translated it in [3:26](../03/26.md) and [8:1](../08/01.md). Alternate translation: “the Water Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 8 3 e1c5 translate-unknown מִן־הָאוֹר֙ עַד־מַחֲצִ֣ית הַיּ֔וֹם 1 **The light** means sunrise, that is, the time of morning when the sun itself becomes visible above the horizon. “The middle of the day” means noon. Alternate translation: “from sunrise until noon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 8 3 e1c7 figs-merism מִן־הָאוֹר֙ עַד־מַחֲצִ֣ית הַיּ֔וֹם 1 Verse [8:7](../08/07.md) explains that other teachers circulated within the crowd to answer questions that people had about what Ezra was reading. It is unlikely that they did this while he was still talking. Instead, he probably paused from time to time to allow this. So this expression is actually referring to a whole time period by describing its beginning and ending, but it does not mean that the activity took place without interruption the whole time. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “throughout the morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) NEH 8 3 e1c9 נֶ֛גֶד הָאֲנָשִׁ֥ים וְהַנָּשִׁ֖ים וְהַמְּבִינִ֑ים 1 This is the same group that was described in [8:2](../08/02.md). Many of the phrases here in verse 3 echo similar phrases in verse 2. The repetition emphasizes the importance and solemnity of this occasion. However, you do not need to repeat this phrase a second time in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. NEH 8 3 e1d1 figs-synecdoche וְאָזְנֵ֥י כָל־הָעָ֖ם 1 Here, Nehemiah uses the **ears** of the people to represent the people themselves, in the act of listening. Alternate translation: “all the people listened carefully” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 8 4 e1d3 figs-explicit עַֽל־מִגְדַּל־עֵץ֮ 1 Маттифия, Шема, Анаия, Урия, Хелкия, Маасея ... Федаия, Мисаил, Малхия, Хашум, Хашбаддана, Захария и Мешуллам Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 8 4 e1d5 figs-explicit אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשׂ֣וּ לַדָּבָר֒ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say who built this platform, and what the purpose was. Alternate translation: “that the people had built so that they could see and hear Ezra as he read” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 8 4 e1d7 figs-metonymy אֶצְל֡וֹ…עַל־יְמִינ֑וֹ 1 Here, **hand** is a metonym that means “side.” Alternate translation: “next to him, on his right side” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 8 4 lk8k translate-names מַתִּתְיָ֡ה וְשֶׁ֡מַע וַ֠עֲנָיָה וְאוּרִיָּ֧ה וְחִלְקִיָּ֛ה וּמַעֲשֵׂיָ֖ה 1 These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 8 4 e1d9 וּמִשְּׂמֹאל֗וֹ 1 Alternate translation: “and next to him, on his left side” NEH 8 4 e1e1 translate-names פְּ֠דָיָה וּמִֽישָׁאֵ֧ל וּמַלְכִּיָּ֛ה וְחָשֻׁ֥ם וְחַשְׁבַּדָּ֖נָה זְכַרְיָ֥ה מְשֻׁלָּֽם 1 These are the names of seven men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 8 5 t5lf grammar-connect-logic-result וַיִּפְתַּ֨ח עֶזְרָ֤א הַסֵּ֨פֶר֙ לְעֵינֵ֣י כָל־הָעָ֔ם כִּֽי־מֵעַ֥ל כָּל־הָעָ֖ם 1 Ездра открыл книгу перед глазами всего народа Абстрактное существительное "глазами" можно выразить глаголом "видеть." Альтернативный перевод: "Все видели, как Ездра открыл книгу" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 8 5 yv2u figs-synecdoche לְעֵינֵ֣י כָל־הָעָ֔ם 1 книгу "Книга Закона" NEH 8 5 wqg8 translate-symaction עָֽמְד֥וּ כָל־הָעָֽם 1 он стоял выше всех "он стоял выше людей" NEH 8 5 ln1z כָל־הָעָֽם 1 Когда он её открыл, весь народ встал Народ встал из уважения к Божьему слову. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 8 6 x9v8 figs-explicit וַיְבָ֣רֶךְ עֶזְרָ֔א אֶת־יְהוָ֥ה הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים הַגָּד֑וֹל 1 Ездра благословил Господа Альтернативный перевод: "Ездра поблагодарил Яхве" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 8 6 e1e3 figs-events וַיַּֽעֲנ֨וּ כָל־הָעָ֜ם אָמֵ֤ן ׀ אָמֵן֙ 1 Since the people lifted their hands to show that they were joining Nehemiah in prayer, they would have done this before they said “Amen” at the end of his prayer. If it would be clearer in your language, you could describe the events in that order. Alternate translation: “The people lifted their hands to show that they were praying with Ezra, and when he finished praying, they shouted, ‘Amen! Amen!’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-events]]) NEH 8 6 e1e5 figs-idiom אָמֵ֤ן ׀ אָמֵן֙ 1 As in [5:13](../05/13.md), **Amen** is a Hebrew word that means, “Truly, it is so.” The word expresses agreement with what someone has just said. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express that meaning with a phrase such as, “We agree!” Or you could use the Hebrew term and explain what it means in this context: “Amen! Yahweh is truly great!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 8 6 e1e7 translate-symaction בְּמֹ֣עַל יְדֵיהֶ֔ם 1 In ancient Israel, lifted hands were the posture of prayer. By this gesture, the people showed that they were joining Nehemiah in prayer before he read from the law. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) NEH 8 6 e1e9 figs-synecdoche וַיִּקְּד֧וּ וַיִּשְׁתַּחֲוֻּ֛ לַיהוָ֖ה אַפַּ֥יִם אָֽרְצָה 1 **Nostrils** here represent the nose, and the nose represents all of the face. Alternate translation: “they knelt down and then lay down with their faces on the ground to worship Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 8 7 e1f1 translate-names וְיֵשׁ֡וּעַ וּבָנִ֡י וְשֵׁרֵ֥בְיָ֣ה ׀ יָמִ֡ין עַקּ֡וּב שַׁבְּתַ֣י ׀ הֽוֹדִיָּ֡ה מַעֲשֵׂיָ֡ה קְלִיטָ֣א עֲזַרְיָה֩ יוֹזָבָ֨ד חָנָ֤ן פְּלָאיָה֙ 1 Общая информация: Коментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. NEH 8 7 e1f3 וְהַלְוִיִּ֔ם 1 This expression could mean something like, “yes, the Levites,” indicating that all of these men were Levites. That means that they were descendants of Levi and had a special assignment, helping the priests. Alternate translation: “who were Levites.” NEH 8 7 e1f5 figs-explicit מְבִינִ֥ים אֶת־הָעָ֖ם לַתּוֹרָ֑ה וְהָעָ֖ם עַל־עָמְדָֽם 1 The implication is that Ezra paused regularly throughout the morning to allow this. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “explained the meaning of the Law to the people as they stood in their places in the crowd. Ezra paused regularly to allow this.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 8 8 s5er וַֽיִּקְרְא֥וּ בַסֵּ֛פֶר בְּתוֹרַ֥ת הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים מְפֹרָ֑שׁ 1 Читали внятно из книги Слово "читали" относится к левитам. NEH 8 8 e1f7 מְפֹרָ֑שׁ 1 толковали, и народ понимал прочитанное Абстрактные существительные "толковали" и "понимал" могут быть переведены как глаголы. Альтернативный перевод: "ясно интерпретируя и объясняя его" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 8 8 e1f9 figs-doublet בַסֵּ֛פֶר בְּתוֹרַ֥ת הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 прочитанное "то, что было прочитано" NEH 8 8 e1g1 translate-unknown וְשׂ֣וֹם שֶׂ֔כֶל 1 The exact meaning of this phrase in Hebrew is unknown. Most likely, it means either (1) that the Levites were interpreting from one language into another, because the people could not understand the language in which the book of the Law was written, or (2) that the Levites were explaining the meaning of the Law to the people because it was difficult to understand. Alternate translateion: “and they explained what it meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 8 8 vsq9 figs-abstractnouns שֶׂ֔כֶל 1 **Interpretation** is an abstract noun that refers to the meaning of the Law of Moses. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind it with a phrase that uses a verb such as “mean.” Alternate translation: “what it meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 8 8 e1g3 וַיָּבִ֖ינוּ בַּמִּקְרָֽא 1 Here **they** refers to the people in the crowd. Alternate translation: “That way the people in the crowd could understand what Ezra was reading” NEH 8 9 e1g5 translate-unknown נְחֶמְיָ֣ה ה֣וּא הַתִּרְשָׁ֡תָא 1 весь народ плакал Это обобщение указывает на то, что среди людей был великий плач. Альтернативный перевод: "люди сильно плакали" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) NEH 8 9 e1g7 writing-participants נְחֶמְיָ֣ה ה֣וּא הַתִּרְשָׁ֡תָא 1 This is the first time that Nehemiah appears as a character while someone else is telling the story. Previously in the book, he has been the one telling the story, and so he has referred to himself as “I.” To give him more of an introduction here, you could say something like, “Nehemiah, who was the governor” or “Nehemiah, who was the Tirshatha (that is, the governor).” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-participants]]) NEH 8 9 e1g9 figs-distinguish וְעֶזְרָ֣א הַכֹּהֵ֣ן ׀ הַסֹּפֵ֡ר 1 Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “Ezra, who was a priest and a scribe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) NEH 8 9 e1h1 וְהַלְוִיִּם֩ הַמְּבִינִ֨ים אֶת־הָעָ֜ם 1 See how you translated this phrase in [8:7](../08/07.md). Alternate translation: “The Levites who were explaining the meaning of the Law to the people.” NEH 8 9 e1h3 figs-explicit הַיּ֤וֹם קָדֹֽשׁ־הוּא֙ לַיהוָ֣ה 1 As a note to verse [8:1](../08/01.md) explains, this particular holiday was the Festival of Trumpets. If it would make things clearer for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “This is a holy day, set apart to worship Yahweh. It is the Festival of Trumpets.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 8 9 e1h5 figs-doublet הַיּ֤וֹם קָדֹֽשׁ־הוּא֙ לַיהוָ֣ה 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The leaders were reminding the people that this was one of the festival days that Yahweh had told them to set apart as special times of worship and celebration. If it would be clearer in your language you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “This is a special day for worshiping Yahweh.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 8 9 e1h7 grammar-connect-logic-result אַל־תִּֽתְאַבְּל֖וּ וְאַל־תִּבְכּ֑וּ 1 The leaders are saying that since this is a day for celebration, it is not appropriate for the people to be weeping. If it would be clearer in your language, you can show this connection by beginning this sentence with a word such as “so.” Alternate translation: “So do not mourn or cry.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) NEH 8 9 e1h9 figs-doublet אַל־תִּֽתְאַבְּל֖וּ וְאַל־תִּבְכּ֑וּ 1 **Mourn** and **weep** mean the same thing. The leaders use both words together to emphasize that the people should be cheerful, not sad, on a festival day. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these words in a single expression. Alternate translation: “So you should not be crying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 8 9 e1i1 grammar-connect-logic-result בוֹכִים֙ כָּל־הָעָ֔ם כְּשָׁמְעָ֖ם אֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הַתּוֹרָֽה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this sentence first in the verse, since it gives the reason for the results that are described in the rest of the verse. Alternate translation: “The people in the crowd began to weep when they heard what was in the Law of Moses.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) NEH 8 9 e1i3 figs-explicit בוֹכִים֙ כָּל־הָעָ֔ם כְּשָׁמְעָ֖ם אֶת־דִּבְרֵ֥י הַתּוֹרָֽה 1 The implication is that the people began to weep because they recognized that they had not been obeying what God had commanded them in the Law of Moses. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The people in the crowd began to weep when they heard what was in the Law of Moses, because they recognized that they had not been obeying what it commanded.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 8 9 wky3 figs-hyperbole כָּל־הָעָ֔ם 1 This is a generalization that indicates there was great weeping among the people. Alternate translation: “the people in the crowd” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) NEH 8 10 e1i5 figs-explicit וַיֹּ֣אמֶר לָהֶ֡ם 1 Пойдите, ешьте жирное и пейте сладкое Подразумеваемая информация состоит в том, что людям велели наслаждаться жирной едой и сладкими напитками. Альтернативный перевод: "ешьте жирную пищу и пейте что-нибудь сладкое" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 8 10 e1i7 figs-metaphor לְכוּ֩ אִכְל֨וּ מַשְׁמַנִּ֜ים וּשְׁת֣וּ מַֽמְתַקִּ֗ים 1 не печальтесь Это можно указать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "Не горюй" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 8 10 smq2 figs-metonymy אִכְל֨וּ מַשְׁמַנִּ֜ים וּשְׁת֣וּ מַֽמְתַקִּ֗ים 1 потому что радость перед Господом — подкрепление для вас Абстрактные существительные "радость" и "подкрепление" могут быть выражены в виде глаголов или прилагательных. Альтернативный перевод: "Радость в Господе защитит тебя" или "радость в Господе будет твоим сильным прибежищем" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 8 10 e1i9 figs-doublet אִכְל֨וּ מַשְׁמַנִּ֜ים וּשְׁת֣וּ מַֽמְתַקִּ֗ים 1 Eating and drinking are used together here to convey a single idea, celebrating. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “Celebrate with a good meal.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 8 10 e1j1 figs-activepassive וְשִׁלְח֤וּ מָנוֹת֙ לְאֵ֣ין נָכ֣וֹן ל֔וֹ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “Share some of your meal with those who have not prepared anything for themselves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 8 10 e1j3 figs-explicit וְשִׁלְח֤וּ מָנוֹת֙ לְאֵ֣ין נָכ֣וֹן ל֔וֹ 1 This may actually refer to the poor and indicate that they would not be able to afford rich food and drink. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “share some of your meal with the poor, who cannot afford rich food and drink.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 8 10 e1j5 figs-doublet כִּֽי־קָד֥וֹשׁ הַיּ֖וֹם לַאֲדֹנֵ֑ינוּ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. As in [8:9](../08/09.md), together they mean, “This is a special day for worshiping our Lord.” If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases like that. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 8 10 e1j7 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי־קָד֥וֹשׁ הַיּ֖וֹם לַאֲדֹנֵ֑ינוּ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could move this phrase to the beginning of the quotation because it gives the reason for the resulting actions that are described in the rest of the quotation. You could also connect this phrase to the ones that would then follow with a word like “so,” to show the connection. Alternate translation: “Today is a holy day set apart to worship our Lord. So …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) NEH 8 10 ach1 figs-activepassive וְאַל־תֵּ֣עָצֵ֔בוּ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this same idea with an active form, and you can say what is causing the action. Alternate translation: “You have recognized that you have not obeyed the Law of Moses, but do not let that make you sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 8 10 e1j9 figs-explicit כִּֽי־חֶדְוַ֥ת יְהוָ֖ה הִ֥יא מָֽעֻזְּכֶֽם 1 The implication is that if a person is truly sorry for disobeying, Yahweh does not want that person to fear punishment or to grieve for the way they have offended. Instead, Yahweh wants them to be encouraged that they can live in a new way and to be happy about that. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because Yahweh wants you to be happy and encouraged about living in a new way” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 8 10 sni7 figs-abstractnouns חֶדְוַ֥ת…מָֽעֻזְּכֶֽם 1 for the joy of Yahweh is your strength If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the ideas behind the abstract nouns **joy** and **strength** with adjectives. Alternate translation: “happy … encouraged” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 8 11 e1k1 figs-hyperbole מַחְשִׁ֤ים לְכָל־הָעָם֙ 1 Перестаньте "Успокойтесь" или "Молчите" NEH 8 11 e1k3 grammar-connect-logic-result הַ֔סּוּ כִּ֥י הַיּ֖וֹם קָדֹ֑שׁ וְאַל־תֵּעָצֵֽבוּ 1 не печальтесь Это можно указать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "Не горюй" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 8 11 sxx6 הַ֔סּוּ 1 This is a word that signals to a person that they should be quiet. If your language has a similar expression, you can use it in your translation. You could also give the meaning in this context, if that would be clearer to your readers. Alternate translation: “Shhh” or “Stop crying now” NEH 8 11 fjz6 figs-activepassive וְאַל־תֵּעָצֵֽבוּ 1 Do not be grieved If you expressed the idea behind this phrase with an active form in [8:10](../08/10.md) and you said there what was causing the action, you would not need to repeat that information here. Alternate translation: “do not be sad” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 8 12 e1k5 grammar-connect-logic-result וַיֵּלְכ֨וּ כָל־הָעָ֜ם לֶאֱכֹ֤ל וְלִשְׁתּוֹת֙ וּלְשַׁלַּ֣ח מָנ֔וֹת וְלַעֲשׂ֖וֹת שִׂמְחָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה 1 праздновать с великим весельем Абстрактное существительное "веселье" можно выразить как глагол. Альтернативный перевод: "великая радость" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 8 12 e1k7 figs-explicit לֶאֱכֹ֤ל וְלִשְׁתּוֹת֙ 1 потому что поняли слова, которые им сказали Это можно указать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "слова, которые он объявил им" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 8 12 e1k9 figs-doublet לֶאֱכֹ֤ל וְלִשְׁתּוֹת֙ 1 Eating and drinking are used together here to convey a single idea, celebrating. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “celebrating with festive meals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 8 12 e1l1 figs-explicit לֶאֱכֹ֤ל וְלִשְׁתּוֹת֙ 1 The implication is that they enjoyed the special food and drink described in [8:10](../08/10.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “enjoying special meals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 8 12 e1l3 figs-explicit וּלְשַׁלַּ֣ח מָנ֔וֹת 1 The implication is that they sent these portions to the poor, who would not have been able to afford rich food and drink, as described in [8:10](../08/10.md). If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “sharing with the poor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 8 12 z1gc figs-abstractnouns וְלַעֲשׂ֖וֹת שִׂמְחָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֑ה 1 The abstract noun **rejoicing** can be expressed as a verb. Alternate translation: “and to rejoice greatly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 8 12 e1l5 figs-explicit כִּ֤י הֵבִ֨ינוּ֙ בַּדְּבָרִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹדִ֖יעוּ לָהֶֽם 1 The implication is that the leaders helped the people recognize that being able to understand Yahweh’s law should be a source of joy and encouragement to them. They should not be sad or discouraged because they had disobeyed in the past, because now they would know how to obey. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “because now that they were able to understand God’s law, they would be able to obey it in the future” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 8 12 e1l7 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֤י הֵבִ֨ינוּ֙ בַּדְּבָרִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹדִ֖יעוּ לָהֶֽם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this phrase at the beginning of the verse since it gives the reason for the rest of the actions that the verse describes. You could show the connection by using a word like “so” after this phrase. Alternate translation: “the people realized that they would be able to obey God’s law in the future because now they were able to understand it. So …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) NEH 8 12 e1l9 figs-activepassive הֵבִ֨ינוּ֙ בַּדְּבָרִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֥ר הוֹדִ֖יעוּ לָהֶֽם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “they understood God’s law when Ezra and the Levites explained it to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 8 13 uj5j translate-ordinal וּבַיּ֣וֹם הַשֵּׁנִ֡י 1 На второй день "На 2 день" или "На следующий день" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NEH 8 13 e1m1 figs-activepassive נֶאֶסְפוּ֩…אֶל 1 объяснял им слова закона Абстрактное существительное "объяснял" можно выразить как глагол. Альтернативный перевод:: "чтобы понять" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 8 13 e1m3 figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֨י הָאָב֜וֹת לְכָל־הָעָ֗ם 1 As in [7:70](../07/70.md), this seems to be an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses.” The full expression “father’s house” or “house of the father” is used in [7:61](../07/61.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “some clan leaders from throughout Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 8 13 e1m5 figs-metaphor רָאשֵׁ֨י 1 **Head** here is a figurative way of saying “leader.” Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 8 13 e1m7 figs-distinguish עֶזְרָ֖א הַסֹּפֵ֑ר 1 Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “Ezra, who was a scribe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) NEH 8 13 e1m9 grammar-connect-logic-result וּלְהַשְׂכִּ֖יל אֶל־דִּבְרֵ֥י הַתּוֹרָֽה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this phrase at the beginning of the verse, since it gives the reason for the rest of the actions that the verse describes. You could show the connection by using a word like “so” after this phrase. Alternate translation: “the people realized that they needed to understand God’s law much better. So …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) NEH 8 13 e1n1 figs-explicit וּלְהַשְׂכִּ֖יל אֶל־דִּבְרֵ֥י הַתּוֹרָֽה 1 The implication is that while the people realized this, they also realized it would not be practical for large crowds to gather in Jerusalem every day so that all the people could receive Ezra’s teaching at once. Instead, they asked the family and religious leaders in Judah to meet with Ezra and learn from him so that they could then pass the teachings along. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The people realized that they needed to understand God’s law much better, so they asked their family and religious leaders to meet with Ezra and learn more things from him that they could then pass along.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 8 14 e1n3 figs-idiom וַֽיִּמְצְא֖וּ כָּת֣וּב בַּתּוֹרָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֤ה יְהוָה֙ בְּיַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 жили в шалашах Это были временные укрытия, которые люди делали из веток и листьев. NEH 8 14 e1n5 figs-explicit וַֽיִּמְצְא֖וּ כָּת֣וּב בַּתּוֹרָ֑ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר צִוָּ֤ה יְהוָה֙ בְּיַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 в седьмом месяце "7 месяц." Это седьмой месяц иудейского календаря. Это концец сентября и первая половина октября согласно западным календарям. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]]) NEH 8 14 e1n7 figs-metaphor בְּיַד־מֹשֶׁ֔ה 1 Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “through Moses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 8 14 e1n9 אֲשֶׁר֩ יֵשְׁב֨וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל בַּסֻּכּ֛וֹת בֶּחָ֖ג בַּחֹ֥דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 This refers to the commandment establishing the Festival of Tabernacles. The purpose of this festival was to remind the Israelites that their ancestors had lived in temporary shelters when they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The people of Israel should live in temporary shelters during the Festival of Tabernacles to remind them that their ancestors lived in shelters when they traveled through the wilderness from Egypt to Canaan” NEH 8 14 e1o1 figs-metaphor בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֧ל 1 **Sons** here figuratively means **descendants.** In this context it includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 8 14 ur1h יֵשְׁב֨וּ…בַּסֻּכּ֛וֹת 1 As [8:15](../08/15.md) explains, these **huts** or temporary shelters were to be made from leafy tree branches. The people were supposed to live in these shelters as their home for a week. This was a way of remembering and celebrating the way Yahweh had protected their ancestors when they had only temporary shelters to live in. Alternate translation: “stay in temporary shelters” NEH 8 14 e1o3 translate-unknown בֶּחָ֖ג בַּחֹ֥דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 This means the Festival of Tabernacles, which Yahweh commanded the people to celebrate in the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 8 14 efg4 translate-ordinal בַּחֹ֥דֶשׁ הַשְּׁבִיעִֽי 1 This means the seventh month of the Hebrew calendar. Alternate translation: “month 7” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NEH 8 15 rq6z figs-parallelism וַאֲשֶׁ֣ר יַשְׁמִ֗יעוּ וְיַעֲבִ֨ירוּ ק֥וֹל 1 объявили и провозгласили "Они должны объявить" NEH 8 15 es8r figs-merism בְּכָל־עָרֵיהֶם֮ וּבִירוּשָׁלִַ֣ם 1 миртовые ветви маленькое дерево с красочными цветами (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 8 15 e1o5 צְא֣וּ הָהָ֗ר וְהָבִ֨יאוּ֙ עֲלֵי־זַ֨יִת֙ וַעֲלֵי־עֵ֣ץ שֶׁ֔מֶן וַעֲלֵ֤י הֲדַס֙ וַעֲלֵ֣י תְמָרִ֔ים וַעֲלֵ֖י עֵ֣ץ עָבֹ֑ת לַעֲשֹׂ֥ת סֻכֹּ֖ת כַּכָּתֽוּב 1 пальмовые ветви и ветви других широколиственных деревьев "листовые деревья" NEH 8 15 f9c2 figs-synecdoche הָהָ֗ר 1 как написано Это можно перевести в активную форму. Альтернативный перевод: "как Моисей написал об этом" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 8 15 jb2s figs-activepassive כַּכָּתֽוּב 1 as it is written If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say what is doing the action. Alternate translation: “as the Law of Moses commands us to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 8 16 e1o7 figs-ellipsis וַיֵּצְא֣וּ הָעָם֮ וַיָּבִיאוּ֒ 1 сделал себе шалаши "каждый построил свой собственный шалаш" NEH 8 16 dl2y figs-idiom וַיַּעֲשׂוּ֩ לָהֶ֨ם סֻכּ֜וֹת אִ֤ישׁ עַל־גַּגּוֹ֙ 1 Водяных ворот ... Ефремовых ворот Это названия больших проемов или дверных проемов в стене. NEH 8 16 e1o9 figs-explicit עַל־גַּגּוֹ֙ 1 на площади у Ефремовых ворот "на открытой местности у Ефремовых ворот" NEH 8 16 e1p1 figs-explicit וּבְחַצְרֹ֣תֵיהֶ֔ם 1 In this culture, houses were built around an open courtyard. So a shelter could be set up there, within the walls of the house. Alternate translation: “and in the courtyards within the walls of their homes” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 8 16 krx4 figs-metaphor וּבְחַצְר֖וֹת בֵּ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 As in [6:10](../06/10.md), here the book speaks of the temple figuratively as the “house of God,” as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “and in the temple courtyards” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 8 16 b74m figs-ellipsis וּבִרְח֖וֹב שַׁ֥עַר אֶפְרָֽיִם 1 Here the story is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning is clear from the context, since this same location is described in [8:1](../08/01.md) and [8:3](../08/03.md). Alternate translation: “the square in front of the Water Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 8 16 e1p3 translate-names שַׁ֣עַר הַמַּ֔יִם 1 This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. See how you translated it in [3:26](../03/26.md), [8:1](../08/01.md), and [8:3](../08/03.md). Alternate translation: “the Water Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 8 16 e1p5 figs-ellipsis וּבִרְח֖וֹב שַׁ֥עַר אֶפְרָֽיִם 1 Here the story is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning is clear from the context. Alternate translation: “the square in front of the Ephraim Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 8 16 e1p7 translate-names שַׁ֥עַר אֶפְרָֽיִם 1 This is the name of another one of the gates of Jerusalem. Alternate translation: “the Ephraim Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 8 17 e1p9 figs-parallelism כָֽל־הַ֠קָּהָל הַשָּׁבִ֨ים מִן־הַשְּׁבִ֥י 1 со дней Иисуса Навина "со времен Иисуса Навина" NEH 8 17 n31n figs-metaphor הַ֠קָּהָל 1 очень велика была их радость Абстрактное существительное "радость" может быть выражено как прилагательное. Альтернативный перевод: "люди были очень радостны" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 8 17 e1q1 לֹֽא־עָשׂ֡וּ מִימֵי֩ יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בִּן־נ֥וּן כֵּן֙ בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל עַ֖ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַה֑וּא 1 Alternate translation: “the people of Israel had never before celebrated the Feast of Tabernacles by living in shelters, going all the way back to the time of Joshua the son of Nun” NEH 8 17 e1q3 figs-explicit מִימֵי֩ יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בִּן־נ֥וּן…עַ֖ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַה֑וּא 1 Since it was Joshua who led the people of Israel into the land of Canaan, his time was the earliest time when they could have celebrated the Feast of Tabernacles to commemorate the journey from Egypt to Canaan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the time that Joshua the son of Nun had first led them into this land until the present day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 8 17 e1q5 figs-merism מִימֵי֩ יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בִּן־נ֥וּן…עַ֖ד הַיּ֣וֹם הַה֑וּא 1 Here the story is describing an entire time period by speaking of its beginning and ending in order to include everything in between. If it would be clearer in your language, you could express this meaning with a single phrase. Alternate translation: “for the entire time they had lived in this land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) NEH 8 17 e1q7 figs-idiom מִימֵי֩ יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בִּן־נ֥וּן 1 The term **day** is used figuratively here to refer to a period of time. Alternate translation: “from the time of Joshua the son of Nun” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 8 17 e32u translate-names יֵשׁ֨וּעַ בִּן־נ֥וּן 1 Joshua is the name of a man, and Nun is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 8 17 cey3 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” In this context it includes both men and women. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 8 17 wyd6 figs-abstractnouns וַתְּהִ֥י שִׂמְחָ֖ה גְּדוֹלָ֥ה מְאֹֽד 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could express the idea behind the abstract noun **rejoicing** with an adjective. Alternate translation: “the people were very joyful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 8 18 sfx7 figs-explicit וַ֠יִּקְרָא בְּסֵ֨פֶר תּוֹרַ֤ת הָאֱלֹהִים֙ 1 день за днём Эта идиома означает "каждый день." (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 8 18 g9rl figs-idiom י֣וֹם ׀ בְּי֔וֹם 1 от первого до последнего дня Подразумевается, что это продолжалось в течение всей праздничной недели. Альтернативный перевод: "с первого дня до последнего дня недели" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 8 18 j9aj figs-merism מִן־הַיּוֹם֙ הָֽרִאשׁ֔וֹן עַ֖ד הַיּ֣וֹם הָאַחֲר֑וֹן 1 они праздновали "Они сделали пир" или "они праздновали праздник" NEH 8 18 c1cp figs-explicit וַיַּֽעֲשׂוּ־חָג֙ שִׁבְעַ֣ת יָמִ֔ים וּבַיּ֧וֹם הַשְּׁמִינִ֛י עֲצֶ֖רֶת כַּמִּשְׁפָּֽט 1 на восьмой день "на 8 день" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NEH 8 18 er1u translate-ordinal וּבַיּ֧וֹם הַשְּׁמִינִ֛י 1 торжественное собрание Это было специальным религиозным собранием. NEH 9 intro sj1h 0 # Неемия 09 Общие сведения #<br><br>#### Структура и формат ####<br><br>Эта и следующая главы образуют единый раздел.<br><br>#### Особые темы в этой главе ####<br><br>##### Молитва Богу #####<br><br>Люди молились и благодарили Бога за его заботу о них и благословения, которые он им дал. Они также признали свой грех непослушания по отношению к Нему. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/bless]] и [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/confess]] и [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sin]])<br><br>##### Учиться на ошибках своих предков #####<br>Эта глава учит, что израильтяне учились на ошибках своих предков. Они были полны решимости поклоняться только одному Яхве, не вступать в брак с другими народами и поклоняться только лишь Яхве, как учил их закон Моисеев. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]])<br><br>##### Напоминая о великой Божьей силе #####<br>Это было обычным делом вспоминать великие дела, которые Бог сделал для Израиля. Это напоминание Израилю о Божьей силе. Эти напоминания были призваны привести людей к покаянию и правильному поклонению Яхве. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/repent]])<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Nehemiah 09:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../08/intro.md) | [>>](../10/intro.md)__ NEH 9 1 w8w8 translate-hebrewmonths וּבְיוֹם֩ עֶשְׂרִ֨ים וְאַרְבָּעָ֜ה לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַזֶּ֗ה 1 двадцать четвёртый день этого месяца "двадцать четвёртый день седьмого месяца"Это примерно середина октября согласно западным календарям. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-hebrewmonths]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NEH 9 1 f1a1 translate-ordinal וּבְיוֹם֩ עֶשְׂרִ֨ים וְאַרְבָּעָ֜ה לַחֹ֣דֶשׁ הַזֶּ֗ה 1 собрались все сыновья Израиля "народ Израиля собрался вместе" NEH 9 1 lm7m figs-activepassive נֶאֶסְפ֤וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 в траурных одеждах и с пеплом на головах Это было для того, чтобы показать, как они сожалеют о неправильных поступках, совершенных ими и их предками. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 9 1 f1a3 figs-explicit נֶאֶסְפ֤וּ בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 The implication is that people from all the cities and towns the province of Judah gathered together again in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “people from all over Judah gathered together again in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 9 1 f1a5 figs-metaphor בְנֵֽי־יִשְׂרָאֵל֙ 1 **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” In this context it includes both men and women, and it refers specifically to the Israelites who were now living in Judah. Alternate translation: “the people of Israel” or “people from all over Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 1 irv4 translate-symaction וּבְשַׂקִּ֔ים וַאֲדָמָ֖ה עֲלֵיהֶֽם 1 The people did these things to show symbolically how sorry they were for their sins. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The people refrained from eating, wore rough clothing, and put dust on their heads to show that they were sorry for their sins” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) NEH 9 1 f1a7 figs-synecdoche וַאֲדָמָ֖ה עֲלֵיהֶֽם 1 **Them** in this sentence refers to the people, but it does not mean that they covered themselves entirely in dust. The story is using the whole person to refer figuratively to one part of the person, the head, which is where people in this culture put dust to express sorrow. Alternate translation: “the people … put dust on their heads” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 9 2 f1a9 figs-explicit וַיִּבָּֽדְלוּ֙ זֶ֣רַע יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל מִכֹּ֖ל בְּנֵ֣י נֵכָ֑ר 1 Потомство Израиля "Израильтяне" NEH 9 2 xbs1 figs-metaphor זֶ֣רַע יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 отделилось от всех чужеземных народов "больше не имеели ничего общего с теми, кто не был израильтянами" NEH 9 2 qx58 figs-metaphor מִכֹּ֖ל בְּנֵ֣י נֵכָ֑ר 1 Они стояли и исповедовались в своих грехах и в преступлениях своих отцов "Они признавались, что совершили неправильные поступки, а также признавались неправильных поступках своих предков." NEH 9 2 vhc6 figs-metaphor וַיַּעַמְד֗וּ וַיִּתְוַדּוּ֙ עַל־חַטֹּ֣אתֵיהֶ֔ם וַעֲוֺנ֖וֹת אֲבֹתֵיהֶֽם 1 Here, **stood** probably does not mean “standing up,” since the next verse says that they “rose up,” which probably means that they got up from kneeling. As they were showing sorrow for their sins, they would likely have knelt to worship God, as in [8:6](../08/06.md). So **stood** probably means instead that they remained in place, by implication for some time, and made a thorough confession. Alternate translation: “they remained in place as they confessed all the wrong things that they and their ancestors had done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 2 f1b1 figs-metaphor אֲבֹתֵיהֶֽם 1 **Fathers** here figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “their ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 3 q5p1 translate-symaction וַיָּק֨וּמוּ֙ עַל־עָמְדָ֔ם 1 стояли Все израильтяне встали NEH 9 3 f1b3 וַֽיִּקְרְא֗וּ בְּסֵ֨פֶר 1 исповедовались "они признавали, что поступили неправильно" NEH 9 3 qe6e translate-unknown בְּסֵ֨פֶר תּוֹרַ֧ת יְהוָ֛ה אֱלֹהֵיהֶ֖ם 1 поклонялись "поклонялись" или "славили" NEH 9 3 je9t translate-unknown רְבִעִ֣ית הַיּ֑וֹם וּרְבִעִית֙ 1 In this culture the day and the night were each divided into four equal parts of three hours each. So this means that the people listened to a reading of the Law for three hours, and then they spent the next three hours in prayer and confession. Alternate translation: “for three hours, and then for another three hours” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 9 4 bc94 figs-explicit וַיָּ֜קָם עַֽל־מַֽעֲלֵ֣ה הַלְוִיִּ֗ם יֵשׁ֨וּעַ וּבָנִ֜י קַדְמִיאֵ֧ל שְׁבַנְיָ֛ה בֻּנִּ֥י שֵׁרֵבְיָ֖ה בָּנִ֣י כְנָ֑נִי 1 Иисус, Вания ... встали на возвышенное место В некоторые переводах, "Иисус, Вания ... стояли на лестнице, которая была построена для левитов" NEH 9 4 f1b5 translate-unknown וַיָּ֜קָם עַֽל־מַֽעֲלֵ֣ה הַלְוִיִּ֗ם 1 Иисус, Вания, Кадмиил, Шевания, Вунний, Шеревия, Вания и Хенани Это имена людей (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 9 4 f1b7 figs-idiom וַיָּ֜קָם עַֽל 1 **Rose up** in this context seems to mean that these men climbed up onto the stairs and stood on them. Alternate translation: “climbed up onto” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 9 4 f1b9 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וַיָּ֜קָם 1 It seems that in this verse the story is describing something that happened during the second three-hour period, at the same time as the people were praying and confessing. You could indicate this with an introductory phrase. Alternate translation: “While the people were doing this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-simultaneous]]) NEH 9 4 zl5j translate-names יֵשׁ֨וּעַ וּבָנִ֜י קַדְמִיאֵ֧ל שְׁבַנְיָ֛ה בֻּנִּ֥י שֵׁרֵבְיָ֖ה בָּנִ֣י כְנָ֑נִי 1 These are the names of eight men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 9 4 u4pu figs-explicit וַֽיִּזְעֲקוּ֙ בְּק֣וֹל גָּד֔וֹל אֶל־יְהוָ֖ה אֱלֹהֵיהֶֽם 1 The implication is that they did this to offer public prayers of confession on behalf of the people, and perhaps also to guide the people to pray themselves on particular topics. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “They prayed to Yahweh their God on behalf of the people, speaking loudly so that everyone could hear them.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 9 5 j96x הַלְוִיִּ֡ם 1 Затем левиты ... сказали, "Встаньте ... от века и до века." Здесь левиты обращаются к израильскому народу. NEH 9 5 yk5b translate-names יֵשׁ֣וּעַ וְ֠קַדְמִיאֵל בָּנִ֨י חֲשַׁבְנְיָ֜ה שֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֤ה הֽוֹדִיָּה֙ שְׁבַנְיָ֣ה פְתַֽחְיָ֔ה 1 славьте Господа "благословите Господа" NEH 9 5 m3eu translate-symaction ק֗וּמוּ 1 Иисус ... Кадмии ... Вания ... Хашавния ... Шеревия ... Это имена людей. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Nehemiah 9:4](./04.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 9 5 f1c1 figs-idiom בָּרֲכוּ֙ אֶת־יְהוָ֣ה אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם מִן־הָעוֹלָ֖ם עַד־הָעוֹלָ֑ם 1 Годия ... Шевания ... Петахия Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 9 5 tve4 figs-aside וִיבָֽרְכוּ֙ שֵׁ֣ם כְּבוֹדֶ֔ךָ 1 Пусть будет прославлено Твоё великое имя Левиты обращаются к Господу. "Да благословит народ израильский Твоё славное имя, Господь" NEH 9 5 f1c3 figs-metonymy וִיבָֽרְכוּ֙ שֵׁ֣ם כְּבוֹדֶ֔ךָ 1 As in [1:9](../01/09.md), **name** is a figurative way of referring to the fame or reputation of a person. This is described by something associated with it, how well known someone’s name is and how people react to hearing it. God’s reputation, in turn, is based on what he has done and what this reveals about who he is, and so his “name” would also represent that. Alternate translation: “praise you for who you are and what you have done” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 9 5 f1c5 figs-metaphor וּמְרוֹמַ֥ם עַל־כָּל־בְּרָכָ֖ה וּתְהִלָּֽה 1 Here God’s name is described in a spatial metaphor as being higher than or lifted up above blessing and praise. This means figuratively that all of the things that people could do to honor and praise God could never be sufficient to acknowledge how much honor and praise he actually deserves. Alternate translation: “we can never bless you and praise you as much as you deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 5 f1c7 figs-abstractnouns עַל־כָּל־בְּרָכָ֖ה וּתְהִלָּֽה 1 **Blessing** and **praise** are abstract nouns that refer to the act of openly honoring someone for their character and actions. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind these words with the verb forms of these words. Alternate translation: “we can never bless you and praise you as much as you deserve” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 9 5 f1c9 figs-doublet עַל־כָּל־בְּרָכָ֖ה וּתְהִלָּֽה 1 In this context, **blessing** and **praise** mean basically the same thing. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these words. Alternate translation: “we can never acknowledge you sufficiently” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 9 6 f1d1 figs-explicit אַתָּה־ה֣וּא יְהוָה֮ לְבַדֶּךָ֒ 1 небеса небес и всё их войско, ... небесные войска поклоняются Тебе Небесны войска - это армия. "Небесные войска" это метафора говорящая о многих звезд, которые были подобны огромной армии. Множество звезд, в свою очередь, являются метафорой которые были подобны множеству ангелов. Звезды, поклоняющиеся Господу, являются метафорой для ангелов, поклоняющихся Господу. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 6 f1d3 figs-idiom אַתָּה־ה֣וּא יְהוָה֮ לְבַדֶּךָ֒ 1 This means **you alone are the one** or **you are the only one.** Alternate translation: “You, Yahweh, are the only true God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 9 6 f1d5 translate-unknown הַשָּׁמַיִם֩ שְׁמֵ֨י הַשָּׁמַ֜יִם 1 In the ancient Hebrew cosmology, the first phrase likely referred to the sky, which was envisioned as a solid dome above the earth (see the note to [1:9](../01/09.md)). The second phrase likely referred to the realm beyond the sky, which was understood to be the dwelling place of God. Alternate translation: “the sky and everything beyond it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 9 6 k5l3 figs-metaphor וְכָל־צְבָאָ֗ם 1 **Host** means army. The “host of heaven” is likely a figurative expression for the stars, which seem like a large army in the sky. However, this phrase might refer to heavenly beings which dwell in heaven with God. Alternate translation: “and all the stars” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 6 f1d7 וְאַתָּ֖ה מְחַיֶּ֣ה אֶת־כֻּלָּ֑ם 1 **Them** means everything living on the land and in the seas. Alternate translation: “You give life to all of these creatures” or “you are the one who created all of these living things” NEH 9 6 f1d9 figs-metaphor וּצְבָ֥א הַשָּׁמַ֖יִם לְךָ֥ מִשְׁתַּחֲוִֽים 1 Earlier in the sentence, the **host of heaven** was a figurative way of describing the stars as if they were an army. Now here, the stars themselves figuratively represent the angels of heaven. Alternate translation: “all the angels bow down and worship you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 7 id6f אַתָּה־הוּא֙ יְהוָ֣ה הָאֱלֹהִ֔ים אֲשֶׁ֤ר בָּחַ֨רְתָּ֙ בְּאַבְרָ֔ם 1 Связующее утверждение: Левиты продолжают свою молитву перед народом. NEH 9 7 f1e1 figs-explicit בָּחַ֨רְתָּ֙ בְּאַבְרָ֔ם 1 Ура Халдейского "Ур, это местность где жили Халдеи" NEH 9 7 f1e3 translate-names בְּאַבְרָ֔ם 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 9 7 us45 figs-explicit וְהוֹצֵאת֖וֹ מֵא֣וּר כַּשְׂדִּ֑ים 1 Throughout their prayer, the Levites assume that the people listening will understand the significance of the details they mention for the Israelites’ history as God’s chosen people. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why God brought Abram out of this city. Alternate translation: “He was living among the Chaldean people in the city of Ur, but you told him to leave there and go to a land that you would give to his descendants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 9 7 f1e5 translate-names מֵא֣וּר כַּשְׂדִּ֑ים 1 This is the name of a city and a people group. Alternate translation: “the city of Ur, where the Chaldean people lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 9 7 f1e7 figs-explicit וְשַׂ֥מְתָּ שְּׁמ֖וֹ אַבְרָהָֽם 1 Once again the Levites assume that their listeners will understand the significance of this detail. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could give the reason why God changed Abram’s name to Abraham. Alternate translation: “You changed his name to Abraham, ‘father of a multitude,’ because he would be like a father to many nations” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 9 8 f1e9 figs-metaphor וּמָצָ֣אתָ אֶת־לְבָבוֹ֮ נֶאֱמָ֣ן לְפָנֶיךָ֒ 1 Ты нашёл его сердце верным перед Тобой Сердце - это внутренняя сущность человека, которая представляет человека. Альтернативный перевод: "Ты видел, что он был полностью верен Тебе" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 9 8 f1f1 figs-metaphor וּמָצָ֣אתָ אֶת־לְבָבוֹ֮ נֶאֱמָ֣ן לְפָנֶיךָ֒ 1 хананеев ... хеттеев ... аморреев ... ферезеев ... иевусеев ... гергесеев название народностей (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 9 8 ej7e figs-metaphor וּמָצָ֣אתָ אֶת־לְבָבוֹ֮ נֶאֱמָ֣ן לְפָנֶיךָ֒ 1 Here, **face** is a metaphor for a person’s perception, referring figuratively to God’s perception of Abraham. Alternate translation: “You recognized that he was completely loyal to you” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 8 f1f3 figs-idiom וְכָר֨וֹת עִמּ֜וֹ הַבְּרִ֗ית 1 To **cut** a covenant is a Hebrew idiom for making a solemn agreement with a person. The expression comes from the way animals were cut into pieces during covenant ceremonies to show what the parties wanted God to do to anyone who broke the agreement. But the meaning here is idiomatic. It is not a direct reference to such a ceremony, but only to the making of the covenant. Alternate translation: “you made an agreement with him” or “you made a promise to him” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 9 8 f1f5 figs-metaphor לָתֵ֡ת אֶת־אֶרֶץ֩…לָתֵ֣ת לְזַרְע֑וֹ 1 **Seed** is a metaphor meaning **offspring.** Alternate translation: “to give his descendants the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 8 vbx8 translate-names הַכְּנַעֲנִ֨י הַחִתִּ֜י הָאֱמֹרִ֧י וְהַפְּרִזִּ֛י וְהַיְבוּסִ֥י וְהַגִּרְגָּשִׁ֖י 1 These are the names of six people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 9 8 f1f7 figs-personification וַתָּ֨קֶם֙ אֶת־דְּבָרֶ֔יךָ 1 As in [5:13](../05/13.md), **words** means the promises that God made to Abraham, and **stand** means stay in place rather than go away. The Levites are speaking of God’s promises figuratively as if they were a living thing that could move around or not. Alternate translation: “you have kept all of your promises” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) NEH 9 8 f1f9 כִּ֥י צַדִּ֖יק אָֽתָּה 1 Alternate translation: “because you always do what is right” NEH 9 9 p3f4 figs-merism וַתֵּ֛רֶא אֶת־עֳנִ֥י אֲבֹתֵ֖ינוּ בְּמִצְרָ֑יִם וְאֶת־זַעֲקָתָ֥ם שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ עַל־יַם־סֽוּף 1 Связующее утверждение: В этих стихах левиты продолжают восхвалять Господа в присутствии израильского народа. NEH 9 9 vp1y figs-abstractnouns וַתֵּ֛רֶא אֶת־עֳנִ֥י אֲבֹתֵ֖ינוּ בְּמִצְרָ֑יִם 1 Ты увидел Господь увидел NEH 9 9 f1g1 figs-explicit וַתֵּ֛רֶא אֶת־עֳנִ֥י אֲבֹתֵ֖ינוּ בְּמִצְרָ֑יִם 1 услышал их вопль Подразумевается, что крики израильтян о помощи побудили Бога к действию. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 9 9 f1g3 figs-metaphor אֲבֹתֵ֖ינוּ 1 **Fathers** here figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 9 j256 figs-explicit וְאֶת־זַעֲקָתָ֥ם שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ עַל־יַם־סֽוּף 1 The Levites continue to rehearse the details of Israelite history without explaining their significance because they assume their listeners will already understand this. This is a reference to something that happened after God had freed their ancestors from slavery and they had left Egypt. Pharaoh regretted letting them go and pursued them with his army. Helplessly trapped against the shores of the Red Sea as Pharaoh’s army approached, the Israelites cried out to God for rescue. Alternate translation: “you answered their prayer when they cried to you for help from the shores of the Red Sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 9 9 f1g5 figs-idiom וְאֶת־זַעֲקָתָ֥ם שָׁמַ֖עְתָּ 1 **Heard** is an idiom that means that God both heard and answered the Israelites’ prayer in the way described in [9:11](../09/11.md). Alternate translation: “you answered their prayer” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 9 9 f1g7 translate-names יַם־סֽוּף 1 This is the name of a body of water near Egypt. Alternate translation: “the Red Sea” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 9 10 ge61 figs-explicit וַ֠תִּתֵּן אֹתֹ֨ת וּמֹֽפְתִ֜ים בְּפַרְעֹ֤ה וּבְכָל־עֲבָדָיו֙ וּבְכָל־עַ֣ם אַרְצ֔וֹ 1 знамения и чудеса над фараоном Казни проверили сердце фараона, и они стали свидетелями против его жестокосердия. Альтернативный перевод: "чудеса и знамения свидетельствующие против фараона" или "чудеса и знамения, осудившие фараона" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 9 10 s54a figs-doublet וַ֠תִּתֵּן אֹתֹ֨ת וּמֹֽפְתִ֜ים 1 над всем народом его земли "все египтяне" NEH 9 10 i7c3 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י יָדַ֔עְתָּ כִּ֥י הֵזִ֖ידוּ עֲלֵיהֶ֑ם 1 надменно поступали с ними "были высокомерны по отношению к израильтянам" или "плохо обращались с Божьим народом" NEH 9 10 m6zr figs-metonymy וַתַּֽעַשׂ־לְךָ֥ שֵׁ֖ם כְּהַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה 1 Ты сделал Себе имя до этого дня Слово "имя" представляет репутацию. Альтернативный перевод: "Ты сделали себя известным, и даже сейчас люди все еще помнят Тебя" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 9 11 n7jm figs-explicit וְהַיָּם֙ בָּקַ֣עְתָּ לִפְנֵיהֶ֔ם 1 Связующее утверждение: В этих стихах левиты продолжают восхвалять Господа в присутствии израильского народа. NEH 9 11 d1kp translate-unknown וְהַיָּם֙ 1 Ты рассёк перед ними море Бог разделил NEH 9 11 f1g9 figs-metonymy לִפְנֵיהֶ֔ם 1 Ты бросил на глубину, как камень в сильные воды В этом сравнении автор описывает, как Бог бросил египтян в море так же легко, как человек бросил бы камень в воду, и камень полностью исчез бы под водой. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) NEH 9 11 f1h1 וַיַּֽעַבְר֥וּ בְתוֹךְ־הַיָּ֖ם בַּיַּבָּשָׁ֑ה 1 **They** refers to the Israelites. Alternate translation: “so that they were able escape through the Red Sea by walking on dry ground” NEH 9 11 f1h3 figs-metaphor וְֽאֶת־רֹ֨דְפֵיהֶ֜ם הִשְׁלַ֧כְתָּ בִמְצוֹלֹ֛ת 1 This is a figurative way of describing how that God made the waters of the Red Sea come back over the Egyptian army so that all of its soldiers were drowned. It was as if God had thrown them into deep water. Alternate translation: “but you made the waters come back and drown the army that was chasing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 11 f1h5 translate-unknown רֹ֨דְפֵיהֶ֜ם 1 Alternate translation: “the soldiers of the Egyptian army, who were chasing them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 9 11 l5ar figs-simile כְּמוֹ־אֶ֖בֶן בְּמַ֥יִם עַזִּֽים 1 In this image, the Levites describe God throwing the Egyptians into the sea the way a person would throw a stone into water. The picture is that, just as a stone would disappear completely under the water, the Egyptian soldiers did the same. Alternate translation: “They disappeared completely, the way a stone would that was thrown into deep water” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-simile]]) NEH 9 12 n4i2 grammar-connect-logic-result וּבְעַמּ֣וּד עָנָ֔ן הִנְחִיתָ֖ם יוֹמָ֑ם וּבְעַמּ֥וּד אֵשׁ֙ לַ֔יְלָה לְהָאִ֣יר לָהֶ֔ם אֶת־הַדֶּ֖רֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֵֽלְכוּ־בָֽהּ 1 Связующее утверждение: В этих стихах левиты продолжают восхвалять Господа в присутствии израильского народа. NEH 9 12 m7vx figs-explicit וּבְעַמּ֣וּד עָנָ֔ן הִנְחִיתָ֖ם יוֹמָ֑ם וּבְעַמּ֥וּד אֵשׁ֙ לַ֔יְלָה לְהָאִ֣יר לָהֶ֔ם אֶת־הַדֶּ֖רֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֵֽלְכוּ־בָֽהּ 1 Ты вёл их Господь вёл израильтян. NEH 9 13 z2ds figs-idiom וְעַ֤ל הַר־סִינַי֙ יָרַ֔דְתָּ וְדַבֵּ֥ר עִמָּהֶ֖ם 1 Ты сошёл Когда Бог говорит со своим народом, его часто описывают как "сошедшего" или "сошедшего с небес." Это способ который описывает, что Бог явился этому человеку. Альтернативный перевод: "ты явился" или "ты сошел с небес" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 9 13 f1h7 translate-names הַר־סִינַי֙ 1 справедливые законы, установления и хорошие заповеди Данная двойная фраза описывают одно и то же, закон Моисея. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NEH 9 13 zut5 figs-doublet מִשְׁפָּטִ֤ים יְשָׁרִים֙ וְתוֹר֣וֹת אֱמֶ֔ת חֻקִּ֥ים וּמִצְוֺ֖ת טוֹבִֽים 1 **Just judgments** and **laws of truth** mean similar things. The expressions **good statutes** and **commandments** also mean something similar to each other and to the first two expressions. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine all of these phrases into one comprehensive phrase. Alternate translation: “many trustworthy instructions about how to live in the right way,” otherwise “instructions and rules that are just and reliable, and laws and commands that are good” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 9 13 f1h9 מִשְׁפָּטִ֤ים 1 This term refers to Yahweh giving the Israelites instructions in the law. It may or may not include a sense of Yahweh passing sentence as a judge. Alternate translation: “instructions” NEH 9 14 w3q6 figs-explicit וְאֶת־שַׁבַּ֥ת קָדְשְׁךָ֖ הוֹדַ֣עַתָ לָהֶ֑ם 1 Связующее утверждение: В этих стихах левиты продолжают восхвалять Яхве в присутствии израильского народа. NEH 9 14 f1i1 translate-names שַׁבַּ֥ת 1 заповедям ... установлениям ... закону Каждое из этих трех слов относится к закону Моисея. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 9 14 h9f4 figs-doublet וּמִצְו֤וֹת וְחֻקִּים֙ וְתוֹרָ֔ה צִוִּ֣יתָ לָהֶ֔ם 1 **Commandments**, **statutes**, and **law** mean similar things. Together they are a comprehensive description of the Law of Moses. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them in a single phrase. Alternate translation: “You told them to obey everything you had commanded,” otherwise “you gave them commands and rules and laws” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 9 14 f1i3 figs-metaphor בְּיַ֖ד מֹשֶׁ֥ה 1 Here, **hand** figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “you gave them to Moses to give to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 14 f1i5 figs-metaphor עַבְדֶּֽךָ 1 The Old Testament often describes Moses by the title “servant of Yahweh.” While Moses was also God’s servant in a more literal sense, this title is a figurative expression that indicates that God used Moses to give his law to his people, the way a master would have a servant deliver a message. Alternate translation: “your special messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 15 f1i7 grammar-connect-logic-result וְ֠לֶחֶם מִשָּׁמַ֜יִם נָתַ֤תָּה לָהֶם֙ לִרְעָבָ֔ם 1 Общая информация: Коментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. NEH 9 15 f1i9 figs-explicit וְ֠לֶחֶם מִשָּׁמַ֜יִם נָתַ֤תָּה לָהֶם֙ לִרְעָבָ֔ם 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain why the people were hungry. Alternate translation: “because they were hungry in the desert where no crops could grow, you provided a special food for them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 9 15 f1j1 translate-unknown וְ֠לֶחֶם מִשָּׁמַ֜יִם 1 This is a figurative way of describing the special food that God provided for the Israelites in the desert. Because it had not grown from the ground, it was as if God had sent it from heaven. The Israelites gave this food the name “manna.” If it would be helpful to your readers, you could call it by this name after providing a non-figurative description. Alternate translation: “and a special food, manna.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 9 15 f1j3 figs-synecdoche וְ֠לֶחֶם מִשָּׁמַ֜יִם 1 This expression used bread to refer figuratively to food in general. It describes all food by the name of one kind of food, bread. Alternate translation: “special food” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 9 15 f1j5 grammar-connect-logic-result וּמַ֗יִם מִסֶּ֛לַע הוֹצֵ֥אתָ לָהֶ֖ם לִצְמָאָ֑ם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could reverse the order of these phrases since the first phrase gives the reason for the resulting action that is described in the second phrase. Alternate translation: “because they were thirsty, you made water flow out of a rock for them to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) NEH 9 15 f1j7 figs-explicit וּמַ֗יִם מִסֶּ֛לַע הוֹצֵ֥אתָ לָהֶ֖ם לִצְמָאָ֑ם 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain why the people were thirsty. Alternate translation: “because they were thirsty in the desert where there was no water, you made water flow out of a rock for them to drink” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 9 15 f1j9 וַתֹּ֣אמֶר לָהֶ֗ם לָבוֹא֙ לָרֶ֣שֶׁת 1 Alternate translation: “you commanded them to enter and occupy” NEH 9 15 f1k1 translate-symaction הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־נָשָׂ֥אתָ אֶת־יָדְךָ֖ לָתֵ֥ת לָהֶֽם 1 In this culture, a person would raise their hand when they swore an oath. Here the Levites are describing the action of swearing an oath figuratively by referring to the gesture associated with that action, raising a hand. Alternate translation: “the land that you swore to give them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) NEH 9 15 f1k3 figs-explicit הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־נָשָׂ֥אתָ אֶת־יָדְךָ֖ לָתֵ֥ת לָהֶֽם 1 The Levites assume that their listeners will understand that this means the land of Canaan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the land of Canaan, which you swore to give them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 9 16 g6tt וְהֵ֥ם וַאֲבֹתֵ֖ינוּ הֵזִ֑ידוּ 1 Связующее утверждение: В этих стихах левиты продолжают восхвалять Яхве в присутствии израильского народа. NEH 9 16 m753 figs-metaphor וַאֲבֹתֵ֖ינוּ 1 они и наши отцы Израильтяне во времена Моисея и израильский народ после Моисея NEH 9 16 t1he figs-parallelism וַיַּקְשׁוּ֙ אֶת־עָרְפָּ֔ם וְלֹ֥א שָׁמְע֖וּ 1 проявляли упрямство Это идиома, которая означает, что они были упрямы. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 9 16 v9ib figs-metaphor וַיַּקְשׁוּ֙ אֶת־עָרְפָּ֔ם 1 This is a figurative way of saying that the people stubbornly refused to obey. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 16 f1k5 figs-idiom וְלֹ֥א שָׁמְע֖וּ אֶל־מִצְוֺתֶֽיךָ 1 **Listen** in this context is an idiom that means not just to hear a commandment, but to obey it. Alternate translation: “They refused to obey what you commanded them to do.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 9 17 f1k7 וַיְמָאֲנ֣וּ לִשְׁמֹ֗עַ 1 В ожидании решения проблемы #1581 Alternate translation: “And they would not obey” NEH 9 17 f1k9 figs-explicit וַיְמָאֲנ֣וּ לִשְׁמֹ֗עַ 1 держали шею упрямо Это идиома, которая означает, что они были упрямы. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 9 17 f1l1 figs-explicit וְלֹא־זָכְר֤וּ נִפְלְאֹתֶ֨יךָ֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר עָשִׂ֣יתָ עִמָּהֶ֔ם 1 чудесных дел, которые Ты делал среди них "чудеса, которые Ты делал среди них" NEH 9 17 f1l3 figs-metaphor וַיַּקְשׁוּ֙ אֶת־עָרְפָּ֔ם 1 поставили над собой начальника, чтобы вернуться в рабство Израильтяне знали, что это относилось к их предкам, желающим вернуться в Египет. Альтернативный перевод: "они назначили руководителя, чтобы он вернул их обратно в Египет, где они были рабами" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 9 17 gd2b figs-explicit וַיִּתְּנוּ־רֹ֛אשׁ לָשׁ֥וּב לְעַבְדֻתָ֖ם בְּמִרְיָ֑ם 1 Бог прощающий О прощении здесь говорится, как о чем то жидком, что может заполнить сосуд. Альтернативный перевод: "тот кто готов простить" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 17 f1l5 figs-metaphor רֹ֛אשׁ 1 милосердный ... многомилостивый О милости здесь говорится, как о пище, которой Бог может поделиться с людьми. Альтернативный перевод: "всегда милостив по отношению к своим людям" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 17 f1l7 figs-abstractnouns לָשׁ֥וּב לְעַבְדֻתָ֖ם 1 **Servitude** is an abstract noun that refers to the condition of slavery that the Israelites experienced in Egypt. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a concrete noun such as “slave.” Alternate translation: “back to Egypt where they had been slaves” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 9 17 f1l9 figs-abstractnouns אֱל֨וֹהַּ סְלִיח֜וֹת 1 **Forgiveness** is an abstract noun that represents a readiness not to hold a person’s offenses against them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a verb such as “forgive.” Alternate translation: “a God who is always ready to forgive” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 9 17 f1m1 figs-doublet חַנּ֧וּן וְרַח֛וּם 1 **Gracious** and **compassionate** mean similar things. The Levites use them together to emphasize how merciful God is. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these words into a single expression. Alternate translation: “genuinely merciful,” otherwise “who acts kindly and mercifully toward us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 9 17 f1m3 figs-metaphor אֶֽרֶךְ־אַפַּ֥יִם 1 This is a figurative way of saying that a person does not lose their temper easily or quickly. Alternate translation: “very patient” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 17 f1m5 figs-abstractnouns וְרַב־חֶ֖סֶד 1 **Faithfulness** is an abstract noun that describes the quality of a person who will dependably keep their word and fulfill their responsibilities. **Covenant faithfulness** refers specifically to God keeping all the promises he made to the people of Israel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with an expression such as “keep promises.” Alternate translation: “you always keep the promises you make to your people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 9 17 c986 figs-metaphor וְרַב־חֶ֖סֶד 1 Here the Levites speak of this quality of Yahweh as if it were an abundant food crop that he could share with people. Alternate translation: “who loves his people very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 17 ncd6 figs-explicit וְלֹ֥א עֲזַבְתָּֽם 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could elaborate on what this means. Alternate translation: “so you did not abandon them there in the desert” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 9 18 hw32 figs-explicit אַ֗ף כִּֽי־עָשׂ֤וּ לָהֶם֙ עֵ֣גֶל מַסֵּכָ֔ה וַיֹּ֣אמְר֔וּ זֶ֣ה אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הֶעֶלְךָ֖ מִמִּצְרָ֑יִם 1 Связующее утверждение: В этих стихах левиты продолжают восхвалять Яхве в присутствии израильского народа. NEH 9 18 ind6 translate-unknown וַֽיַּעֲשׂ֔וּ נֶאָצ֖וֹת גְּדֹלֽוֹת 1 сделали себе литого быка расплавили металл и отлил его в форме быка. NEH 9 19 eqh4 וְאַתָּה֙ בְּרַחֲמֶ֣יךָ הָֽרַבִּ֔ים לֹ֥א עֲזַבְתָּ֖ם בַּמִּדְבָּ֑ר 1 Ты ... не оставлял их Яхве не оставлял израильтян. NEH 9 19 x6bf grammar-connect-logic-result אֶת־עַמּ֣וּד הֶ֠עָנָן לֹא־סָ֨ר מֵעֲלֵיהֶ֤ם בְּיוֹמָם֙ לְהַנְחֹתָ֣ם בְּהַדֶּ֔רֶךְ וְאֶת־עַמּ֨וּד הָאֵ֤שׁ בְּלַ֨יְלָה֙ לְהָאִ֣יר לָהֶ֔ם וְאֶת־הַדֶּ֖רֶךְ אֲשֶׁ֥ר יֵֽלְכוּ־בָֽהּ 1 Облачный столб ... огненный столб Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Nehemiah 9:12](../09/12.md). NEH 9 20 buh1 וְרוּחֲךָ֨ הַטּוֹבָ֔ה 1 Связующее утверждение: В этих стихах левиты продолжают восхвалять Яхве в присутствии израильского народа. NEH 9 20 e7m4 grammar-connect-logic-result וּמַנְךָ֙ לֹא־מָנַ֣עְתָּ מִפִּיהֶ֔ם וּמַ֛יִם נָתַ֥תָּה לָהֶ֖ם לִצְמָאָֽם 1 Твоего доброго Духа ... Твою манну ... воду Автор меняет обычный порядок слов, чтобы подчеркнуть те хорошие вещи, которые Яхве дал своему народу. В вашем язык могут быть другие способы для того, чтобы подчеркнуть эти пункты. NEH 9 20 f1m7 translate-unknown וּמַנְךָ֙ 1 наставлять учить NEH 9 20 qka1 לֹא־מָנַ֣עְתָּ מִפִּיהֶ֔ם 1 Твою манну не отнимал от их губ Эта литота может быть выражены положительно. Альтернативный перевод: "ты щедро дал им манну" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) NEH 9 20 gyd6 figs-litotes לֹא־מָנַ֣עְתָּ מִפִּיהֶ֔ם 1 от их губ Губы являются синекдохой всего человека в целом. Альтернативный перевод: "от них" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 9 21 f1m9 grammar-connect-logic-result וְאַרְבָּעִ֥ים שָׁנָ֛ה כִּלְכַּלְתָּ֥ם בַּמִּדְבָּ֖ר לֹ֣א חָסֵ֑רוּ 1 Общая информация: Коментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. NEH 9 21 f1n1 figs-explicit וְרַגְלֵיהֶ֖ם לֹ֥א בָצֵֽקוּ 1 If it would be helpful to your readers, you could explain why the feet of the Israelites would otherwise have swollen as they traveled through the desert. Alternate translation: “their feet did not swell up, even though they were walking all the time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 9 22 f462 וַתִּתֵּ֨ן לָהֶ֤ם מַמְלָכוֹת֙ וַעֲמָמִ֔ים 1 Связующее утверждение: В этих стихах левиты продолжают восхвалять Яхве в присутствии израильского народа. NEH 9 22 xc6v figs-doublet וַתִּתֵּ֨ן לָהֶ֤ם מַמְלָכוֹת֙ וַעֲמָמִ֔ים 1 Ты дал им царства Яхве дал израильтянам царства. NEH 9 22 kgg1 figs-metaphor וַֽתַּחְלְקֵ֖ם לְפֵאָ֑ה 1 дал им царства и народы "позволил им завоевать царства и народы" NEH 9 22 zt5p figs-parallelism אֶת־אֶ֣רֶץ סִיח֗וֹן וְאֶת־אֶ֨רֶץ֙ מֶ֣לֶךְ חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן 1 разделил между ними земли, которыми они завладели "позволяя им владеть всей землёй" NEH 9 22 f1n3 וְאֶת־אֶ֖רֶץ ע֥וֹג מֶֽלֶךְ־הַבָּשָֽׁן 1 Сигона ... Ога Это имена царей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 9 22 xf4v translate-names סִיח֗וֹן…ע֥וֹג 1 Есевон ... Васан Это названия мест. (See: [[См://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 9 22 bkk3 translate-names חֶשְׁבּ֔וֹן…הַבָּשָֽׁן 1 These are names of the places where these two kings ruled. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 9 23 w96j figs-simile וּבְנֵיהֶ֣ם הִרְבִּ֔יתָ כְּכֹכְבֵ֖י הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 Связующее утверждение: В этих стихах левиты продолжают восхвалять Яхве в присутствии израильского народа. NEH 9 23 t5pb figs-hyperbole וּבְנֵיהֶ֣ם הִרְבִּ֔יתָ כְּכֹכְבֵ֖י הַשָּׁמָ֑יִם 1 Ты размножил их сыновей Яхве размножил потомков израильтян во времена Моисея. NEH 9 23 f1n5 figs-metaphor וּבְנֵיהֶ֣ם 1 **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” In this context it includes both boys and girls. Alternate translation: “and children” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 23 f1n7 figs-explicit וַתְּבִיאֵם֙ אֶל־הָאָ֔רֶץ אֲשֶׁר־אָמַ֥רְתָּ לַאֲבֹתֵיהֶ֖ם לָב֥וֹא לָרָֽשֶׁת 1 This is the same **land** described in verse 15, the land of Canaan. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “You brought them back to the land of Canaan, the land that you had commanded the previous generation to enter and occupy” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 9 23 f1n9 figs-gendernotations לַאֲבֹתֵיהֶ֖ם 1 While **fathers** figuratively means “ancestors” throughout much of this prayer, in this case the word is intended more literally. It means the previous generation of Israelites, who had disobeyed when God told them the first time to occupy the land. But since both men and women were involved in the disobedience, you could use a term that would not limit the meaning to men, if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “to the previous generation” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) NEH 9 24 f1o1 figs-parallelism וַיָּבֹ֤אוּ הַבָּנִים֙ וַיִּֽירְשׁ֣וּ אֶת־הָאָ֔רֶץ וַתַּכְנַ֨ע לִפְנֵיהֶ֜ם אֶת־יֹשְׁבֵ֤י הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ הַכְּנַ֣עֲנִ֔ים 1 Ты покорил перед ними хананеев, жителей той земли, и отдал их, их царей и народы земли в их руки О хананеях здесь говорится, как о маленьком предмете, которые человек может передать в руки другого человека. Отдать что-то в руку человека - значит дать этому человеку полный контроль над этим. Альтернативный перевод: "позволил израильтянам иметь полный контроль над ними" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 24 qpd4 figs-gendernotations הַבָּנִים֙ 1 This means literally the children of the generation that refused to enter the land. But since both men and women were involved in occupying the land, you could use a term that would not limit the meaning to men, if that would be clearer in your language. Alternate translation: “the next generation of Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-gendernotations]]) NEH 9 24 it8a figs-metonymy וַתַּכְנַ֨ע לִפְנֵיהֶ֜ם אֶת־יֹשְׁבֵ֤י הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the front of a group, in this case the Israelite army that was fighting against the Canaanites. Alternate translation: “when the Israelites opposed them in battle, you defeated the people who were living in the land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 9 24 l77q figs-doublet יֹשְׁבֵ֤י הָאָ֨רֶץ֙ הַכְּנַ֣עֲנִ֔ים 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The repetition is used for clarity. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could combine them. Alternate translation: “the Canaanites who lived there,” otherwise “the people who lived here in this land, the descendants of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 9 24 vz5v figs-explicit וַֽתִּתְּנֵ֖ם בְּיָדָ֑ם וְאֶת־מַלְכֵיהֶם֙ וְאֶת־עַֽמְמֵ֣י הָאָ֔רֶץ לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת בָּהֶ֖ם כִּרְצוֹנָֽם 1 The Levites continue to recount details of Israelite history and assume that their listeners will understand the significance of these details. This sentence means, “You gave the Canaanites into the hands of the Israelites, that is, you gave their kings and the Canaanite people into the hands of the Israelites.” The implication is that once the Israelites had defeated the armies that the kings were leading, they could then do anything they wanted with the people who were living in the land. In other words, Yahweh gave the kings “into their hands” by defeating them, and as a result, the people were “in their hands” to do with whatever they wanted. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “You enabled them to defeat the armies that the Canaanite kings were leading, and then they could do whatever they wanted with the people of Canaan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 9 24 v454 figs-metaphor וַֽתִּתְּנֵ֖ם בְּיָדָ֑ם 1 Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. To give something into a person’s hand is to give that person control over that thing. Alternate translation: “enabled the Israelites to defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 25 yzu6 וַֽיִּלְכְּד֞וּ עָרִ֣ים בְּצֻרוֹת֮ וַאֲדָמָ֣ה שְׁמֵנָה֒ 1 Связующее утверждение: В этих стихах левиты продолжают восхвалять Яхве в присутствии израильского народа. NEH 9 25 gs7a figs-metonymy וַאֲדָמָ֣ה שְׁמֵנָה֒ 1 Они заняли Израильтяне во времена Моисея заняли. NEH 9 25 ac3r וַיִּֽירְשׁ֡וּ 1 плодородную землю "плодородная земля" NEH 9 25 y6gx figs-activepassive בֹּר֨וֹת חֲצוּבִ֜ים 1 высеченные водоёмы отверстия в земле, где люди хранят воду NEH 9 25 ke4u translate-unknown בֹּר֨וֹת 1 жирели Это могло бы быть метафорой для "перестали думать о Яхве" или "стали самодостаточными." (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 25 f1o3 translate-unknown וְעֵ֥ץ מַאֲכָ֖ל 1 This means trees that grow things that are good to eat. In this area, these would have included both fruit and nut trees. Alternate translation: “and fruit and nut trees” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 9 25 s544 figs-metaphor וַֽיִּשְׂבְּעוּ֙ 1 It is clear from the context that this was likely true literally, but this statement could also be a figurative way of saying that just as a person who has more than enough to eat stops being concerned, so the Israelites became complacent and stopped thinking about Yahweh. Alternate translation: “and they became complacent” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 26 t19v figs-doublet וַיַּמְר֨וּ וַֽיִּמְרְד֜וּ בָּ֗ךְ 1 Связующее утверждение: В этих стихах левиты продолжают восхвалять Яхве в присутствии израильского народа. NEH 9 26 q9sz figs-metaphor וַיַּשְׁלִ֤כוּ אֶת־תּוֹרָֽתְךָ֙ אַחֲרֵ֣י גַוָּ֔ם 1 отвергли Твой закон О законе говорится как о бесполезном предмете, который человек может выбросить. Альтернативный перевод: "Они посчитали твой закон бесполезным и не обращали на него внимания" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 26 vbj5 הֵעִ֥ידוּ בָ֖ם 1 Alternate translation: “warned them about all the wrong things they were doing” NEH 9 26 rr76 translate-unknown וַֽיַּעֲשׂ֔וּ נֶאָצ֖וֹת גְּדוֹלֹֽת 1 As in [9:18](../09/18.md), **blasphemy** means to worship as divine or give honor to something other than God. This is likely a reference to the way the Israelites started worshiping other gods. (That is why the prophets needed to try to “bring them back” to Yahweh.) Alternate translation: “they worshiped other gods” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 9 27 v5lz figs-metaphor וַֽתִּתְּנֵם֙ בְּיַ֣ד צָֽרֵיהֶ֔ם 1 Ты отдал их в руки врагов, которые угнетали их Здесь "руки" символизируют власть или контроль. Альтернативный перевод: "Ты позволил их врагам победить их и заставить их страдать" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 9 27 k998 וַיָּצֵ֖רוּ לָהֶ֑ם 1 давал им спасителей, и они спасали их от врагов Здесь "руки" символизируют власть или контроль. Альтернативный перевод: "Ты посылал людей, чтобы помешать их врагам вредить им" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 9 27 tz5a וּֽכְרַחֲמֶ֣יךָ הָֽרַבִּ֗ים 1 Alternate translation: “because of your great mercy” or “because you are very merciful” NEH 9 27 z213 translate-unknown תִּתֵּ֤ן לָהֶם֙ מֽוֹשִׁיעִ֔ים 1 This is a reference to the time in Israelite history when God sent the judges to lead the Israelite tribes in fighting back against their enemies. Alternate translation: “you sent the judges to rescue them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 9 27 ku2m figs-metaphor וְיוֹשִׁיע֖וּם מִיַּ֥ד צָרֵיהֶֽם 1 Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “they rescued them from their enemies” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 28 u77m grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּכְנ֣וֹחַ לָהֶ֔ם יָשׁ֕וּבוּ לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת רַ֖ע לְפָנֶ֑יךָ 1 Связующее утверждение: В этих стихах левиты продолжают восхвалять Яхве в присутствии израильского народа. NEH 9 28 ds4w figs-abstractnouns וּכְנ֣וֹחַ לָהֶ֔ם 1 Когда же успокаивались, то снова начинали делать зло перед Твоим лицом Здесь "они" относится к израильтянам и "Ты" к Яхве. NEH 9 28 s2tc figs-metaphor יָשׁ֕וּבוּ לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת רַ֖ע לְפָנֶ֑יךָ 1 Ты отдавал их в руки врагов Здесь "руки" символизируют власть или контроль. Альтернативный перевод: "Ты оставил их и позволили их врагам одержать победу над ними" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 9 28 ml8w figs-metaphor וַתַּֽעַזְבֵ֞ם בְּיַ֤ד אֹֽיְבֵיהֶם֙ וַיִּרְדּ֣וּ בָהֶ֔ם 1 Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and control. Alternate translation: “you allowed their enemies to defeat them, and they ruled over them harshly” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 28 puz2 grammar-connect-logic-result וַתַּֽעַזְבֵ֞ם 1 This phrase indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “and so you left them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) NEH 9 28 t9wx figs-doublet וַיָּשׁ֨וּבוּ֙ וַיִּזְעָק֔וּךָ 1 **They** means the Israelites. **Returned** and **cried out** mean similar things. Both terms describe how the Israelites realized that they should have remained loyal to Yahweh and that they desperately needed his help. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use one expression for both terms. Alternate translation: “The Israelites asked you again to help them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 9 28 y9f7 כְּֽרַחֲמֶ֖יךָ 1 Alternate translation: “because of your mercy” or “because you are merciful” NEH 9 29 pm9h figs-metonymy וַתָּ֨עַד בָּהֶ֜ם 1 не слушали Твоих заповедей Если в вашем языке есть слово "слушай", которое также означает "повинуйся," используйте его здесь. NEH 9 29 un5i figs-metonymy לַהֲשִׁיבָ֣ם אֶל־תּוֹרָתֶ֗ךָ 1 Твоих уставов, которыми жил бы человек, если бы исполнял их Здесь говорится о самом Яхве говорится, как будто он сам и яляется уставом. Альтернативный перевод: "Ты даёшь жизнь любому кто исполняет твои уставы" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 9 29 e4dt figs-idiom וְלֹא־שָׁמְע֤וּ לְמִצְוֺתֶ֨יךָ֙ 1 Хребет сделали твёрдым, шею свою держали упрямо Это образ вола, который не позволяет своему владельцу надеть на себя хомут. Это являются метафорой, которая указывает на упрямых людей. Альтернативный перевод: "Они стали упрямыми" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 29 una2 figs-metonymy וּבְמִשְׁפָּטֶ֣יךָ חָֽטְאוּ־בָ֔ם 1 The people were actually sinning against Yahweh himself. The Levites are describing Yahweh by reference to something associated with him, his “judgments,” meaning the instructions in his law. If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “they sinned against you by disobeying your instructions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 9 29 gh1m וּבְמִשְׁפָּטֶ֣יךָ 1 As in [9:13](../09/13.md), this term refers to Yahweh giving the Israelites instructions in the law. It may or may not include a sense of Yahweh passing sentence as a judge. Alternate translation: “And concerning your instructions” NEH 9 29 x7ep figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁר־יַעֲשֶׂ֥ה אָדָ֖ם וְחָיָ֣ה בָהֶ֑ם 1 **Live** here does not mean physically live or die. Rather, “live” figuratively means to be spiritually alive in relationship with God and to be happy and blessed as a result. The difference between being alive in this way and being separated from God is like the difference between being alive and being dead. Alternate translation: “If a person follows your law, then he is spiritually alive and happy and blessed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 29 k1ew figs-metaphor וַיִּתְּנ֤וּ כָתֵף֙ סוֹרֶ֔רֶת וְעָרְפָּ֥ם הִקְשׁ֖וּ 1 These are images of an ox refusing to allow its owner to put a yoke on its shoulders. Here they are a metaphor that represents the people being stubborn. Alternate translation: “They became stubborn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 29 n3zk figs-idiom וְלֹ֥א שָׁמֵֽעוּ 1 Like **listen** earlier in this verse, “hear” in this context is an idiom that means not just to hear a command, but to obey it. If your language has a word for “hear” that also means “obey,” you could use it here. Alternate translation: “did not heed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 9 30 sj6k וַתִּמְשֹׁ֤ךְ עֲלֵיהֶם֙ שָׁנִ֣ים רַבּ֔וֹת 1 Связующее утверждение: В этих стихах левиты продолжают восхвалять Яхве в присутствии израильского народа. NEH 9 30 gf8r figs-metonymy שָׁנִ֣ים רַבּ֔וֹת 1 Ты отдал их в руки чужеземных народов Здесь "руки" символизируют власть или контроль. Посмотрите, как вы перевели эти слова в [Nehemiah 9:27](../09/27.md). Альтернативный перевод: "ты позволил чужеземным народам победить их" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 9 30 hbe9 וַתָּ֨עַד בָּ֧ם בְּרוּחֲךָ֛ בְּיַד־נְבִיאֶ֖יךָ 1 Ты отдал Яхве отдал NEH 9 30 f3le figs-metaphor בְּיַד־נְבִיאֶ֖יךָ 1 This is a figurative way of saying that God had the prophets deliver his message to the Israelites the way a servant would carry a message in his hand. Alternate translation: “through the prophets” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 30 k9y7 figs-metonymy וְלֹ֣א הֶאֱזִ֑ינוּ 1 The Levites are describing the act of listening figuratively here by reference to something associated with it, the ear that hears. Alternate translation: “but they refused to listen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 9 30 n169 figs-idiom וְלֹ֣א הֶאֱזִ֑ינוּ 1 Listening in this context means not just to hear but to obey. Alternate translation: “but they refused to obey” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 9 30 tqa5 figs-metaphor וַֽתִּתְּנֵ֔ם בְּיַ֖ד עַמֵּ֥י הָאֲרָצֹֽת 1 Here, **hand** represents power and control. See how you translated this expression in verse 27, where it occurs twice. Alternate translation: “you allowed the neighboring peoples to defeat them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 30 ym8i grammar-connect-logic-result וַֽתִּתְּנֵ֔ם 1 This word indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “As a result, you gave them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) NEH 9 31 neh8 grammar-connect-logic-result וּֽבְרַחֲמֶ֧יךָ 1 Ты не уничтожил их до конца "Ты не уничтожил их" NEH 9 31 j1rz וּֽבְרַחֲמֶ֧יךָ הָרַבִּ֛ים 1 As in [9:27](../09/27.md), alternate translation: “because you are very merciful” NEH 9 31 cl3n figs-parallelism לֹֽא־עֲשִׂיתָ֥ם כָּלָ֖ה וְלֹ֣א עֲזַבְתָּ֑ם 1 These two phrases do not describe separate things. They mean something similar. They describe what the people deserved for refusing to obey Yahweh. The first phrase describes what the people would have experienced in their lives. They would have been completely destroyed. The second phrase describes what they would have experienced in their relationship with Yahweh. He would have given up on them. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “You did not abandon them to complete destruction” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NEH 9 31 l7xw וְלֹ֣א עֲזַבְתָּ֑ם 1 Alternate translation: “you did not give up on them” NEH 9 31 xk1s figs-doublet חַנּ֥וּן וְרַח֖וּם 1 **Gracious** and **merciful** mean similar things. The Levites use them together to emphasize that God did not punish the Israelites the way they deserved. You do not need to repeat both words in your translation if that would make the meaning less clear for your readers. Alternate translation: “very merciful” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 9 32 m4l9 grammar-connect-logic-result וְעַתָּ֣ה 1 Связующее утверждение: В этих стихах левиты продолжают восхвалять Яхве в присутствии израильского народа. NEH 9 32 d4hq figs-doublet הָאֵ֨ל הַגָּד֜וֹל הַגִּבּ֣וֹר וְהַנּוֹרָא֮ 1 пусть не будет малым перед Тобой всё страдание, которое постигло нас ... до этого дня Можно разделить это на два предложения. "Не позволяйте всем этим страданиям показаться малым перед Тобой. Страдание которое постигло нас ... до этого дня" NEH 9 32 r379 figs-parallelism שׁוֹמֵ֣ר הַבְּרִ֣ית וְהַחֶסֶד֒ 1 страдание ... которое постигло нас Фраза "постигло нас" говорит о плохих вещах, которые происходят как будто эти плохие вещи подобны людям, причиняющим вред. Альтернативный перевод: "вред ... мы пострадали" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) NEH 9 32 j5fk figs-metaphor אַל־יִמְעַ֣ט לְפָנֶ֡יךָ אֵ֣ת כָּל־הַתְּלָאָ֣ה 1 Here the Levites speak figuratively of something being small to mean that it is insignificant and not worthy of being noticed and addressed. Alternate translation: “do not regard our sufferings as insignificant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 32 ta8y figs-metonymy אַל־יִמְעַ֣ט לְפָנֶ֡יךָ אֵ֣ת כָּל־הַתְּלָאָ֣ה 1 As in [9:28](../09/28.md), **face** refers figuratively to a person’s opinion or judgment, by association with the way they use the eyes in their face to see things and the way their facial expression shows what they think of those things. So the Levites would be praying that God would not regard their suffering as insignificant. Alternate translation: “do not regard our sufferings as insignificant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 9 32 f7a5 figs-personification הַתְּלָאָ֣ה אֲֽשֶׁר־מְ֠צָאַתְנוּ 1 Here the Levites speak of the suffering that the Israelites have experienced as if it were a living thing that has looked for them and found them in order to cause them harm. Alternate translation: “the sufferings we have experienced” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) NEH 9 32 q7fm figs-abstractnouns הַתְּלָאָ֣ה אֲֽשֶׁר־מְ֠צָאַתְנוּ 1 **Hardship** is an abstract noun that refers to the suffering that the Israelites have experienced as a result of being conquered and dominated by foreign nations. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind it with a verb such as “suffer.” Alternate translation: “how much we have suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 9 32 u6i9 figs-metaphor וְלַאֲבֹתֵ֖ינוּ 1 **Fathers** here figuratively means **ancestors.** Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 32 pl1f figs-explicit מִימֵי֙ מַלְכֵ֣י אַשּׁ֔וּר עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה 1 The implication is that the Levites are talking about the suffering that the Israelites have experienced specifically because foreign nations have conquered them, beginning with the Assyrians who first conquered the northern part of Israel. If it would be clearer for your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the time Israel was first conquered by the Assyrian kings until now” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 9 32 r5ha figs-merism מִימֵי֙ מַלְכֵ֣י אַשּׁ֔וּר עַ֖ד הַיּ֥וֹם הַזֶּֽה 1 This is a figure of speech in which the Levites are describing an entire time period by reference to its beginning and end, in order to include everything in between. Alternate translation: “the entire time we have been under foreign domination” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-merism]]) NEH 9 33 ctq5 וְאַתָּ֣ה צַדִּ֔יק עַ֖ל כָּל־הַבָּ֣א עָלֵ֑ינוּ 1 Во всём, что постигло нас Фраза "постигло нас" говорит о плохих вещах, которые происходят как будто эти плохие вещи подобны людям, причиняющим вред. Альтернативный перевод: "все, что мы перенесли" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) NEH 9 33 ac1s figs-personification כָּל־הַבָּ֣א עָלֵ֑ינוּ 1 Here the Levites speak of the suffering that the Israelites have experienced as if it were a living thing that has come up to them in order to cause them harm. Alternate translation: “everything we have suffered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) NEH 9 33 z3i5 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּֽי־אֱמֶ֥ת עָשִׂ֖יתָ וַאֲנַ֥חְנוּ הִרְשָֽׁעְנוּ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could place this sentence before the previous one since it gives the reason for the results that are described in that other sentence. You could show the connection by using a word like “so” after this sentence. Alternate translation: “You have always done what you said you would do, and you have never abandoned us. But we have done many wrong things. And so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) NEH 9 34 w8h1 figs-metaphor וַאֲבֹתֵ֔ינוּ 1 Общая информация: Коментарии к данному стиху отсутствую. NEH 9 34 fh22 figs-parallelism לֹ֥א עָשׂ֖וּ תּוֹרָתֶ֑ךָ וְלֹ֤א הִקְשִׁ֨יבוּ֙ אֶל־מִצְוֺתֶ֔יךָ וּלְעֵ֣דְוֺתֶ֔יךָ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. The Levites use the repetition to confess how completely the people have disobeyed what God told them to do. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “have completely disobeyed everything you told them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NEH 9 34 z9gd figs-idiom וְלֹ֤א הִקְשִׁ֨יבוּ֙ אֶל 1 Not paying attention to a command, like not listening to it, is a figurative way of saying not obeying it. Alternate translation: “have disobeyed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 9 34 x4lc figs-doublet מִצְוֺתֶ֔יךָ וּלְעֵ֣דְוֺתֶ֔יךָ 1 These two terms mean similar things. You do not need to repeat both of them in your translation if that would make the meaning less clear for your readers. Alternate translation: “everything you told them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 9 34 z9wl וּלְעֵ֣דְוֺתֶ֔יךָ אֲשֶׁ֥ר הַעִידֹ֖תָ בָּהֶֽם 1 As in [9:26](../09/26.md), [9:29](../09/29.md), and [9:30](../09/30), this expression means to warn someone about what they are doing. So here it is referring to “the warnings that you gave them to warn them.” You do not need to repeat the idea of “warn” twice in your translation if that would be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “the many warnings you gave them” NEH 9 35 af8m figs-explicit וְהֵ֣ם בְּמַלְכוּתָם֩…לֹ֣א עֲבָד֑וּךָ 1 Связующее утверждение: В этих стихах левиты продолжают восхвалять Яхве в присутствии израильского народа. NEH 9 35 nxv9 figs-abstractnouns וּבְטוּבְךָ֨ הָרָ֜ב אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֣תָּ לָהֶ֗ם 1 при великом Твоём добре, которое Ты давал им "пока они наслаждались добром, которое ты им дал" NEH 9 35 ibf9 figs-doublet וּבְאֶ֨רֶץ הָרְחָבָ֧ה וְהַשְּׁמֵנָ֛ה 1 они не служили Тебе "они не были послушны Твоему закону или учению" NEH 9 35 h9n5 figs-metonymy וּבְאֶ֨רֶץ…וְהַשְּׁמֵנָ֛ה 1 As in [9:25](../09/25.md), “fat” means land that can produce abundantly and feed its inhabitants well. The rich character of the soil is being described figuratively by something associated with it, the well-fed character of the people it sustains. Alternate translation: “fertile land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 9 35 z2vd figs-metaphor אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֥תָּ לִפְנֵיהֶ֖ם 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the front of a person. This expression is saying that God “put this land right in front of” the Israelites, emphasizing that God enabled them to defeat their enemies to get it. It was a gift from God, not something that the Israelites got for themselves. Alternate translation: “that you freely gave to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 35 gdm7 figs-metaphor וְֽלֹא־שָׁ֔בוּ מִמַּֽעַלְלֵיהֶ֖ם הָרָעִֽים 1 Here, **turning away from** something is a figurative expression that means giving it up. Alternate translation: “they would not stop doing wrong things” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 36 q7xj הִנֵּ֛ה 1 Связующее утверждение: В этих стихах левиты продолжают восхвалять Яхве в присутствии израильского народа. NEH 9 36 qh7f figs-idiom הַיּ֖וֹם 1 её добром "все хорошее на ней" или "все хорошее, что мы можем получить от неё" NEH 9 36 qai2 figs-metaphor לַאֲבֹתֵ֗ינוּ 1 **Fathers** here figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “our ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 9 36 xzc8 figs-doublet אֶת־פִּרְיָהּ֙ וְאֶת־טוּבָ֔הּ 1 These two expressions mean similar things. They both refer to the crops that grow in the land the Israelites were promised. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these expressions. Alternate translation: “all the good things that grow here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 9 36 bdr6 figs-synecdoche פִּרְיָהּ֙ 1 This means all the crops of the land, not just the fruit that grew on the trees. The Levites are using one particular food to refer figuratively to all food. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 9 36 g6hs figs-abstractnouns טוּבָ֔הּ 1 **Goodness** is an abstract noun that refers to the tasty and nourishing food that grows in the land. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind it with a different phrase. Alternate translation: “the good things that grow here” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 9 36 lw6u הִנֵּ֛ה 1 **Behold** is a term meant to focus the attention of the listener on what the speaker is about to say. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could use some emphatic term or expression in your language that would have this same effect. NEH 9 37 d5cr figs-abstractnouns וּתְבוּאָתָ֣הּ מַרְבָּ֗ה 1 Она приносит свои плоды в большом количестве для царей "Мы платим дань царям работая на нашей собственной земле" NEH 9 37 q3dz figs-explicit לַמְּלָכִ֛ים אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֥תָּה עָלֵ֖ינוּ בְּחַטֹּאותֵ֑ינוּ 1 Они правят Цари правят. NEH 9 37 x15l figs-parallelism לַמְּלָכִ֛ים אֲשֶׁר־נָתַ֥תָּה עָלֵ֖ינוּ…וְעַ֣ל גְּ֠וִיֹּתֵינוּ מֹשְׁלִ֤ים וּבִבְהֶמְתֵּ֨נוּ֙ 1 These two phrases mean similar things. In each phrase, the Levites are describing how foreign kings now rule over the Israelites. The second phrase intensifies the first by specifying that the Israelites serve these kings as slaves, and that the Israelites do not even own the animals they work with. You do not need to repeat both phrases in your translation if that might be confusing for your readers. Alternate translation: “You have allowed foreign kings to rule over us as slaves who own nothing” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-parallelism]]) NEH 9 37 huw8 כִּרְצוֹנָ֔ם 1 Alternate translation: “as they see fit” NEH 9 38 g7s3 grammar-connect-logic-result וּבְכָל־זֹ֕את 1 Связующее утверждение: В этих стихах левиты продолжают восхвалять Яхве в присутствии израильского народа. NEH 9 38 t4ag אֲנַ֛חְנוּ כֹּרְתִ֥ים אֲמָנָ֖ה 1 На подписи печать наших князей Читатель должен понимать, что люди написали свои имена на договоре, прежде чем он был запечатан. NEH 9 38 xee9 figs-idiom אֲנַ֛חְנוּ כֹּרְתִ֥ים 1 As in [9:8](../09/08.md), to “cut” a covenant is a Hebrew idiom for making a solemn agreement with a person. Review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “we are making a covenant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 9 38 l6qa figs-explicit וְכֹתְבִ֑ים וְעַל֙ הֶֽחָת֔וּם שָׂרֵ֥ינוּ לְוִיֵּ֖נוּ כֹּהֲנֵֽינוּ 1 The implication is that the Israelites had scribes write this covenant on a scroll, the leaders wrote their names on it representing all the people, and then the Israelites sealed the document to make it official and to preserve it. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “We are writing this covenant on a scroll. The community leaders, the Levites, and the priests will sign it. And then we will seal it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 9 38 wj7b שָׂרֵ֥ינוּ 1 This means the community leaders. From the document itself, it appears that these included both Nehemiah as the governor (10:1) and various tribal and extended-family leaders (10:14–27). NEH 10 intro m17y 0 # Неемия 10 Общие сведения #<br><br>#### Структура и формат ####<br><br>Эта глава завершает отрывок, начинающийся в главе 9.<br><br>#### Особые темы в этой главе ####<br><br>##### Клятва #####<br><br>Подписывая этот договор, люди поклялись или согласились повиноваться Богу, не покупать вещи и неплатить храмовый налог в субботу. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/vow]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]])<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Nehemiah 10:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../09/intro.md) | [>>](../11/intro.md)__ NEH 10 1 ijh7 וְעַ֖ל הַחֲתוּמִ֑ים 1 Связующее утверждение: Начало списка людей, чьи имена были записанны в запечатанном договоре. NEH 10 1 jc8x translate-unknown נְחֶמְיָ֧ה הַתִּרְשָׁ֛תָא בֶּן־חֲכַלְיָ֖ה 1 Вот поставившие печать: Неемия ... Седекия Имена этих людей были записаны в договоре. Можно внести некоторые уточнения. Альтернативный перевод: "В запечатаном договоре были имена Неемии ... Седекии" или "В запечатаном договоре были указаны имена следующих людей: Неемия ... Седекия" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 10 1 j4ny translate-names נְחֶמְיָ֧ה…בֶּן־חֲכַלְיָ֖ה וְצִדְקִיָּֽה 1 Запечатаный договор Договор был запечатан после того, как были поставленны подписи. NEH 10 1 mu7u figs-explicit וְצִדְקִיָּֽה 1 Неемия Некоторые люди считают, что Неемия написал эту книгу и говорит о себе, как будто он был кем-то другим, потому что это официальный список. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-pronouns]]) NEH 10 1 c2af Гахалии Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Nehemiah 1:1](../01/01.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 2 r4sg translate-names שְׂרָיָ֥ה עֲזַרְיָ֖ה יִרְמְיָֽה 1 Связующее утверждение: Список людей, имена которых указаны в запечатаном договоре (стих 1), продолжается. NEH 10 2 2f68 Сераия ... Иеремия Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 2 d271 Азария Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Nehemiah 3:23](../03/23.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 3 b2lc translate-names פַּשְׁח֥וּר אֲמַרְיָ֖ה מַלְכִּיָּֽה 1 Связующее утверждение: Список людей, имена которых указаны в запечатаном договоре (стих 1), продолжается. NEH 10 3 2d2a Пашхур, Амария Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 3 3c65 Малхия Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Nehemiah 3:11](../03/11.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 4 uqt4 translate-names חַטּ֥וּשׁ שְׁבַנְיָ֖ה מַלּֽוּךְ 1 Связующее утверждение: Список людей, имена которых указаны в запечатаном договоре [Nehemiah 10:1](../10/01.md) продолжается. NEH 10 4 92e2 Хаттуш Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 3:10](../03/10.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 4 f077 Шевания Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 9:4](../09/04.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 4 74a9 Маллух Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 5 qbj9 translate-names חָרִ֥ם מְרֵמ֖וֹת עֹֽבַדְיָֽה 1 Связующее утверждение: Список людей, имена которых указаны в запечатаном договоре [Nehemiah 10:1](../10/01.md) продолжается. NEH 10 5 67e7 Харим Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 3:11](../03/11.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 5 1549 Меремоф Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 3:4](../03/04.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 5 e6e1 Овадия Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 6 del4 translate-names דָּנִיֵּ֥אל גִּנְּת֖וֹן בָּרֽוּךְ 1 Связующее утверждение: Список людей, имена которых указаны в запечатаном договоре [Nehemiah 10:1](../10/01.md) продолжается. NEH 10 6 9d56 Даниил, Гиннефон Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 6 4671 Варух Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 3:20](../03/20.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 7 yd6r translate-names מְשֻׁלָּ֥ם אֲבִיָּ֖ה מִיָּמִֽן 1 Мешуллам Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 9:4](../09/04.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 7 1cf3 Авия, Миямин Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 8 mt1s translate-names מַֽעַזְיָ֥ה בִלְגַּ֖י שְׁמַֽעְיָ֑ה 1 Маазия, Вилгай Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 8 iv3c אֵ֖לֶּה הַכֹּהֲנִֽים 1 Шемаия Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 3:29](../03/29.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 8 ppp7 grammar-connect-logic-result אֵ֖לֶּה הַכֹּהֲנִֽים 1 Это священники Это относится к предыдущему списку людей, подписавших договор. Альтернативный перевод: "Это были имена священников, подписавших договор" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 10 9 b29e וְֽהַלְוִיִּ֑ם 1 Связующее утверждение: Список людей, имена которых указаны в запечатаном договоре [Nehemiah 10:1](../10/01.md) продолжается. Неемия начинает перечислять имена левитов, которые подписали запечатанный договор. NEH 10 9 i6e3 figs-explicit וְֽהַלְוִיִּ֑ם 1 Левиты Это относится к тем, кто поставил свои подписи в запечатаном договоре. Альтернативный перевод: "Это были левиты, которые поставили свои подписи в запечатаном договоре" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 10 9 si66 translate-names וְיֵשׁ֨וּעַ֙ בֶּן־אֲזַנְיָ֔ה 1 Иисус ... Хенадад Это имена людей. Посмотрите, как вы перевели эти имена в [Nehemiah 3:18-19](../03/18.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 9 pi28 translate-names בִּנּ֕וּי…חֵנָדָ֖ד 1 Азания Это имя человека. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 9 j952 figs-metaphor בִּנּ֕וּי מִבְּנֵ֥י חֵנָדָ֖ד 1 Биннуй Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 3:24](../03/24.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 9 km8e translate-names קַדְמִיאֵֽל 1 Кадмиил Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 7:43](../07/43.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 10 yg6h figs-metaphor וַאֲחֵיהֶ֑ם 1 Шевания Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 9:4](../09/04.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 10 cfy7 translate-names שְׁבַנְיָ֧ה הֽוֹדִיָּ֛ה קְלִיטָ֖א פְּלָאיָ֥ה חָנָֽן 1 Годия ... Клита ... Фелаия Это имена людей. Посмотрите, как вы перевели эти имена в [Nehemiah 8:7](../08/07.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 10 45f6 Ханан Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 7:49](../07/49.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 11 x5wd translate-names מִיכָ֥א רְח֖וֹב חֲשַׁבְיָֽה 1 Связующее утверждение: Список людей, имена которых указаны в запечатаном договоре [Nehemiah 10:1](../10/01.md) продолжается. NEH 10 11 aba1 Рехов Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 11 4fa3 Миха Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 10:11](../10/11.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 11 0d1a Хашавия Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 3:17](../03/17.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 12 vuf7 translate-names זַכּ֥וּר שֵׁרֵֽבְיָ֖ה שְׁבַנְיָֽה 1 Связующее утверждение: Список людей, имена которых указаны в запечатаном договоре [Nehemiah 10:1](../10/01.md) продолжается. NEH 10 12 714f Закхур Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 3:2](../03/02.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 12 91f6 Шеревия Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 8:7](../08/07.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 12 bf07 Шевания Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 13 t4nx translate-names הוֹדִיָּ֥ה בָנִ֖י בְּנִֽינוּ 1 Связующее утверждение: Список людей, имена которых указаны в запечатаном договоре [Nehemiah 10:1](../10/01.md) продолжается. NEH 10 13 ce30 Годия ... Венинуй Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 13 0ca6 Ваний Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 3:17](../03/17.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 14 uar6 רָאשֵׁ֖י הָעָ֑ם 1 Главы народа Это относится к тем, кто записал свои имена в запечатаном договоре. Альтернативный перевод: "Это былы главы народа, которые записал свои имена в запечатаном договоре" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 10 14 c75b figs-metaphor רָאשֵׁ֖י הָעָ֑ם 1 Парош Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 3:25](../03/25.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 14 d729 translate-names פַּרְעֹשׁ֙ פַּחַ֣ת מוֹאָ֔ב עֵילָ֥ם זַתּ֖וּא בָּנִֽי 1 Пахаф-Моав Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 3:11](../03/11.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 14 d7d0 Елам ... Заффу Это имена людей. Посмотрите, как вы перевели эти имена в [Nehemiah 7:12](../07/12.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 15 nkt2 translate-names בֻּנִּ֥י עַזְגָּ֖ד בֵּבָֽי 1 Общая информация: В этих стихах Неемия продолжает перечислять имена людей, подписавшихся запечатаном договоре. NEH 10 15 3f37 Вунний Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 9:4](../09/04.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 15 21e2 Азгар, Бевай Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 7:16-17](../07/16.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 16 dda2 translate-names אֲדֹנִיָּ֥ה בִגְוַ֖י עָדִֽין 1 Связующее утверждение: Список людей, имена которых указаны в запечатаном договоре [Nehemiah 10:1](../10/01.md) продолжается. NEH 10 16 b0da Адония ... Адин Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 16 6f9e Бигвай Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 7:7](../07/07.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 17 ybp4 translate-names אָטֵ֥ר חִזְקִיָּ֖ה עַזּֽוּר 1 Связующее утверждение: Список людей, имена которых указаны в запечатаном договоре [Nehemiah 10:1](../10/01.md) продолжается. NEH 10 17 ada5 Азур Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 17 dd76 Атер, Езекия Это имен людей. Посмотрите, как вы перевели эти имена в [Nehemiah 7:20](../07/20.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 18 ssa2 translate-names הוֹדִיָּ֥ה חָשֻׁ֖ם בֵּצָֽי 1 Связующее утверждение: Список людей, имена которых указаны в запечатаном договоре [Nehemiah 10:1](../10/01.md) продолжается. NEH 10 18 2857 Годия Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 8:7](../08/07.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 18 96e6 Хашум Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 7:20](../07/20.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 18 68ce Бецай Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 19 rbs7 translate-names חָרִ֥יף עֲנָת֖וֹת נֵיבָֽי 1 Связующее утверждение: Список людей, имена которых указаны в запечатаном договоре [Nehemiah 10:1](../10/01.md) продолжается. NEH 10 19 e00e Невай Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 19 8e43 Хариф Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 7:23](../07/23.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 19 19bf Анафоф Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 7:27](../07/27.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 20 xbs6 translate-names מַגְפִּיעָ֥שׁ מְשֻׁלָּ֖ם חֵזִֽיר 1 Связующее утверждение: Список людей, имена которых указаны в запечатаном договоре [Nehemiah 10:1](../10/01.md) продолжается. NEH 10 20 1192 Магпиаш ... Хезир Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 20 cc21 Мешуллам Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 3:4](../03/04.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 21 bjm2 translate-names מְשֵׁיזַבְאֵ֥ל צָד֖וֹק יַדּֽוּעַ 1 Связующее утверждение: Список людей, имена которых указаны в запечатаном договоре [Nehemiah 10:1](../10/01.md) продолжается. NEH 10 21 a629 Иаддуй Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 21 f46c Мешезавел, Садок Это имена людей. Посмотрите, как вы перевели эти имена в [Nehemiah 3:4](../03/04.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 22 rm3j translate-names פְּלַטְיָ֥ה חָנָ֖ן עֲנָיָֽה 1 Общая информация: В этих стихах Неемия продолжает перечислять имена людей, подписавшихся в запечатаном договоре. NEH 10 22 2644 Фелатия Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 22 cf41 Ханан Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 7:49](../07/49.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 22 4af5 Анаия Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 8:4](../08/04.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 23 kcs6 translate-names הוֹשֵׁ֥עַ חֲנַנְיָ֖ה חַשּֽׁוּב 1 Связующее утверждение: Список людей, имена которых указаны в запечатаном договоре [Nehemiah 10:1](../10/01.md) продолжается. NEH 10 23 fb8d Осия ... Ханания Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 23 dffc Хашшув Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 3:11](../03/11.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 24 p99a translate-names הַלּוֹחֵ֥שׁ פִּלְחָ֖א שׁוֹבֵֽק 1 Связующее утверждение: Список людей, имена которых указаны в запечатаном договоре [Nehemiah 10:1](../10/01.md) продолжается. NEH 10 24 1402 Лохеш Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 3:11](../03/11.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 24 2850 Пилха ... Шовек Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 25 t6u9 translate-names רְח֥וּם חֲשַׁבְנָ֖ה מַעֲשֵׂיָֽה 1 Связующее утверждение: Список людей, имена которых указаны в запечатаном договоре [Nehemiah 10:1](../10/01.md) продолжается. NEH 10 25 d369 Рехум Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 3:17](../03/17.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 25 6c81 Хашавна Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 25 8bb4 Маасея Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 3:23](../03/23.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 26 ab18 translate-names וַאֲחִיָּ֥ה חָנָ֖ן עָנָֽן 1 Ахия ... Анан Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 26 f341 Ханан Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 27 w9x4 translate-names מַלּ֥וּךְ חָרִ֖ם בַּעֲנָֽה 1 Связующее утверждение: Список людей, имена которых указаны в запечатаном договоре [Nehemiah 10:1](../10/01.md) продолжается. NEH 10 27 e05d Маллух, Харим Это имена людей. Посмотрите, как вы перевели эти имена в [Nehemiah 10:4](../10/04.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 27 7ad0 Ваана Это имя человека. Посмотрите, как вы перевели имя этого человека в [Nehemiah 7:6](../07/06.md). (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 10 28 g1a1 figs-explicit וּשְׁאָ֣ר הָעָ֡ם 1 стражники ворот Это относится к людям, назначенным для того, чтобы стоять у каждого входа. Они несли ответственность за контроль доступа в город или храм, а также за открытие и закрытие ворот в установленные времена и по причинам, установленным управляющими. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Nehemiah 7:1](../07/01.md). NEH 10 28 w2rt translate-unknown הַשּׁוֹעֲרִ֨ים 1 певцы Возможно, вам придется четко указать, что это те, кто пел в храме. Альтернативный перевод: "храмовый певец" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 10 28 f1n8 translate-unknown הַמְשֹׁרְרִ֜ים 1 все, которые могли понимать Этой фразе можно дать более точное определение. Альтернативный перевод: "все, кто был достаточно взрослым, чтобы понять, что означает обещание повиноваться Богу" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 10 28 g1a3 translate-unknown הַנְּתִינִ֗ים 1 As in [3:26](../03/26.md), the term **Nethinim** describes servants who worked in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 10 28 qej9 figs-explicit וְֽכָל־הַנִּבְדָּ֞ל מֵעַמֵּ֤י הָאֲרָצוֹת֙ אֶל־תּוֹרַ֣ת הָאֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 This could mean one of two things. (1) It could be referring to people from other nations who had converted and become Jews. Alternate translation: “people from other nations who had become Jews and would now obey the law of God” (2) It might not be a reference to a distinct group, but rather a description of something that was true of everyone from any of the previously named groups who agreed to the covenant. As in [9:2](../09/02.md), it would be a description of how the Israelites needed to reject the influence and practices of other people groups in order to follow the law of God faithfully. Alternate translation: “that is, everyone who resolved to reject foreign influences and obey the law of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]].) NEH 10 28 g1a5 figs-metaphor הַנִּבְדָּ֞ל מֵעַמֵּ֤י הָאֲרָצוֹת֙ 1 **Separate** is a figurative way of describing the act of rejecting an influence, as if this were a physical separation. In [9:2](../09/02.md) the separation actually was physical (only Israelites could attend that assembly), but here it would be figurative. Alternate translation: “resolved to reject foreign influences” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 10 28 g1a7 figs-idiom בְּנֵיהֶ֣ם וּבְנֹתֵיהֶ֑ם כֹּ֖ל יוֹדֵ֥עַ מֵבִֽין 1 Like the similar phrases in [8:2](../08/02.md) and [8:3](../08/03.md), this is likely an idiom that refers to children who could understand what the covenant was about. Alternate translation: “their children who were old enough to understand the covenant” or “all who were old enough to understand what promising to obey God meant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 10 29 l6ns figs-metaphor מַחֲזִיקִ֣ים עַל 1 к своим братьям, , к самым почётным из них "их почётные собратья" или "их собратья, руководители." Эти фразы относятся к тем же людям. NEH 10 29 x6i9 figs-metaphor אֲחֵיהֶם֮ 1 с клятвой и заклятием вступили в обязательство Здесь речь идёт о людях, принимающих клятву и заклятие, как если бы клятва и заклятие были похожи на веревку, которая связывала их физически. Альтернативный перевод: "дали клятву и заклятие" или "они дали клятву и призвали заклятие на себя, если они не смогут её выполнить" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 10 29 k971 אַדִּירֵיהֶם֒ 1 поступать по закону Бога Это идиома. Альтернативный перевод: "жить по Божьему закону " или "быть послушным Божьему закону" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 10 29 p6ry figs-metonymy וּבָאִ֞ים בְּאָלָ֣ה וּבִשְׁבוּעָ֗ה 1 который дан через Божьего раба Моисея Это можно указать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "Моисей, раб Божий, дал Израилю" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 10 29 ny6b figs-metaphor וּבָאִ֞ים בְּאָלָ֣ה וּבִשְׁבוּעָ֗ה 1 соблюдать "следовать" NEH 10 29 g1a9 figs-idiom לָלֶ֨כֶת֙ בְּתוֹרַ֣ת הָאֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 As in [5:9](../05/09.md), **walk** is an idiom that describes a person’s conduct in life. Alternate translation: “to live their lives in obedience to the law of God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 10 29 t8sp figs-activepassive אֲשֶׁ֣ר נִתְּנָ֔ה בְּיַ֖ד מֹשֶׁ֣ה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “which Moses gave to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 10 29 g1b1 figs-metaphor בְּיַ֖ד מֹשֶׁ֣ה 1 Here, as in [9:14](../09/14.md), **hand** figuratively represents control and action. Alternate translation: “Moses gave to the people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 10 29 g1b3 figs-metaphor מֹשֶׁ֣ה עֶֽבֶד־הָֽאֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 As in [9:14](../09/14.md), Moses is called the **servant** of God. While Moses was also God’s servant in a more literal sense, this title is a figurative expression in the Old Testament that indicates that God used Moses to give his Law to his people the way a master would have a servant deliver a message. Alternate translation: “your special messenger” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 10 29 g1b5 figs-doublet וְלִשְׁמ֣וֹר וְלַעֲשׂ֗וֹת 1 **Keep** and **do** mean similar things. The repetition emphasizes the people’s resolve to keep God’s law. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these terms. Alternate translation: “carefully follow” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 10 29 m39f figs-doublet כָּל־מִצְוֺת֙ יְהוָ֣ה אֲדֹנֵ֔ינוּ וּמִשְׁפָּטָ֖יו וְחֻקָּֽיו 1 As in [1:7](../01/07.md), **commandments**, **judgments**, and **statutes** mean basically the same thing. They refer to provisions in the Law of Moses. Here again the repetition emphasizes the people’s resolve to obey everything in God’s law. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine them into a single phrase. Alternate translation: “everything Yahweh our Lord has commanded,” otherwise “the commands, rules, and laws of Yahweh our Lord” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]. A doublet can involve the use of more than two words.) NEH 10 30 s4sx figs-parallelism וַאֲשֶׁ֛ר לֹא־נִתֵּ֥ן בְּנֹתֵ֖ינוּ לְעַמֵּ֣י הָאָ֑רֶץ וְאֶת־בְּנֹ֣תֵיהֶ֔ם לֹ֥א נִקַּ֖ח לְבָנֵֽינוּ 1 Общая информация: В этих стихах люди описывают содержание клятвы, которую они давали [Nehemiah 10:29](../10/29.md). NEH 10 30 lx8c figs-exclusive נִתֵּ֥ן 1 Не отдавать своих дочерей чужеземным народам и не брать их дочерей в жёны своим сыновьям Это означает, что они не позволят своим сыновьям и дочерям жениться на них. Альтернативный перевод: "не отдадим наших дочерей чужеземным народам, не будем брать их дочерей в жёны своим сыновьям" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 10 30 iqq1 figs-explicit לְעַמֵּ֣י הָאָ֑רֶץ 1 чужеземным народам Это относится к людям, которые живут на их земле и не поклоняются Яхве. Альтернативный перевод: "люди этой земли, которые не поклоняются Яхве" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 10 30 63d0 Не отдавать ... не брать Местоимение "мы" включает в себя Неемию и еврейский народ, но не читателя этой книги. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) NEH 10 31 g1b7 grammar-connect-logic-result וְעַמֵּ֣י הָאָ֡רֶץ הַֽמְבִיאִים֩ אֶת־הַמַּקָּח֨וֹת וְכָל־שֶׁ֜בֶר בְּי֤וֹם הַשַּׁבָּת֙ לִמְכּ֔וֹר לֹא־נִקַּ֥ח מֵהֶ֛ם בַּשַּׁבָּ֖ת 1 когда чужеземные народы будут привозить товары и зерно с хлебом на продажу в субботу, не брать у них в субботу, в священный день Местоимение "мы" включает в себя Неемию и еврейский народ, но не читателя этой книги. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) NEH 10 31 g1b9 figs-explicit בַּשַּׁבָּ֖ת 1 седьмой год "год 7" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NEH 10 31 g1c1 וּבְי֣וֹם קֹ֑דֶשׁ 1 прощать долги всякого рода Это означает, что они не будут требовать, чтобы люди платили им то, что они должны им. Альтернативный перевод: "мы отменим все долги, которые люди должны нам" или "мы скажем людям, что они больше не должны нам возвращать долги" NEH 10 31 g1c3 figs-ellipsis וְנִטֹּ֛שׁ אֶת־הַשָּׁנָ֥ה הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖ית 1 Here the covenant leaves out one or more words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. **Leave alone** means “leave our fields alone,” that is, do not plant or harvest any crops, and **the seventh year** means “in the seventh year.” Alternate translation: “we will not grow anything in our fields every seventh year” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 10 31 bh3h figs-explicit וְנִטֹּ֛שׁ אֶת־הַשָּׁנָ֥ה הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖ית 1 **The seventh year** refers to the commandment in the Law of Moses to allow fields to rest one year out of every seven. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “We will leave our fields alone and not work them during the seventh year, because the law commands us not to grow any crops then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 10 31 ek18 translate-ordinal אֶת־הַשָּׁנָ֥ה הַשְּׁבִיעִ֖ית 1 Alternate translation: “year seven” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NEH 10 31 hf7z וְנִטֹּ֛שׁ…וּמַשָּׁ֥א כָל־יָֽד 1 This could mean one of several things. (1) As in [5:7–12](../05/07.md), it could be a promise not to charge any interest on loans to fellow Israelites. (2) It could mean that during the seventh year, no loan payments would be collected. (3) It could mean that during the seventh year, all debts would be cancelled. Alternate translation: “we will not charge interest on loans to our fellow Israelites” or “during the seventh year, we will not collect loan payments” or “during the seventh year, we will cancel all the debts of our fellow Israelites.” NEH 10 31 ur3t figs-metonymy וּמַשָּׁ֥א כָל־יָֽד 1 Here, **hand** seems to refer figuratively to a debt by reference to something associated with it, the way debts were formalized by the borrower grasping the hand of the lender. Alternate translation: “interest on any debt” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 10 32 h9gt figs-personification וְהֶעֱמַ֤דְנוּ עָלֵ֨ינוּ֙ מִצְוֺ֔ת 1 Общая информация: В этих стихах люди продолжают описывать содержание клятвы, которую они давали в [Nehemiah 10:29](../10/29.md). NEH 10 32 ljm2 figs-idiom לָתֵ֥ת עָלֵ֛ינוּ 1 поставили мы себе в закон "Мы обещали подчиняться закону" NEH 10 32 ad47 translate-bmoney שְׁלִשִׁ֥ית הַשֶּׁ֖קֶל 1 мы себе Местоимени "мы" включает всех израильтян, включает в себя Неемию, за исключением священников и левитов, и не включает читателя этой книги. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) NEH 10 32 g1c5 translate-fraction שְׁלִשִׁ֥ית הַשֶּׁ֖קֶל 1 трети сикля "1/3 aсикля." "треть" означает одну часть из трех равных частей. Это можно записать в современной системе мер. Альтернативный перевод: "5 граммов серебра" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-bmoney]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) NEH 10 32 pw6w figs-abstractnouns לַעֲבֹדַ֖ת בֵּ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ 1 на нужды "заплатить за нужды" NEH 10 32 g1c7 figs-metaphor בֵּ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ 1 As in [6:10](../06/10.md) and [8:16](../08/16.md), here the covenant speaks of the temple figuratively as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 10 33 ehf4 translate-unknown לְלֶ֣חֶם הַֽמַּעֲרֶ֡כֶת 1 хлебы предложения Это относится к 12 хлебам, испеченным без дрожжей, которые хранятся в храме и символизируют присутствие Бога среди своего народа. NEH 10 33 xu3y translate-unknown וּמִנְחַ֣ת הַתָּמִ֣יד וּלְעוֹלַ֣ת הַ֠תָּמִיד 1 на начало месяца, на праздники Это были празднования, когда луна была полумесяцем в небе. NEH 10 33 g1c9 figs-metonymy הַשַּׁבָּת֨וֹת הֶחֳדָשִׁ֜ים לַמּוֹעֲדִ֗ים 1 This actually refers to the offerings that would be made at these times. The offerings are being described figuratively by something associated with them, the occasions on which they are offered. Alternate translation: “offerings made on the Sabbath, on the new moon festival, and during other festivals” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 10 33 g1d1 translate-unknown וְלַקֳּדָשִׁים֙ 1 This likely refers to offerings that would be dedicated and offered to God on behalf of the people on other occasions. Alternate translation: “and offerings needed for any other occasion” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 10 33 g1d3 figs-metaphor וְלַ֣חַטָּא֔וֹת לְכַפֵּ֖ר עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 As Nehemiah does in [4:5](.//04/05.md), the covenant speaks here of sins as if they were an object that could be physically hidden. Alternate translation: “offerings made to ask God to forgive the sins of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 10 33 g1d5 translate-unknown וְכֹ֖ל מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ 1 This seems to refer to the ongoing work of cleaning, maintaining, and repairing all of the furnishings and equipment used in the temple worship. Alternate translation: “and anything else needed to maintain worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 10 33 g1d7 figs-metaphor בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ 1 Here again the covenant speaks of the temple figuratively as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 10 34 s6yz וְהַגּוֹרָל֨וֹת הִפַּ֜לְנוּ עַל־קֻרְבַּ֣ן הָעֵצִ֗ים הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים הַלְוִיִּם֮ וְהָעָם֒ לְ֠הָבִיא לְבֵ֨ית אֱלֹהֵ֧ינוּ לְבֵית־אֲבֹתֵ֛ינוּ 1 Общая информация: В этих стихах люди продолжают описывать содержание клятвы, которую они давали в [Nehemiah 10:29](../10/29.md). NEH 10 34 l42k translate-unknown וְהַגּוֹרָל֨וֹת הִפַּ֜לְנוּ 1 чтобы они горели Это можно указать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "дрова для левитов, чтобы они могли их сжечь" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 10 34 ph9q figs-metaphor לְבֵ֨ית אֱלֹהֵ֧ינוּ 1 как написано Это можно указать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "как сказанно" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 10 34 g1d9 figs-ellipsis לְבֵית־אֲבֹתֵ֛ינוּ 1 This seems to be an abbreviated way of saying “our father’s houses.” The full expression “father’s house” or “house of the father” is used in [7:61](..07/61.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “taking turns by clan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 10 34 g1e1 figs-idiom שָׁנָ֣ה בְשָׁנָ֑ה 1 This is an idiom that means “each year” or “every year.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 10 34 g1e3 figs-abstractnouns לְבַעֵ֗ר 1 **Burning** is an abstract noun that describes how the wood these families agreed to bring to the temple would be used for fuel for the sacrifices offered on the altar. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind it with a verb such as “burn.” You could also say who would do the action. Alternate translation: “for the Levites to burn” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 10 34 g1e5 figs-activepassive כַּכָּת֖וּב בַּתּוֹרָֽה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “as the law commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 10 35 vp1p figs-metonymy בִּכּוּרֵ֣י אַדְמָתֵ֗נוּ 1 с нашей земли "в нашей земле" или "на нашей земле" NEH 10 35 g1e7 figs-idiom שָׁנָ֣ה בְשָׁנָ֑ה 1 This is an idiom that means **each year** or **every year.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 10 35 g1e9 figs-metaphor לְבֵ֖ית יְהוָֽה 1 The covenant continues to speak of the temple figuratively as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Here the expression is modified slightly and it says **Yahweh** instead of **our God.** Alternate translation: “to the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 10 36 g1f1 figs-explicit וְאֶת־בְּכֹר֤וֹת בָּנֵ֨ינוּ֙ וּבְהֶמְתֵּ֔ינוּ…וְאֶת־בְּכוֹרֵ֨י בְקָרֵ֜ינוּ וְצֹאנֵ֗ינוּ לְהָבִיא֙ לְבֵ֣ית אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ 1 Общая информация: TКоментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. NEH 10 36 g1f3 figs-activepassive כַּכָּת֖וּב בַּתּוֹרָ֑ה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “as the law commands” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 10 36 g1f5 figs-metaphor לְבֵ֣ית אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ…בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ 1 The covenant continues to speak of the temple figuratively as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 10 36 uc2w figs-doublet לַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים הַמְשָׁרְתִ֖ים בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ 1 These two phrases mean the same thing. The covenant uses the repetition for clarity. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these phrases. Alternate translation: “the priests who serve in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 10 37 j9sj figs-ellipsis וְאֶת־רֵאשִׁ֣ית עֲרִיסֹתֵ֣ינוּ וּ֠תְרוּמֹתֵינוּ וּפְרִ֨י כָל־עֵ֜ץ תִּיר֣וֹשׁ וְיִצְהָ֗ר 1 Общая информация: В этих стихах люди продолжают описывать содержание клятвы, которую они давали в [Nehemiah verse 29](./28.md). NEH 10 37 rk7x translate-unknown עֲרִיסֹתֵ֣ינוּ 1 Мы будем приносить Местоимение "мы" включает в себя Неемию и израильтян, за исключением священников и левитов, а также не включает читателя этой книги (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) NEH 10 37 e92l translate-unknown אֶל־לִשְׁכ֣וֹת בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ 1 молотое зерно Возможные значения: грубая мука. NEH 10 37 s7s2 figs-metaphor בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ 1 вино, масло Слово "первый" становится понятным с самого начала предложения. Оно может повторятся. Альтернативный перевод: "первый урожай нового вина и масла" или "лучшее из нового вина и масла" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 10 37 r776 figs-metonymy וּמַעְשַׂ֥ר אַדְמָתֵ֖נוּ 1 кладовые при доме нашего Бога "место в храме, где хранятся вещи" NEH 10 37 g1f7 translate-fraction וּמַעְשַׂ֥ר 1 десятую часть во всех городах, где у нас земледелие "Наше земеледелие" относится ко всему, что выращено на земле. Альтернативный перевод: "десятину того, что мы выращиваем на земле" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 10 37 g1f9 וְהֵם֙ הַלְוִיִּ֔ם הַֽמְעַשְּׂרִ֔ים בְּכֹ֖ל עָרֵ֥י עֲבֹדָתֵֽנוּ 1 This phrase explains where the people are agreeing to deliver this tithe of crops, which is a special contribution for the Levites. Alternate translation: “The Levites can collect this contribution of one tenth of our crops right in the cities where we live and work” NEH 10 37 g1g1 figs-abstractnouns בְּכֹ֖ל עָרֵ֥י עֲבֹדָתֵֽנוּ 1 The abstract noun **labor** refers to how the people would work the land in order to grow crops. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind it with a verb such as **work.** Alternate translation: “the cities where we live and work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 10 38 g1g3 figs-explicit וְהָיָ֨ה הַכֹּהֵ֧ן בֶּֽן־אַהֲרֹ֛ן עִם־הַלְוִיִּ֖ם בַּעְשֵׂ֣ר הַלְוִיִּ֑ם 1 они будут брать левитскую десятую часть Это можно указать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "люди дают им десятину" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 10 38 g1g5 figs-distinguish הַכֹּהֵ֧ן בֶּֽן־אַהֲרֹ֛ן 1 десятая часть Это одна часть из десяти равных частей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) NEH 10 38 g1g7 figs-metaphor בֶּֽן־אַהֲרֹ֛ן 1 кладовые комнаты "кладовые в храме" NEH 10 38 by9z figs-explicit בַּעְשֵׂ֣ר הַלְוִיִּ֑ם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could state from whom the Levites will receive these tithes. Alternate translation: “when the people give their tithes to the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 10 38 eb51 translate-fraction בַּעְשֵׂ֣ר…מַעֲשַׂ֤ר הַֽמַּעֲשֵׂר֙ 1 A “tithe” means a tenth (1/10) or one part out of ten equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) NEH 10 38 zl4a figs-explicit וְהַלְוִיִּ֞ם יַעֲל֨וּ אֶת־מַעֲשַׂ֤ר הַֽמַּעֲשֵׂר֙ לְבֵ֣ית אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ 1 The implication is that in the way the Levites will help support the priests, in the same way the people will support the priests through the tithes described in verse 37. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the Levites will bring one tenth of the tithes they receive to the temple, to help support the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 10 38 g1g9 figs-metaphor לְבֵ֣ית אֱלֹהֵ֔ינוּ 1 The covenant continues to speak of the temple figuratively as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 10 38 g1h1 translate-unknown אֶל־הַלְּשָׁכ֖וֹת לְבֵ֥ית הָאוֹצָֽר 1 Like the similar phrase in [10:37](../10/37.md), this phrase explains where the Levites are to deliver the ten percent of the tithes that they will contribute. Alternate translation: “to the rooms where things are stored in the temple” or “the rooms in the temple treasury” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 10 39 g1h3 figs-ellipsis הַ֠לְּשָׁכוֹת 1 Общая информация: В этих стихах люди заканчивают описывать содержание клятвы, которую они давали в [Nehemiah 10:29](../10/29.md). NEH 10 39 qzf8 figs-metaphor בְנֵי־יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל וּבְנֵ֣י הַלֵּוִ֗י 1 комнаты ... там священные сосуды Это можно указать в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "комнаты, где священники хранят вещи, которые используются в храме" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 10 39 ss5h figs-ellipsis וְשָׁם֙ כְּלֵ֣י הַמִּקְדָּ֔שׁ וְהַכֹּהֲנִים֙ הַמְשָׁ֣רְתִ֔ים וְהַשּׁוֹעֲרִ֖ים וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֑ים 1 мы не оставим дом нашего Бога Это может быть указано в положительной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "Мы будем заботится о храме" NEH 10 39 g1h5 figs-synecdoche כְּלֵ֣י 1 Мы Местоимение "мы" включает в себя Неемию и весь народ Израиля, но не включает читателя этой книги. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-exclusive]]) NEH 10 39 u1sq figs-litotes וְלֹ֥א נַעֲזֹ֖ב אֶת־בֵּ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ 1 This is a figure of speech that expresses a strong positive meaning by using a negative word together with a word that is the opposite of the intended meaning. Alternate translation: “we will make sure that we provide for the temple” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-litotes]]) NEH 10 39 b23h figs-metaphor בֵּ֥ית אֱלֹהֵֽינוּ 1 The covenant continues to speak of the temple figuratively as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 11 intro xja1 0 # Неемия 11 Общие сведения #<br><br>#### Особые темы в этой главе ####<br><br>##### Места, где жили иудеи #####<br><br>Некоторые люди жили в Иерусалиме, но большинство людей жили в деревнях и городах за пределами Иерусалима. Они жили там, чтобы обрабатывать землю, разводить скот. Город с его стенами обеспечивал защиту всех людей, в том случае если на них нападут враги. <br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Nehemiah 11:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../10/intro.md) | [>>](../12/intro.md)__ NEH 11 1 e2yg translate-unknown הִפִּ֨ילוּ גוֹרָל֜וֹת 1 бросали жребий "люди бросали меченные камни" NEH 11 1 beq5 figs-ellipsis אֶחָ֣ד מִן־הָעֲשָׂרָ֗ה 1 десятая часть "одна семья из десяти" NEH 11 1 h1a1 figs-distinguish בִּֽירוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ עִ֣יר הַקֹּ֔דֶשׁ 1 Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers about the special status that Jerusalem had, which was why it was so important for that city to be well populated. As in [1:9](../01/09.md), the list is acknowledging Jerusalem as the place from which God chose to start making himself famous throughout the world, and as the city where God chose to put his temple. Alternate translation: “Jerusalem, the special city that God chose” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) NEH 11 1 h1a3 figs-synecdoche וְתֵ֥שַׁע הַיָּד֖וֹת בֶּעָרִֽים 1 Here the list is using the term **hand** to refer figuratively to an entire person. Alternate translation: “the other nine out of ten people remained in the cities and towns where they had been living” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 11 2 h1a5 figs-idiom לְכֹל֙ הָֽאֲנָשִׁ֔ים 1 Общая информация: Коментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. NEH 11 3 h1a7 figs-metaphor רָאשֵׁ֣י הַמְּדִינָ֔ה 1 каждый в своём владении, по своим городам, жили израильтяне "на своей земле: израильтяне" NEH 11 3 h1a9 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּבְעָרֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 This sentence explains a contrasting idea before the story goes on to develop the idea that the previous sentence introduces. This chapter is a list of the provincial leaders, priests, Levites, gatekeepers, temple servants, and singers who lived in Jerusalem. The previous sentence introduces the first part of that list, but before the list gives the names of the provincial leaders, it explains that most of the people who had returned to the province of Judah kept on living on their ancestral lands in other cities and towns. You could begin this sentence with a word like “but” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) NEH 11 3 h1b1 וּבְעָרֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֗ה…בְּעָ֣רֵיהֶ֔ם 1 These two phrases mean the same thing and you do not need to repeat both of them if that would be confusing for your readers. NEH 11 3 h1b3 figs-idiom אִ֤ישׁ בַּאֲחֻזָּתוֹ֙ 1 In this context, **a man** means “each person,” and the expression may be understood to indicate “each family.” Alternate translation: “each family on its own property” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 11 3 l7mb figs-personification יִשְׂרָאֵ֤ל 1 Here the list refers to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) NEH 11 3 h1b5 translate-unknown וְהַנְּתִינִ֔ים 1 As in [3:26](../03/26.md), the term **Nethinim** describes servants who worked in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 11 3 h1b7 figs-metaphor וּבְנֵ֖י עַבְדֵ֥י שְׁלֹמֹֽה 1 **Sons** figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “the descendants of the laborers who had worked for the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 11 3 h1b9 translate-unknown עַבְדֵ֥י שְׁלֹמֹֽה 1 As in [7:57](../07/57.md), this phrase refers to people whom Solomon first conscripted as laborers. They and their descendants remained conscripted laborers under later kings. Review the note to [7:57](../07/57.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “laborers who had worked for the kingdom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 11 4 h1c1 writing-background וּבִֽירוּשָׁלִַ֨ם֙ 1 из потомков Иуды и потомков Вениамина "некоторые люди из Иудеи и некоторые люди из Вениамина" NEH 11 4 n2a7 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה וּמִבְּנֵ֣י בִנְיָמִ֑ן 1 Из потомков Иуды: "из потомков Иуды:" NEH 11 4 nm8y figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֣י יְ֠הוּדָה 1 Иуда ... Вениамин ... Афаия ... Уззия ... Захария ... Амария ... Сафатия ... Малелеил ... Фарес Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 4 wl7r translate-names עֲתָיָ֨ה בֶן־עֻזִּיָּ֜ה בֶּן־זְכַרְיָ֧ה בֶן־אֲמַרְיָ֛ה בֶּן־שְׁפַטְיָ֥ה בֶן־מַהֲלַלְאֵ֖ל 1 из потомков Фареса "от потомков Фареса" NEH 11 4 l727 figs-explicit עֲתָיָ֨ה 1 The implication is that Athaiah was one of the leaders of the people from the tribe of Judah who lived in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Their leader, Athaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 11 4 vx6k figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵי־פָֽרֶץ 1 **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “one of the descendants of Perez” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 11 5 ml8b translate-names וּמַעֲשֵׂיָ֣ה בֶן־בָּר֣וּךְ בֶּן־כָּל־חֹ֠זֶה בֶּן־חֲזָיָ֨ה בֶן־עֲדָיָ֧ה בֶן־יוֹיָרִ֛יב בֶּן־זְכַרְיָ֖ה 1 Связующее утверждение: В этих стихах Нехемия продолжает перечислять провинциальных чиновников, которые жили в Иерусалиме. NEH 11 5 h1c3 figs-explicit וּמַעֲשֵׂיָ֣ה 1 Маасей ... Варух ... Колхозей ... Хазаия ... Адаия ... Иоиарив ... Захария Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 5 dxb8 figs-metaphor בֶּן־הַשִּׁלֹנִֽי 1 Шилония Это относится к человеку, который происходит из города Шилох. NEH 11 6 h1c5 כָּל־בְּנֵי־פֶ֕רֶץ הַיֹּשְׁבִ֖ים בִּירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֛וֹת שִׁשִּׁ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָ֖ה אַנְשֵׁי־חָֽיִל 1 Фарес Это имя человека. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 6 y8t2 figs-metaphor בְּנֵי־פֶ֕רֶץ הַיֹּשְׁבִ֖ים בִּירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 Всех ... было 468 "Всех ... было четыреста шестьдесят восемь." У Фареса было 468 потомков, которые жили в Иерусалиме. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 11 6 ej3g figs-abstractnouns אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֛וֹת שִׁשִּׁ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָ֖ה אַנְשֵׁי־חָֽיִל 1 достойные люди "Они были мужественными людьми" или "Они были доблестными людьми" NEH 11 6 hcr6 translate-numbers אַרְבַּ֥ע מֵא֛וֹת שִׁשִּׁ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָ֖ה 1 Alternate translation: “four hundred and sixty-eight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 11 7 m8mp figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֣י בִנְיָמִ֑ן 1 Связующее утверждение: В этих стихах Нехемия продолжает перечислять провинциальных чиновников, которые жили в Иерусалиме. NEH 11 7 md67 figs-ellipsis בְּנֵ֣י בִנְיָמִ֑ן 1 А вот потомки "Вот некоторые из потомков." На вашем языке возможно может потребоваться указать, что это не каждый потомок из списка. NEH 11 7 w8c5 translate-names סַלֻּ֡א בֶּן־מְשֻׁלָּ֡ם בֶּן־יוֹעֵ֡ד בֶּן־פְּדָיָה֩ בֶן־ק֨וֹלָיָ֧ה בֶן־מַעֲשֵׂיָ֛ה בֶּן־אִֽיתִיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־יְשַֽׁעְיָֽה 1 Вениамин ... Саллу ... Мешуллам ... Иоед ... Федаия ... Колаия ... Маасея ... Ифиил ... Исаия Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 7 h1c7 figs-explicit סַלֻּ֡א 1 The implication is that Sallu was one of the leaders of the people from the tribe of Benjamin who lived in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “Their main leader was Sallu” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 11 8 h1c9 figs-metaphor וְאַחֲרָ֖יו גַּבַּ֣י סַלָּ֑י 1 Габбай ... Саллай Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 8 bzh9 translate-names גַּבַּ֣י סַלָּ֑י 1 928 человек "девятьсот двадцать восемь человек." (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 11 8 h1d1 figs-ellipsis תְּשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָֽה 1 As in [11:6](../11/06.md), the number given represents the total number of men from this tribe who were able to use weapons and fight to defend the city if necessary. The list is speaking in abbreviated form here. Alternate translation: “The total number of the men from the tribe of Benjamin living in Jerusalem who were able to fight in the army was 928.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 11 8 z37g translate-numbers תְּשַׁ֥ע מֵא֖וֹת עֶשְׂרִ֥ים וּשְׁמֹנָֽה 1 Alternate translation: “nine hundred and twenty-eight men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 11 9 z3xl translate-names וְיוֹאֵ֥ל בֶּן־זִכְרִ֖י 1 Иоиль ... Зихри ... Иуда ... Сенуя Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 9 h1d3 translate-unknown פָּקִ֣יד עֲלֵיהֶ֑ם 1 This means that when these men from the tribe of Benjamin formed a fighting unit, Joel was their commander. Alternate translation: “the commander of the troops from the tribe of Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 11 9 h1d5 translate-names וִיהוּדָ֧ה בֶן־הַסְּנוּאָ֛ה 1 Judah is the name of a man, and Hassenuah is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 9 h1d7 figs-metonymy עַל־הָעִ֖יר מִשְׁנֶֽה 1 This phrase could mean a number of things. (1) Since this list does not name the person who was first in charge of the city, and it also does not describe other parts of the city and who was responsible for them, this phrase most likely means that Judah was second in command, after Joel, over the forces that would be formed from men living in the city. If that is the meaning, then the list is describing these troops figuratively by reference to something associated with them, the city they would come from. (2) However, it could mean that Judah was something like the deputy mayor of the whole city. (3) It could also mean that Judah was responsible for one part of the city. Alternate translation: “second in command over troops from the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 11 10 h1d9 figs-explicit מִן־הַֽכֹּהֲנִ֑ים 1 Иедаия ... Иоиарив ... Иахин Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 10 ft7m translate-names יְדַֽעְיָ֥ה בֶן־יוֹיָרִ֖יב 1 Jedaiah is the name of a man, and Joiarib is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 10 h1e1 translate-names יָכִֽין 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 11 d8ph translate-names שְׂרָיָ֨ה בֶן־חִלְקִיָּ֜ה בֶּן־מְשֻׁלָּ֣ם בֶּן־צָד֗וֹק בֶּן־מְרָיוֹת֙ בֶּן־אֲחִיט֔וּב 1 Сераия ... Хелкия ... Мешуллам ... Садок Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 11 h1e3 writing-background נְגִ֖ד בֵּ֥ית הָאֱלֹהִֽים 1 This is background information that helps identify Seraiah further. Alternate translation: “the priest in charge of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) NEH 11 11 h1e5 figs-metaphor בֵּ֥ית הָאֱלֹהִֽים 1 Here the list speaks of the temple figuratively as the **house of God** as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 11 12 j7vp וַאֲחֵיהֶ֗ם עֹשֵׂ֤י הַמְּלָאכָה֙ לַבַּ֔יִת שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת עֶשְׂרִ֣ים וּשְׁנָ֑יִם 1 Адаия ... Иерохам ... Фелалия ... Амция ... Захария ... Пашхур ... Малхия Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 12 nl7h figs-metaphor וַאֲחֵיהֶ֗ם 1 их братья "их родственники" NEH 11 12 z6pc figs-ellipsis עֹשֵׂ֤י הַמְּלָאכָה֙ לַבַּ֔יִת 1 делающие работу в Божьем доме "кто работал в храме." "Дом", упомянутый здесь, - это "дом Божий", упомянутый в предыдущем стихе. NEH 11 12 kq8y translate-numbers שְׁמֹנֶ֥ה מֵא֖וֹת עֶשְׂרִ֣ים וּשְׁנָ֑יִם 1 822 человека "восемьсот двадцать два человека" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 11 12 h1e7 figs-explicit וַ֠עֲדָיָה 1 The implication is that Adaiah was another leader of the priests who settled in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Another leader of the priests who settled in Jerusalem was Adaiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 11 12 h1e9 translate-names וַ֠עֲדָיָה בֶּן־יְרֹחָ֤ם בֶּן־פְּלַלְיָה֙ בֶּן־אַמְצִ֣י בֶן־זְכַרְיָ֔ה בֶּן־פַּשְׁח֖וּר בֶּן־מַלְכִּיָּֽה 1 These are the names of seven men. In this context, **son** means literally that the next man named is the father of the man just named. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 13 wd9q figs-metaphor וְאֶחָיו֙ רָאשִׁ֣ים לְאָב֔וֹת 1 его братья братья Адаия, сына Иерохама ([Nehemiah 11:12](../11/12.md)). NEH 11 13 u4gn figs-ellipsis רָאשִׁ֣ים לְאָב֔וֹת 1 братья Это слово является метафорой для 1) израильтян соотечественников или 2) людей, которые проделали ту же самую работу. Альтернативный перевод: "партнёры" или "коллеги" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 11 13 h1f1 figs-metaphor רָאשִׁ֣ים 1 242 человека "двести сорок два человека" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 11 13 h1f3 figs-explicit מָאתַ֖יִם אַרְבָּעִ֣ים וּשְׁנָ֑יִם 1 Амашсай ... Азариил ... Ахзая ... Мешиллемоф ... Иммер Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 13 gd6g translate-numbers מָאתַ֖יִם אַרְבָּעִ֣ים וּשְׁנָ֑יִם 1 “two hundred and forty-two men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 11 13 h1f5 figs-explicit וַעֲמַשְׁסַ֧י 1 The implication is that Amashsai was another leader of the priests who settled in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Another leader of the priests who settled in Jerusalem was Amashsai” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 11 13 l51b translate-names וַעֲמַשְׁסַ֧י בֶּן־עֲזַרְאֵ֛ל בֶּן־אַחְזַ֥י בֶּן־מְשִׁלֵּמ֖וֹת בֶּן־אִמֵּֽר 1 These are the names of five men. In this context, “son” means literally that the next man named is the father of the man just named. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 14 jrq7 figs-explicit וַאֲחֵיהֶם֙ גִּבּ֣וֹרֵי חַ֔יִל מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֣ים וּשְׁמֹנָ֑ה 1 Завдиил ... Гагедолима Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 14 h1f7 figs-metaphor וַאֲחֵיהֶם֙ 1 128 достойных людей "сто двадцать восемь достойных людей." Это были "доблестные воины" или "мужественные воины." (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 11 14 h1f9 figs-abstractnouns גִּבּ֣וֹרֵי חַ֔יִל 1 In this context, the abstract noun **strength** likely refers to the way these men were physically capable of doing the required work in the temple. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind it with an adjective such as “capable.” Alternate translation: “men who were capable of working in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 11 14 p9qw translate-numbers מֵאָ֖ה עֶשְׂרִ֣ים וּשְׁמֹנָ֑ה 1 Alternate translation: “one hundred and twenty-eight” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 11 14 h1g1 figs-explicit וּפָקִ֣יד עֲלֵיהֶ֔ם 1 This appears to mean that while Amashsai was responsible overall for this group of priests, Zabdiel supervised their day-to-day work. Alternate translation: “Zabdiel was their supervisor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 11 14 h1g3 translate-names זַבְדִּיאֵ֖ל בֶּן־הַגְּדוֹלִֽים 1 Zabdiel is the name of a man, and Haggedolim is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 15 h1g5 figs-explicit וּמִֽן־הַלְוִיִּ֑ם 1 Шемаия ... Хашшува ... Азрикам ... Хашавия ... Вунния Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 15 f71n translate-names שְׁמַעְיָ֧ה בֶן־חַשּׁ֛וּב בֶּן־עַזְרִיקָ֥ם בֶּן־חֲשַׁבְיָ֖ה בֶּן־בּוּנִּֽי 1 These are the names of five men. In this context, **son** means literally that the next man named is the father of the man just named. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 16 q6zj translate-names וְשַׁבְּתַ֨י וְיוֹזָבָ֜ד 1 Шавфай ... Иозавад Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 16 if3q figs-metaphor מֵרָאשֵׁ֖י הַלְוִיִּֽם 1 из глав левитов по делам Божьего дома за его пределами "главы левитов, которые были ответственны" NEH 11 16 h1g7 figs-metaphor עַל־הַמְּלָאכָ֤ה הַחִֽיצֹנָה֙ לְבֵ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 Here the list speaks of the temple figuratively as the **house of God** as if it were God’s dwelling place. **Outside** refers to all of the duties that Levites had that did not involve working inside the temple itself. (For example, collecting offerings, as described in [10:37–38](../10/37.md).) Alternate translation: “supervised all the work that the Levites did outside the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 11 17 ix77 translate-names וּמַתַּנְיָ֣ה בֶן־מִ֠יכָה בֶּן־זַבְדִּ֨י בֶן־אָסָ֜ף 1 Матфания ... Миха ... Завдия ... Асаф ... Бакбукия ... Авда ... Шаммуа ... Галал ... Идифун Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 17 h1g9 figs-explicit וּמַתַּנְיָ֣ה 1 начинающий хвалу при молитве Тот кто руководил певцами. NEH 11 17 sm9t figs-metaphor רֹ֗אשׁ הַתְּחִלָּה֙ יְהוֹדֶ֣ה לַתְּפִלָּ֔ה 1 Бакбукия, второй из его братьев Возможные значения: 1) Бакбукия был родственником Матфании и вторым по авторитету после Матфании или 2) "Бакбукия, который руководил второй группой певцов." NEH 11 17 h1h1 figs-metonymy רֹ֗אשׁ הַתְּחִלָּה֙ 1 братья Другое возможное значение "партнеры" или "коллеги." NEH 11 17 h1h3 figs-metonymy יְהוֹדֶ֣ה לַתְּפִלָּ֔ה 1 Here the book is describing the choir figuratively by reference to one kind of thing it was associated with, the prayers of thanksgiving that it sang. Alternate translation: “of the choir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 11 17 h1h5 figs-synecdoche יְהוֹדֶ֣ה לַתְּפִלָּ֔ה 1 While the list says that Mattaniah offered this prayer really, the whole choir did so with him as its director. The list is referring to the entire choir figuratively by the name of one member, Mattaniah. Alternate translation: “of the choir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 11 17 h1h7 figs-explicit וּבַקְבֻּקְיָ֖ה…וְעַבְדָּא֙ 1 The implication is that Bakbukiah and Abda were further leaders of the Levites who settled in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “Two other leaders of the priests who settled in Jerusalem were” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 11 17 djg7 translate-names וּבַקְבֻּקְיָ֖ה 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 17 h1h9 figs-metaphor מִשְׁנֶ֣ה מֵאֶחָ֑יו 1 Here, **brother** likely refers figuratively to the other the Levites in this division. The expression means that Bakbukiah was another leader who assisted Mattaniah with the Levite choir. It could also possibly mean that he directed a second group of singers. Alternate translation: “who assisted Mattaniah with the Levite choir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 11 17 dy1v translate-ordinal מִשְׁנֶ֣ה 1 Alternate translation: “the next in command” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NEH 11 17 h1i1 translate-names וְעַבְדָּא֙ בֶּן־שַׁמּ֔וּעַ בֶּן־גָּלָ֖ל בֶּן־יְדוּתֽוּן 1 These are the names of four men. In this context, **son** means literally that the next man named is the father of the man just named. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 18 h1i3 כָּל־הַלְוִיִּם֙ בְּעִ֣יר הַקֹּ֔דֶשׁ מָאתַ֖יִם שְׁמֹנִ֥ים וְאַרְבָּעָֽה 1 святой город Это выражение относится к городу Иерусалиму. NEH 11 18 di19 figs-distinguish בְּעִ֣יר הַקֹּ֔דֶשׁ 1 284 "двести восемьдесят четыре." В Иерусалиме было 284 левита. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 11 18 hk8i translate-numbers מָאתַ֖יִם שְׁמֹנִ֥ים וְאַרְבָּעָֽה 1 Alternate translation: “two hundred and eighty-four” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 11 19 i92r figs-explicit וְהַשּֽׁוֹעֲרִים֙ 1 Стражники ворот люди, поставленные рядом с каждыми воротами, ответственны за контроль доступа в город или храм, а также за открытие и закрытие ворот по причинам, установленным управляющими. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Nehemiah 7:1](../07/01.md). NEH 11 19 h1i5 translate-unknown וְהַשּֽׁוֹעֲרִים֙ 1 Аккув ... Талмон Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 19 j7b3 translate-names עַקּ֣וּב טַלְמ֔וֹן 1 172 человека "сто семьдесят два человека" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 11 19 h1i7 figs-ellipsis וַאֲחֵיהֶ֖ם הַשֹּׁמְרִ֣ים בַּשְּׁעָרִ֑ים מֵאָ֖ה שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם 1 The list is speaking in abbreviated form here. Alternate translation: “These leaders and their fellow gatekeepers amounted to a total of 172 gatekeepers who settled in Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 11 19 h1i9 figs-metaphor וַאֲחֵיהֶ֖ם הַשֹּׁמְרִ֣ים בַּשְּׁעָרִ֑ים 1 Here, in context, **brother** seems to be a figurative way of saying “fellow gatekeepers,” although it is possible that some of the biological brothers of Akkub and Talmon were included in this group. Alternate translation: “their fellow gatekeepers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 11 19 kaz4 translate-numbers מֵאָ֖ה שִׁבְעִ֥ים וּשְׁנָֽיִם 1 Alternate translation: “one hundred and seventy-two men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-numbers]]) NEH 11 20 h1j1 figs-metonymy וּשְׁאָ֨ר יִשְׂרָאֵ֜ל 1 Общая информация: Коментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. NEH 11 20 h1j3 figs-idiom בְּכָל־עָרֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה אִ֖ישׁ בְּנַחֲלָתֽוֹ 1 In this context, **a man** means “each person,” and as in [11:3](../11/03.md), it may be understood to indicate “each family.” Alternate translation: “continued to live in all the other cities of Judah, each family on its own ancestral land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 11 20 h1j5 figs-abstractnouns אִ֖ישׁ בְּנַחֲלָתֽוֹ 1 The abstract noun **inheritance** refers to the land that was passed down through the generations in each Israelite family. The Levites did not have territory of their own, but they had some towns and surrounding pasturelands as their property. Alternate translation: “each family on its own ancestral land” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 11 21 jh1j translate-unknown וְהַנְּתִינִ֖ים 1 Циха ... Гишфа Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 21 vct4 translate-unknown בָּעֹ֑פֶל 1 Офел Это название места. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 21 eu4g translate-names וְצִיחָ֥א וְגִשְׁפָּ֖א 1 These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 21 h1j9 figs-metaphor עַל־הַנְּתִינִֽים 1 This is a figurative way of saying that Ziha and Gishpa were the leaders of this group. Alternate translation: “were the leaders of the temple servants” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 11 22 l3ba וּפְקִ֤יד הַלְוִיִּם֙ בִּיר֣וּשָׁלִַ֔ם 1 Начальником над "Надзиратель" NEH 11 22 rr5e translate-names עֻזִּ֤י בֶן־בָּנִי֙ בֶּן־חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה בֶּן־מַתַּנְיָ֖ה בֶּן־מִיכָ֑א 1 Уззий ... Вания ... Хашавия ... Матфания ... Миха ... Асаф Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 22 h1k1 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֤י אָסָף֙ 1 **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “who were descendants of Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 11 22 h1k3 figs-distinguish הַמְשֹׁ֣רְרִ֔ים 1 Here the list supplies some background information that reminds readers what the Levites in the temple were primarily responsible for. Alternate translation: “and who performed music” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) NEH 11 22 h1k5 figs-metaphor לְנֶ֖גֶד מְלֶ֥אכֶת בֵּית־הָאֱלֹהִֽים 1 Here the list speaks of the temple figuratively as the **house of God** as if it were God’s dwelling place. By contrast with the Levites described in [11:16](../11/16.md), these Levites were responsible for all the duties that had to be performed inside the temple itself. Alternate translation: “who were responsible for the work that was done inside the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 11 23 h1k7 writing-background כִּֽי 1 по повелению царя "Царь сказал им, что делать" NEH 11 23 km8l figs-personification מִצְוַ֥ת הַמֶּ֖לֶךְ עֲלֵיהֶ֑ם 1 для певцов была предписана определённая обязанность Это можно перевести в активную форму. Альтернативный перевод: "царь сказал им конкретно, что делать относительно певцов" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 11 23 a9fz figs-abstractnouns וַאֲמָנָ֥ה עַל־הַמְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים 1 The abstract noun **support** refers to an order that the king had given for his own kingdom to pay for the costs of worship in the temple. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the same idea with a verb such as “subsidize.” Alternate translation: “to subsidize the expenses of the Levite singers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 11 23 h1k9 figs-idiom דְּבַר־י֥וֹם בְּיוֹמֽוֹ 1 This is an idiom that means “as each day required.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 11 24 aee9 translate-names וּפְתַֽחְיָ֨ה בֶּן־מְשֵֽׁיזַבְאֵ֜ל 1 Петахия ... Мешезавел ... Зара ... Иуда Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 24 h1l1 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵי־זֶ֤רַח 1 доверенным от царя по всем делам, касающимся народа "на стороне персидского царя в качестве советника по всем вопросам, касающимся еврейского народа" NEH 11 24 h1l3 translate-names זֶ֤רַח בֶּן־יְהוּדָה֙ 1 Zerah is the name of a man, and Judah is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 24 h1l5 figs-metonymy לְיַ֣ד הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Here, **hand** figuratively means side.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 11 24 h1l7 figs-metonymy לְיַ֣ד הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 The list is figuratively describing Zerah as the king’s advisor by reference to something associated with that role, the place that he would usually occupy next to the king. Alternate translation: “was an advisor to the king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 11 24 dqa4 figs-explicit לְכָל־דָּבָ֖ר לָעָֽם 1 **People** here means the Jewish people. Alternate translation: “for all matters concerning the Jewish people” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 11 25 h1l9 וְאֶל 1 Кириаф-Арба ... Дивон ... Иекавцеил Это названия мест. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 25 h1m1 figs-metaphor הַחֲצֵרִ֖ים בִּשְׂדֹתָ֑ם 1 This refers to settlements and the adjacent agricultural land. It is as if the villages are **in** the fields because the fields surround the villages. Alternate translation: “the towns where there was farmland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 11 25 h1m3 figs-explicit הַחֲצֵרִ֖ים בִּשְׂדֹתָ֑ם 1 The implication is that these are the places where people lived who did not settle in Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “the towns outside Jerusalem where there was farmland” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 11 25 h1m5 figs-metaphor מִבְּנֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” Alternate translation: “some of the descendants of Judah” or “some of the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 11 25 rg1f translate-names בְּקִרְיַ֤ת הָֽאַרְבַּע֙…וּבְדִיבֹן֙…וּבִֽיקַּבְצְאֵ֖ל 1 These are the names of three towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 25 h1m7 figs-metaphor בְּקִרְיַ֤ת הָֽאַרְבַּע֙ וּבְנֹתֶ֔יהָ וּבְדִיבֹן֙ וּבְנֹתֶ֔יהָ וּבִֽיקַּבְצְאֵ֖ל וַחֲצֵרֶֽיהָ 1 In this context, referring to the **daughters** of a town is a figurative way of describing the small communities that have grown up around it. (These communities were likely started by people from the town, and they depended on the town the way a child depends on a parent.) Here and in verses [27](../11/27.md), [28](../11/28.md), [30](../11/30.md), and [31](../11/31.md), use whatever term would convey this concept most clearly in your language. But be careful to distinguish between this term and the one that is used generally for the places in this part of the list. For example, if you translate “daughters” as “villages,” then use a word like “town” for the places named on the list and other places that the list describes with the same word. Alternate translation: “in Kiriath Arba and its villages, in Dibon and its villages, and in Jekabzeel and the surrounding towns.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 11 26 d9f4 translate-names וּבְיֵשׁ֥וּעַ וּבְמוֹלָדָ֖ה וּבְבֵ֥ית פָּֽלֶט 1 Иешуа ... Молада ... Беф-Палет Это названия мест. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 27 nu5z translate-names וּבַחֲצַ֥ר שׁוּעָ֛ל וּבִבְאֵ֥ר שֶׁ֖בַע 1 Хацар-Шуал ... Вирсавия Это названия мест. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 28 dl5v translate-names וּבְצִֽקְלַ֥ג וּבִמְכֹנָ֖ה 1 Секелаг ... Мехон Это названия мест. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 29 t41a translate-names וּבְעֵ֥ין רִמּ֛וֹן וּבְצָרְעָ֖ה וּבְיַרְמֽוּת 1 Ен-Риммон ... Цор ... Иармуф Это названия мест. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 30 vn2z translate-names זָנֹ֤חַ עֲדֻלָּם֙ וְחַצְרֵיהֶ֔ם לָכִישׁ֙ וּשְׂדֹתֶ֔יהָ עֲזֵקָ֖ה וּבְנֹתֶ֑יהָ 1 аноах ... Одоллам ... Лахис ... Азека ... Вирсавия ... долина Енном Это названия мест. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 30 h1m9 figs-metaphor וַיַּחֲנ֥וּ מִבְּאֵֽר־שֶׁ֖בַע עַד־גֵּֽיא־הִנֹּֽם 1 Они расположились "они" относится к народу Иудеи. NEH 11 30 mzq1 grammar-connect-logic-result וַיַּחֲנ֥וּ 1 This phrase indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentences have described. If the people from the tribe of Judah lived in all these towns, then they were spread out over the whole area that the next phrase indicates. Alternate translation: “and so” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) NEH 11 30 h1n1 figs-explicit וַיַּחֲנ֥וּ 1 **They** refers to the people of Judah, looking back to the start of this part of the list in [11:25](../11/25.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 11 31 h1n3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּבְנֵ֥י 1 Потомки Вениамина, начиная от Гевы, в Михмасе, Гае "Жители Вениамина жили в Гебе, Михмасе и Гайе" NEH 11 31 n61t figs-metaphor וּבְנֵ֥י בִנְיָמִ֖ן 1 Гева ... Михмас ... Гая ... Вефиль Это названия мест. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 31 h1n5 figs-ellipsis מִגָּ֑בַע 1 Гая Возможно, это еще одно название города Ай. NEH 11 31 uha3 translate-names מִגָּ֑בַע מִכְמָ֣שׂ וְעַיָּ֔ה וּבֵֽית־אֵ֖ל 1 These are the names of four towns. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 31 lm1q figs-metaphor וּבֵֽית־אֵ֖ל וּבְנֹתֶֽיהָ 1 As in [11:25](../11/25.md) (and also in verses [27](../11/27.md), [28](../11/28.md), [30](../11/30.md), and [31](../11/31.d)), **daughters** is a figurative way of speaking of the small communities that grow up around a town. Review the note to [11:25](../11/25.md) if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “Bethel and its villages” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 11 32 ucv8 translate-names עֲנָת֥וֹת נֹ֖ב עֲנָֽנְיָֽה 1 Анафоф, Нов, Анания Это названия мест. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 33 jwf8 translate-names חָצ֥וֹר ׀ רָמָ֖ה גִּתָּֽיִם 1 Гацор, Рама, Гиффаим Это названия мест. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 34 e1ls translate-names חָדִ֥יד צְבֹעִ֖ים נְבַלָּֽט 1 Хадид, Цевоим, Неваллат Это названия мест. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 35 h1n7 translate-names לֹ֥ד וְאוֹנ֖וֹ 1 долина Харашим Возможные значения: 1) это описание Оно или 2) это "долина ремесленников" или " другое имя для Оно или 3) это отличное место от Оно, "и от долины ремесленников." (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 11 35 h1n9 figs-distinguish גֵּ֥י הַחֲרָשִֽׁים 1 Here the list supplies some background information that reminds readers what the town of Ono was known for. It was a center for craftsmen. Alternate translation: “which was a center for craftsmen” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) NEH 11 36 h1o1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּמִן 1 левиты имели свои жилища в участках Иуды и Вениамина Не ясно, кто поручил этим левитам жить с народом Вениаминовым. Альтернативный перевод: "Они назначили некоторых левитов, которые жили в Иудее, чтобы служить народу Вениамина." или "Чиновники назначили некоторых левитов, которые жили в Иудее, чтобы служить народу Вениамина." (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 11 36 h1o3 figs-ellipsis וּמִן־הַלְוִיִּ֔ם מַחְלְק֥וֹת יְהוּדָ֖ה לְבִנְיָמִֽין 1 Here the list is leaving out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning seems to be that certain sections of the Levite community that had previously lived in the territory that had belonged to the tribe of Judah went to live in the territory that had belonged to the tribe of Benjamin rather than returning to their former homeland. Alternate translation: “some of the Levites whose families had lived in the territory of Judah now went to live in the territory of Benjamin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 11 36 y212 figs-explicit וּמִן־הַלְוִיִּ֔ם מַחְלְק֥וֹת יְהוּדָ֖ה לְבִנְיָמִֽין 1 The book does not say explicitly why these Levites moved to a different area. However, one reasonable inference in light of the overall themes of the book of Nehemiah is that they did this so that there would be people throughout the entire area where the Israelites were living who could explain the law to them. If that would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “some of the Levites whose families had lived in the territory of Judah now went to live in the territory of Benjamin so that they could teach God’s law to the people living there” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 12 intro xmt3 0 # Неемия 12 Общие сведения #<br><br>#### Особые темы в этой главе ####<br><br>##### Освящение стены #####<br><br>На древнем Ближнем Востоке было обычным делом посвящать важное строенеи богу. Когда было завершено строительсво, стена была посвящена Господу. длинные списки людей, указывающие на то, что "все" кто присутствовал при этом событии восхваляли Господа. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/falsegod]])<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Nehemiah 12:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../11/intro.md) | [>>](../13/intro.md)__ NEH 12 1 i1a1 וְאֵ֨לֶּה֙ הַכֹּהֲנִ֣ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֔ם אֲשֶׁ֥ר עָל֛וּ עִם־זְרֻבָּבֶ֥ל בֶּן־שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵ֖ל וְיֵשׁ֑וּעַ 1 которые пришли "кто прибыл из Вавилона" NEH 12 1 ixs5 figs-idiom עָל֛וּ 1 с Зоровавелем "под руководством Зоровавеля" NEH 12 1 b4x7 figs-explicit עִם־זְרֻבָּבֶ֥ל בֶּן־שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵ֖ל 1 Зоровавел ... Салафиил ... Иисус ... Сераия ... Иеремия ... Ездра Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 1 i1a3 translate-names עִם־זְרֻבָּבֶ֥ל בֶּן־שְׁאַלְתִּיאֵ֖ל 1 Иисус Первоначальные читатели поняли бы, что Иисус был первосвященником. Альтернативный перевод: "Иисус первосвященник" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 12 1 myj6 figs-explicit וְיֵשׁ֑וּעַ 1 Jeshua This was the other leader of the first group of Jews who returned to the province of Judah. While Zerubbabel was the governor and civil authority, Joshua was the high priest and religious authority. Alternate translation: “and under the leadership of Joshua the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 12 1 b8ry figs-explicit שְׂרָיָ֥ה יִרְמְיָ֖ה עֶזְרָֽא 1 The list now names the priests who returned to Judah in this first group. Alternate translation: “The priests were:” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 12 1 cd2t translate-names שְׂרָיָ֥ה יִרְמְיָ֖ה עֶזְרָֽא 1 These are names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 2 p4ml translate-names אֲמַרְיָ֥ה מַלּ֖וּךְ חַטּֽוּשׁ 1 Амария ... Маллух ... Хаттуш Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 3 gwk1 translate-names שְׁכַנְיָ֥ה רְחֻ֖ם מְרֵמֹֽת 1 Шехания ... Рехум ... Меремоф Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 4 qt5n translate-names עִדּ֥וֹא גִנְּת֖וֹי אֲבִיָּֽה 1 Связующее утверждение: Список, который начался в [Nehemiah 12:1](../12/01.md) продолжается. NEH 12 4 7338 Иддо ... Гиннефой ... Авия Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 5 x3ri translate-names מִיָּמִ֥ין מַֽעַדְיָ֖ה בִּלְגָּֽה 1 Миямин ... Маадия ... Вилга Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 6 udm2 translate-names שְׁמַֽעְיָ֥ה וְיוֹיָרִ֖יב יְדַֽעְיָֽה 1 Шемаия ... Иоиарив ... Иедаия Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 7 g43p translate-names סַלּ֣וּ עָמ֔וֹק חִלְקִיָּ֖ה יְדַֽעְיָ֑ה 1 Саллу ... Амок ... Хелкия ... Иедаия ... Иисус Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 7 i1a5 figs-distinguish אֵ֣לֶּה רָאשֵׁ֧י הַכֹּהֲנִ֛ים וַאֲחֵיהֶ֖ם בִּימֵ֥י יֵשֽׁוּעַ 1 This is a summary statement about the 22 men who have just been named. Alternate translation: “These men were the leaders of the priests in their own divisions while Joshua was the high priest.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) NEH 12 7 i1a7 figs-metaphor רָאשֵׁ֧י הַכֹּהֲנִ֛ים וַאֲחֵיהֶ֖ם 1 **Head** here is a figurative way of saying “leader.” Alternate translation: “the leaders of the priests in their own divisions” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 12 7 i1a9 figs-metaphor רָאשֵׁ֧י הַכֹּהֲנִ֛ים וַאֲחֵיהֶ֖ם 1 In this context, **and** means “that is,” so the full expression means, “the leaders of the priests, that is, the ones who were their ‘brothers.’” **Brother** itself is a figurative way of saying “fellow priests,” and in this context specifically means “the priests in their own divisions.” (King David had divided the priests into divisions so that they could rotate their responsibilities, and the Israelites reconstituted these divisions after the exile.) It is possible that some of the people in each division were the biological brothers of the leaders named, since the divisions were created based on close kinship ties, but the word “brother” is essentially figurative. Alternate translation: “their fellow priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 12 7 i1b1 figs-idiom בִּימֵ֥י יֵשֽׁוּעַ 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “in the time of Joshua” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 12 8 i1b3 figs-ellipsis וְהַלְוִיִּ֗ם 1 Иисус, Биннуй, Кадмиил, Шеревия, Иуда, Матфания Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 8 xy1h translate-names יֵשׁ֧וּעַ בִּנּ֛וּי קַדְמִיאֵ֥ל שֵׁרֵבְיָ֖ה יְהוּדָ֣ה מַתַּנְיָ֑ה 1 These are the names of six men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 8 i1b5 figs-metaphor עַֽל־הֻיְּד֖וֹת ה֥וּא וְאֶחָֽיו 1 **He** refers to Mattaniah. **Brothers** figuratively means “fellow Levite leaders.” Alternate translation: “Mattaniah and his fellow Levite leaders were responsible for directing the choir.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 12 8 i1b7 figs-metonymy עַֽל־הֻיְּד֖וֹת 1 As in [11:17](../11/17.md), here the book is describing the choir figuratively by reference to one kind of thing it was associated with, the songs of thanksgiving that it sang. Alternate translation: “directed the choir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 12 8 i1b9 figs-metaphor עַֽל־הֻיְּד֖וֹת 1 **Over** is a figurative way of saying that Mattaniah and his colleagues were responsible for this group. Alternate translation: “were responsible for directing the choir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 12 8 i1c1 figs-metonymy הֻיְּד֖וֹת 1 One responsibility of the Levite choir was to sing prayers of thanksgiving. But it sang many other things as well. Here the list is describing figuratively everything the choir sang by reference to one kind of thing it sang, prayers of thanksgiving. Alternate translation: “the choir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 12 9 nnn1 translate-names וּבַקְבֻּֽקְיָ֨ה וְעֻנִּ֧י 1 Бакбукия, Унний Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 9 i1c3 figs-metaphor אֲחֵיהֶ֛ם 1 стояли на службе напротив них Возможные значения: 1) это было во время богослужения, и это были две группы певцов или других поклонников, или 2) эти группы охраняли храм в разное время, или "по очереди охраняли храм." NEH 12 9 nhn4 figs-explicit לְנֶגְדָּ֖ם לְמִשְׁמָרֽוֹת 1 This phrase could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean that Mattaniah and his associates directed one choir, and Bakbukiah and Unni directed a second choir that stood opposite to this first one and sang responses to what it sang. (2) It could mean that Bakbukiah and Unni took turns with Mattaniah and his associates in assuming the responsibilities of directing a single Levite choir. Alternate translation: “led a second choir that sang responses” or “took turns with them directing the Levite choir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 12 10 ri33 figs-ellipsis וְיֵשׁ֖וּעַ הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת־יֽוֹיָקִ֑ים וְיֽוֹיָקִים֙ הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת־אֶלְיָשִׁ֔יב וְאֶלְיָשִׁ֖יב אֶת־יוֹיָדָֽע 1 Иисус ... Иоаким ... Елиашива ... Иоиада Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 10 xd69 וְיֵשׁ֖וּעַ הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת־יֽוֹיָקִ֑ים וְיֽוֹיָקִים֙ הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת־אֶלְיָשִׁ֔יב וְאֶלְיָשִׁ֖יב אֶת־יוֹיָדָֽע 1 Иисус был отцом Иоакима Это тот же самый Иисус, который встречается в [Nehemiah 12:1](../12/01.md). Первоначальные читатели поняли бы, что Иисус был первосвященником. Альтернативный перевод: "Иисус, первосвященник, был отцом Иоакима" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 12 10 i1c5 figs-explicit וְיֵשׁ֖וּעַ הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת־יֽוֹיָקִ֑ים וְיֽוֹיָקִים֙ הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת־אֶלְיָשִׁ֔יב וְאֶלְיָשִׁ֖יב אֶת־יוֹיָדָֽע 1 This is a record of the succession of the Jewish high priests for several generations beginning with Joshua, the high priest who accompanied the first group that returned to Judah from exile. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “When Joshua died, his son Joiakim succeeded him as high priest. When Joiakim died, his son Eliashib succeeded him as high priest. When Eliashib died, his son Joiada succeeded him as high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 12 11 a7yv וְיוֹיָדָע֙ הוֹלִ֣יד אֶת־יוֹנָתָ֔ן וְיוֹנָתָ֖ן הוֹלִ֥יד אֶת־יַדּֽוּעַ 1 Иоиад ... Ионафан ... Иаддуа Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 11 i1c7 translate-names וְיוֹיָדָע֙…יוֹנָתָ֔ן…יַדּֽוּעַ 1 These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 12 h3jl figs-ellipsis וּבִימֵי֙ יֽוֹיָקִ֔ים הָי֥וּ כֹהֲנִ֖ים רָאשֵׁ֣י הָאָב֑וֹת 1 Иоаким ... Мераия ... Ханания Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 12 pa3k figs-idiom וּבִימֵי֙ יֽוֹיָקִ֔ים 1 Сераия ... Иеремии Это имена родов, названных в честь людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 12 uae6 figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֣י הָאָב֑וֹת 1 This seems to be an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses.” The full expression “house of the father” or “father’s house” is used in [7:61](../07/61.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 12 12 l4u9 figs-metaphor רָאשֵׁ֣י 1 **Head** here is a figurative way of saying “leader.” Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 12 12 j9qv figs-ellipsis לִשְׂרָיָ֣ה מְרָיָ֔ה לְיִרְמְיָ֖ה חֲנַנְיָֽה 1 In this list the book continues to leave out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “Meraiah was the leader of the clan whose ancestor was Saraiah. Hananiah was the leader of the clan whose ancestor was Jeremiah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 12 12 vv32 translate-names יֽוֹיָקִ֔ים…לִשְׂרָיָ֣ה מְרָיָ֔ה לְיִרְמְיָ֖ה חֲנַנְיָֽה 1 These are the names of five men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 13 uwn8 לְעֶזְרָ֣א מְשֻׁלָּ֔ם לַאֲמַרְיָ֖ה יְהוֹחָנָֽן 1 Мешуллам ... Иоханан Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 13 hm77 translate-names לְעֶזְרָ֣א מְשֻׁלָּ֔ם לַאֲמַרְיָ֖ה יְהוֹחָנָֽן 1 Ездра ... Амариа Это имена родов, названных в честь людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 14 vig4 למלוכי יֽוֹנָתָ֔ן לִשְׁבַנְיָ֖ה יוֹסֵֽף 1 Ионафан ... Иосиф Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 14 tum7 translate-names למלוכי יֽוֹנָתָ֔ן לִשְׁבַנְיָ֖ה יוֹסֵֽף 1 Мелих ... Шеваниа Это имена родов, названных в честь людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 15 z68b לְחָרִ֣ם עַדְנָ֔א לִמְרָי֖וֹת חֶלְקָֽי 1 Связующее утверждение: Список, который начался в [Nehemiah 12:12](../12/12.md) продолжается. NEH 12 15 a64p translate-names לְחָרִ֣ם עַדְנָ֔א לִמְרָי֖וֹת חֶלְקָֽי 1 Адна ... Хелкия Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 15 08fe Харим ... Мераиоф Это имена родов, названных в честь людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 16 hb4y לְעִדּ֥וֹא זְכַרְיָ֖ה לְגִנְּת֥וֹן מְשֻׁלָּֽם 1 Захария ... Мешуллам Это имен людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 16 u64u translate-names לְעִדּ֥וֹא זְכַרְיָ֖ה לְגִנְּת֥וֹן מְשֻׁלָּֽם 1 Иддо ... Гиннефон Это имена родов, названных в честь людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 17 em6c לַאֲבִיָּ֖ה זִכְרִ֑י לְמִ֨נְיָמִ֔ין לְמוֹעַדְיָ֖ה פִּלְטָֽי 1 Зихрий ... Пилтай Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 17 e7rx translate-names לַאֲבִיָּ֖ה זִכְרִ֑י לְמִ֨נְיָמִ֔ין לְמוֹעַדְיָ֖ה פִּלְטָֽי 1 Авиа ... Миниамин ... Моадиа Это имена родов, названных в честь людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 17 7450 ... из рода Миниамина Люди, которые сделали копии еврейского текста по ошибке, не упомянули имя главы рода Миниаминов. Переводчики могут предоставить сноску, объясняющую это. ULB использует "..." чтобы показать, что имя главы рода отсутствует. Альтернативный перевод: "Кто-то был главой рода Миниаминов" NEH 12 18 zd3p לְבִלְגָּ֣ה שַׁמּ֔וּעַ לִֽשְׁמַעְיָ֖ה יְהוֹנָתָֽן 1 Шаммуй ... Ионафан Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 18 t8yy translate-names לְבִלְגָּ֣ה שַׁמּ֔וּעַ לִֽשְׁמַעְיָ֖ה יְהוֹנָתָֽן 1 Вилга ... Шемаиа Это имена родов, названных в честь людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 19 u373 וּלְיוֹיָרִ֣יב מַתְּנַ֔י לִֽידַֽעְיָ֖ה עֻזִּֽי 1 Мафнай ... Уззий Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 19 s8n3 translate-names וּלְיוֹיָרִ֣יב מַתְּנַ֔י לִֽידַֽעְיָ֖ה עֻזִּֽי 1 Иоиарив ... Иедаиа Это имена родов, названных в честь людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 20 y23c לְסַלַּ֥י קַלָּ֖י לְעָמ֥וֹק עֵֽבֶר 1 Каллай ... Евер Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 20 p8dg translate-names לְסַלַּ֥י קַלָּ֖י לְעָמ֥וֹק עֵֽבֶר 1 Саллай ... Амок Это имена родов, названных в честь людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 21 v16d לְחִלְקִיָּ֣ה חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה לִֽידַֽעְיָ֖ה נְתַנְאֵֽל 1 Хашавия ... Нафанаил Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 21 vwp6 translate-names לְחִלְקִיָּ֣ה חֲשַׁבְיָ֔ה לִֽידַֽעְיָ֖ה נְתַנְאֵֽל 1 Хелкиа ... Иедаи Это имена родов, названных в честь людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 22 i1c9 figs-ellipsis הַלְוִיִּם֩ בִּימֵ֨י אֶלְיָשִׁ֜יב יוֹיָדָ֤ע וְיוֹחָנָן֙ וְיַדּ֔וּעַ כְּתוּבִ֖ים רָאשֵׁ֣י אָב֑וֹת 1 Елиашив ... Иоиад, Иоханан ... Иаддуя Это имена людей (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 22 i1d1 figs-idiom בִּימֵ֨י אֶלְיָשִׁ֜יב יוֹיָדָ֤ע וְיוֹחָנָן֙ וְיַדּ֔וּעַ 1 во время персидского царя Дария Другое возможное значение "до тех пор пока царствовал Дарий" NEH 12 22 snj3 translate-names אֶלְיָשִׁ֜יב יוֹיָדָ֤ע וְיוֹחָנָן֙ וְיַדּ֔וּעַ 1 These are the names of four men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 22 i1d3 figs-activepassive כְּתוּבִ֖ים 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the Israelites kept records” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 12 22 i1d5 figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֣י אָב֑וֹת 1 This seems to be an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses.” The full expression “house of the father” or “father’s house” is used in [7:61](../07/61.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 12 22 i1d7 figs-metaphor רָאשֵׁ֣י 1 **Head** here is a figurative way of saying “leader.” Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 12 22 cr6d figs-ellipsis וְהַכֹּ֣הֲנִ֔ים עַל־מַלְכ֖וּת דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ הַפָּֽרְסִֽי 1 Here again the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. The meaning seems to be, “The Israelites also made records during the reign of Darius III of which priests were the heads of their clans” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 12 22 i1d9 figs-explicit דָּרְיָ֥וֶשׁ הַפָּֽרְסִֽי 1 The Persian king named Darius who reigned at the time of Jaddua, the last high priest mentioned in this verse, was Darius III Codomannus. The implication is therefore that the phrase “Darius the Persian” refers to him. (Since he reigned about a hundred years after Nehemiah lived, it is probable that scribes added this information to the book later on to bring it up to date.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could make this likely identification explicit. Alternate translation: “Darius III” or “Darius Codomannus” or “Darius III Codomannus” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 12 23 q9hz figs-activepassive בְּנֵ֤י לֵוִי֙ רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽאָב֔וֹת כְּתוּבִ֕ים 1 вписаны в хронологические записи Это может относиться к книге Паралипоменон. Книжники написали слова стихов приведённых выше в книгу в которую записывались события каждого дня. NEH 12 23 i1e1 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֤י לֵוִי֙ רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽאָב֔וֹת כְּתוּבִ֕ים 1 до дней Иоханана, сына Елиашива Записи в храме записаны только до Иоханана. NEH 12 23 i1e3 figs-ellipsis רָאשֵׁ֣י הָֽאָב֔וֹת 1 This seems to be an abbreviated way of saying “the heads of father’s houses.” The full expression “house of the father” or “father’s house” is used in [7:61](../07/61.md). See how you translated it there, and review the note there if that would be helpful. Alternate translation: “clan leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 12 23 i1e5 figs-metaphor רָאשֵׁ֣י 1 **Head** here is a figurative way of saying “leader.” Alternate translation: “leaders” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 12 23 i1e7 figs-idiom עַל־סֵ֖פֶר דִּבְרֵ֣י הַיָּמִ֑ים 1 This is an idiom that describes a regular record of the events. Alternate translation: “in their chronicles” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 12 23 d2rp figs-idiom וְעַד־יְמֵ֖י יֽוֹחָנָ֥ן 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer to a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “through the time when Johanan was the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 12 23 i1e9 translate-names יֽוֹחָנָ֥ן 1 **Johanan** is the name of a man. The context indicates that he was a Jewish high priest, and so he seems to be the same man who is called “Jonathan” in verse 11. If you think it would make things clearer for your readers, you could use the same name both here and in verse 11, either “Johanan” or “Jonathan” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 23 i1f1 figs-metaphor בֶּן־אֶלְיָשִֽׁיב 1 **Eliashib** is the name of a man. Verse [12:10](../12/10.md) shows that Johanan/Jonathan was not actually his son, but his grandson. So **son** here figuratively means “descendant.” Alternate translation: “the grandson of Eliashib” or “the descendant of Eliashib” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 12 24 kx4z figs-ellipsis וְרָאשֵׁ֣י הַ֠לְוִיִּם…לְהַלֵּ֣ל לְהוֹד֔וֹת 1 Хашавия, Шеревия, Иисус ... Кадмиил Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 24 d373 figs-metaphor וְרָאשֵׁ֣י הַ֠לְוִיִּם 1 для прославления при благодарениях, смена за сменой Это относится к тому, как они пели некоторые из своих песен поклонения. Лидер или одна из групп пела фразу, после чго одна или две другие группы, которые стояли напротив них, пели эту же фразу в ответ. NEH 12 24 i1f3 translate-names חֲשַׁבְיָ֨ה שֵֽׁרֵבְיָ֜ה 1 по повелению Давида Царь Давид повелел левитам, как они должны организовывать и вести поклонение. NEH 12 24 e1ls translate-names וְיֵשׁ֤וּעַ בֶּן־קַדְמִיאֵל֙ 1 Jeshua is the name of a man, and Kadmiel is the name of his father. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 24 i1f5 figs-explicit וַאֲחֵיהֶ֣ם לְנֶגְדָּ֔ם…מִשְׁמָ֖ר לְעֻמַּ֥ת מִשְׁמָֽר 1 As in [12:9](../12/09.md), this could mean one of two things. (1) It could mean that Hashabiah, Sherebiah, and Jeshua directed one choir, and other Levite leaders directed a second choir that stood opposite to this first one and sang responses to what it sang. (2) It could mean that other Levite leaders took turns with these three men in assuming the responsibilities of directing a single Levite choir. Alternate translation: “their fellow Levite leaders directed a second choir that sang responses” or “their fellow Levite leaders took turns with them directing the choir” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 12 24 i1f7 figs-metaphor וַאֲחֵיהֶ֣ם 1 **Brothers** here figuratively means **their fellow Levite leaders.** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 12 24 i1f9 לְהַלֵּ֣ל לְהוֹד֔וֹת 1 Alternate translation: “the choir that sang songs of praise and thanksgiving” NEH 12 24 j1a1 figs-distinguish בְּמִצְוַ֖ת דָּוִ֣יד אִישׁ־הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 Here the book offers some background information to remind readers of the character of David, who had been a great founding king of Israel. Alternate translation: “as King David, that godly man, had commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) NEH 12 25 p55l translate-names מַתַּנְיָ֧ה וּבַקְבֻּֽקְיָ֛ה עֹבַדְיָ֥ה מְשֻׁלָּ֖ם טַלְמ֣וֹן עַקּ֑וּב 1 Матфания, Бакбукия, Овадия, Мешуллам, Талмон, Аккув Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 25 j1a3 translate-unknown שֹׁמְרִ֤ים שֽׁוֹעֲרִים֙ מִשְׁמָ֔ר בַּאֲסֻפֵּ֖י הַשְּׁעָרִֽים 1 Since, in context, these men appear to have been Levites, the **gates** described are likely the gates of the temple. It seems that there were rooms above the temple gateways that were used as storehouses or treasuries, and these men were responsible for overseeing and protecting them. Alternate translation: “guarded the store rooms above the gateways to the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 12 26 j1a5 figs-ellipsis אֵ֕לֶּה 1 Иоаким ... Иисус ... Иоседек ... Неемия ... Ездра Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 26 j1a7 figs-idiom בִּימֵ֛י יוֹיָקִ֥ים 1 во времена Иоакима ... Иоседека, и во времена начальника областей Неемии, книжника и священника Ездры Дата была установлена путем перечисления тех, кто руководил иудеями в то время. "когда Иоаким ... Иоседек был первосвященником, и когда Неемия был правителем, а Ездра ... был книжником" NEH 12 26 wk2z translate-names יוֹיָקִ֥ים בֶּן־יֵשׁ֖וּעַ בֶּן־יוֹצָדָ֑ק 1 Joiakim is the name of a man, Joshua is the name of his father, and Jozadak is the name of his grandfather. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 26 k9bk figs-explicit וּבִימֵי֙ נְחֶמְיָ֣ה הַפֶּחָ֔ה 1 This would have been one generation later, since [3:1](../03/01.md) says that Eliashib was the high priest during the time of Nehemiah, and [12:10](../12/10.md) says that Eliashib was the son of Joiakim. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “and also in the next generation, during the time when Nehemiah was the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 12 26 j1a9 figs-idiom וּבִימֵי֙ נְחֶמְיָ֣ה הַפֶּחָ֔ה 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “and also during the time when Nehemiah was the governor” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 12 26 j1b1 figs-distinguish וְעֶזְרָ֥א הַכֹּהֵ֖ן הַסּוֹפֵֽר 1 Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “and he worked with Ezra, who was a priest and a scribe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) NEH 12 27 e63y grammar-connect-time-sequential וּבַחֲנֻכַּ֞ת חוֹמַ֣ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֗ם 1 На освящение иерусалимской стены Возможные значения 1) "В то время, когда они освятили стену Иерусалима" или 2) "Так чтобы освящение Иерусалимской стены могло иметь место." NEH 12 27 j1b3 figs-abstractnouns וּבַחֲנֻכַּ֞ת חוֹמַ֣ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֗ם 1 кимвалы две тонкие круглые металлические пластины, которые ударяются друг о друга, чтобы издать громкий звук (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 12 27 j1b5 translate-symaction וּבַחֲנֻכַּ֞ת חוֹמַ֣ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֗ם 1 Dedicating the wall was a symbolic way of dedicating, or rather rededicating, the entire city to the special purpose that God had chosen it for. The rebuilt wall now defined Jerusalem once again as a distinct place, the place from which God had chosen to start making himself famous throughout the world. Alternate translation: “to set apart the wall of Jerusalem for a special purpose, to show that God had set apart the city for a special purpose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) NEH 12 27 j1b7 figs-explicit בִּקְשׁ֤וּ אֶת־הַלְוִיִּם֙ מִכָּל־מְק֣וֹמֹתָ֔ם לַהֲבִיאָ֖ם לִֽירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם לַעֲשֹׂ֨ת חֲנֻכָּ֤ה 1 **All their places** means all the other places in the province of Judah besides Jerusalem where the Levites were living. As [11:20](../11/20.md) explained, other than the people who agreed to settle in Jerusalem, all of the other Israelites, including the Levites, lived on their family properties in other cities and towns in the province of Judah. Alternate translation: “we brought the Levites back to Jerusalem from all the places where they were living so that they could take part in the dedication ceremony” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 12 27 j1b9 figs-123person בִּקְשׁ֤וּ 1 **They** refers to the people who organized the dedication ceremony. Since Nehemiah is resuming his own story here, and since he was one of the organizers, if it would be clearer in your language, you could translate this as “we.” “We” would not include the addressees, if your language makes that distinction. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) NEH 12 27 j1c1 figs-doublet לַעֲשֹׂ֨ת חֲנֻכָּ֤ה וְשִׂמְחָה֙ וּבְתוֹד֣וֹת 1 **Rejoicing** and **thanksgivings** mean similar things. Together they describe how the Israelites would celebrate as they dedicated the completed wall. If it would be clearer in your language, you could combine these words. Alternate translation: “to lead a celebration to dedicate the wall,” otherwise “to celebrate the dedication by praising and thanking God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-doublet]]) NEH 12 27 j1c3 וּבְשִׁ֔יר מְצִלְתַּ֖יִם נְבָלִ֥ים וּבְכִנֹּרֽוֹת 1 **And with** does not mean “in addition to,” but “by means of.” This next phrase provides further information about how the Levites would conduct the ceremony. Alternate translation: “with songs accompanied by cymbals, harps, and lyres” NEH 12 27 s6xv translate-unknown מְצִלְתַּ֖יִם 1 These are two thin, round metal plates that are hit together to make a loud sound. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 12 27 j1c5 translate-unknown נְבָלִ֥ים וּבְכִנֹּרֽוֹת 1 These are two different types of stringed instruments. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 12 28 j1c7 figs-ellipsis וַיֵּאָ֣סְפ֔וּ 1 Общая информация: Коментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. NEH 12 28 j1c9 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֖י הַמְשֹׁרְרִ֑ים 1 As in [3:8](../03/08.md) and [3:31](../03/31.md), **son of** here is a figurative expression that indicates that a person shares the qualities of something. In this case, the book is describing people who share the quality of being singers. (Verse [12:27](../12/27.md) indicates that these were specifically Levites.) Alternate translation: “the Levite singers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 12 28 j1d1 figs-metaphor וּמִן־הַכִּכָּר֙ סְבִיב֣וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֔ם 1 This is a figurative way of referring to the towns that the singers had built for themselves all around Jerusalem, as [12:29](../12/29.md) describes. These villages seemed to form a circle around the city. Alternate translation: “from the towns they had built around Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 12 28 j1d3 translate-names וּמִן־חַצְרֵ֖י נְטֹפָתִֽי 1 The **Netophati** means the people who lived in the town of Netophath, and so their villages would be all the towns in that area where they lived. Alternate translation: “from the towns around Netophath” or “from the towns of the Netophathites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 28 j1d5 figs-explicit וּמִן־חַצְרֵ֖י נְטֹפָתִֽי 1 Netophath was located southeast of Jerusalem. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “from the towns around Netophath, southeast of Jerusalem.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 12 29 lnm1 figs-explicit וּמִבֵּית֙ הַגִּלְגָּ֔ל וּמִשְּׂד֥וֹת גֶּ֖בַע וְעַזְמָ֑וֶת 1 Беф-Гаггилгал ... Гевы и Азмавет Это названия мест. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 29 j1d7 translate-names וּמִבֵּית֙ הַגִּלְגָּ֔ל 1 This is the name of a town. Alternate translation: “from the town of Beth-Gilgal” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 29 j1d9 translate-names וּמִשְּׂד֥וֹת גֶּ֖בַע וְעַזְמָ֑וֶת 1 Geba and Azmaveth are the names of towns. Alternate translation: “from the rural areas around the towns of Geba and Azmaveth” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 29 j1e1 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י חֲצֵרִ֗ים בָּנ֤וּ לָהֶם֙ הַמְשֹׁ֣רֲרִ֔ים סְבִיב֖וֹת יְרוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could put this sentence at the start of [12:28](../12/28.md), since it gives the reason for the results that are described in the rest of [12:28](../12/28.md) and [12:29](../12/29.md). You could show the connection by using a word like “so” after this phrase. Alternate translation: “The singers were living in towns they had built all around Jerusalem. So …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) NEH 12 30 j1e3 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וַיִּֽטַּהֲר֔וּ הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים וְהַלְוִיִּ֑ם וַֽיְטַהֲרוּ֙ אֶת־הָעָ֔ם וְאֶת־הַשְּׁעָרִ֖ים וְאֶֽת־הַחוֹמָֽה 1 Общая информация: Коментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. NEH 12 30 j1e5 figs-explicit וַיִּֽטַּהֲר֔וּ 1 Nehemiah expects his readers to know specifically how the priests and Levites did this, but the details are no longer certain. They may have sprinkled themselves, the people, the gates, and the walls with water or with blood, or they may have offered sacrifices. But while the details are uncertain, the purpose of the ceremony is clear. It was to show that the Israelites wanted this place and everyone in it to be acceptable to God. So while it might be best not to suggest how the priests and Levites performed this ceremony, since that is unknown, you could say explicitly what the purpose was if that would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: “And they performed a ceremony to show that they wanted to be clean and acceptable to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 12 31 j1e7 grammar-connect-time-sequential וָאַעֲלֶה֙ 1 начальников в Иудее начальники которые жили в Иудее. NEH 12 31 j1e9 figs-explicit וָאַעֲלֶה֙ אֶת־שָׂרֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֔ה מֵעַ֖ל לַחוֹמָ֑ה וָאַעֲמִ֡ידָה שְׁתֵּ֣י תוֹדֹת֩ גְּדוֹלֹ֨ת וְתַהֲלֻכֹ֤ת 1 The implication here, which is confirmed in [12:32](../12/32.md) and [12:40](../12/40.md), is that Nehemiah had these leaders of Judah go up onto the wall so that they could accompany two large groups that would “process” or march around the city on top of the wall while giving thanks to God. They would march in opposite directions and meet up on the far side of the city. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say something like that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 12 31 j1f1 translate-symaction שְׁתֵּ֣י תוֹדֹת֩ גְּדוֹלֹ֨ת וְתַהֲלֻכֹ֤ת 1 Having two groups walk on top of the wall in opposite directions all around Jerusalem, while sacred musicians played music was a symbolic way of dedicating the rebuilt wall to God. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could also say that explicitly. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-symaction]]) NEH 12 31 j1f3 figs-ellipsis לַיָּמִין֙ מֵעַ֣ל לַחוֹמָ֔ה לְשַׁ֖עַר הָאַשְׁפֹּֽת 1 Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. This sentence seems to mean “The first group marched to the right on top of the wall in the direction of the Rubbish Gate.” You could say something like that if it would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 12 31 j1f5 figs-idiom לַיָּמִין֙ 1 Here, **hand** figuratively means **side.** Alternate translation: “turned to their right and marched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 12 31 j1f7 figs-idiom לַיָּמִין֙ 1 Based on the information the book provides, the perspective is of a person facing in towards the city from the top of the wall. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “turned to their right, as they faced the city, and marched” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 12 31 j1f9 translate-names לְשַׁ֖עַר הָאַשְׁפֹּֽת 1 This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. See how you translated it in [2:13](../02/13.md) and [3:13–14](../03/13.md). Alternate translation: “the Rubbish Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 32 zsj6 וַיֵּ֤לֶךְ אַחֲרֵיהֶם֙ הוֹשַׁ֣עְיָ֔ה וַחֲצִ֖י שָׂרֵ֥י יְהוּדָֽה 1 Гошаия Это имя мужчины. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 32 ni9q translate-names הוֹשַׁ֣עְיָ֔ה 1 This is the name of a man. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 33 j1g1 וַעֲזַרְיָ֥ה עֶזְרָ֖א וּמְשֻׁלָּֽם 1 Азария, Ездра, Мешуллам Это имена мужчин. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 33 x16d translate-names וַעֲזַרְיָ֥ה עֶזְרָ֖א וּמְשֻׁלָּֽם 1 These are the names of three men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 34 q33v figs-explicit יְהוּדָה֙ וּבִנְיָמִ֔ן 1 Иуда, Вениамин, Шемаия и Иеремия Это имена мужчин. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 34 t5un translate-names וּֽשְׁמַֽעְיָ֖ה וְיִרְמְיָֽה 1 These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 35 cp3q figs-metaphor וּמִבְּנֵ֥י הַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים 1 Захария ... Ионафан ... Шемаиа ... Матфаниа ... Михей ... Закхур ... Асаф Это имена мужчин. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 35 h1hm translate-names זְכַרְיָ֨ה בֶן־יֽוֹנָתָ֜ן בֶּן־שְׁמַֽעְיָ֗ה בֶּן־מַתַּנְיָה֙ בֶּן־מִ֣יכָיָ֔ה בֶּן־זַכּ֖וּר בֶּן־אָסָֽף 1 из священников с трубами: Захария В некоторых версиях написанно, "из числа священников с трубами, Захария" NEH 12 35 2056 Захария, сын Ионафана, сын Шемаии, сын Матфании, сын Михея, сын Закхура, сын Асафа Все имена после"Захария" являются предками Захарии. Этот список связывает Захарию с известным певцом Асафом. "Захария, который был сыном Ионафана, который был сыном Шемаии, который был сыном Матфании, который был сыном Михея, который был сыном Закхура, сына Асафа." NEH 12 36 j1g3 figs-metaphor וְֽאֶחָ֡יו 1 Шемаия, Азариил, Милалай, Гилалай, Маай, Нафанаил, Иуда и Хананий ... Давид ... Ездра Это имена мужчин. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 36 kmk3 translate-names שְֽׁמַעְיָ֡ה וַעֲזַרְאֵ֡ל מִֽלֲלַ֡י גִּֽלֲלַ֡י מָעַ֞י נְתַנְאֵ֤ל וִֽיהוּדָה֙ חֲנָ֔נִי 1 впереди них книжник Ездра "книжник Ездра вел их" NEH 12 36 j1g4 figs-explicit בִּכְלֵי־שִׁ֥יר דָּוִ֖יד אִ֣ישׁ הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 This likely means the cymbals, harps, and lyres mentioned in [12:27](../12/27.md). Those were the instruments that King David had originally instructed the Levite musicians to play. The people honored that religious tradition on this occasion. Alternate translation: “with cymbals, harps, and lyres, the instruments that King David, that godly man, had originally instructed the Levite musicians to play” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 12 36 j1g7 figs-distinguish דָּוִ֖יד אִ֣ישׁ הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 Here the book offers some background information to remind readers of the character of David, who had been a great founding king of Israel. Alternate translation: “King David, that godly man” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) NEH 12 36 n2tl figs-metonymy וְעֶזְרָ֥א הַסּוֹפֵ֖ר לִפְנֵיהֶֽם 1 Here, **face** figuratively means the front of a group of people. Alternate translation: “Ezra the scribe walked in front of this group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 12 36 j1h1 figs-distinguish וְעֶזְרָ֥א הַסּוֹפֵ֖ר 1 Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Ezra was. Alternate translation: “Ezra, who was a scribe” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) NEH 12 37 c38r figs-explicit וְעַל֩ שַׁ֨עַר הָעַ֜יִן וְנֶגְדָּ֗ם עָלוּ֙ עַֽל־מַעֲלוֹת֙ עִ֣יר דָּוִ֔יד בַּֽמַּעֲלֶ֖ה לַחוֹמָ֑ה 1 ворот Источника ... Водяных ворот Это названия проходов в стене. NEH 12 37 j1h3 translate-names שַׁ֨עַר הָעַ֜יִן 1 This is the name of one of the gates of Jerusalem. See how you translated it in [2:14](../02/14.md) and [3:15](../03/15.md). Alternate translation: “the Fountain Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 37 j1h5 translate-names עִ֣יר דָּוִ֔יד 1 This was one part of Jerusalem. See how you translated it in [3:15](../03/15.md). Alternate translation: “the City of David” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 37 j1h7 figs-explicit מֵעַל֙ לְבֵ֣ית דָּוִ֔יד 1 This means that as the group walked on the top of the wall once again, at this point they were higher than this palace where David had lived. (In [3:25](../03/25.md) this same building is called “the upper house of the king,” meaning the royal palace that was located in a more elevated part of the city.) Alternate translation: “They walked along the wall, above the palace where David had lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 12 37 j1h9 figs-metaphor לְבֵ֣ית דָּוִ֔יד 1 This building is figuratively called a **house** because David had lived in it. Alternate translation: “the palace where David had lived” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 12 37 j1i1 figs-ellipsis וְעַ֛ד שַׁ֥עַר הַמַּ֖יִם מִזְרָֽח 1 Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. This sentence is indicating that once this group reached the Water Gate, it stopped. This left them just to the east of the temple. As [12:39](../12/39.md) explains, the other group stopped just to the west of the temple, and the two groups joined together in the temple area. Alternate translation: “until they reached the Water Gate, and there they stopped, on the east side of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 12 38 fbi3 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וְהַתּוֹדָ֧ה 1 хор группа певцов NEH 12 38 k1i3 figs-ellipsis וְהַתּוֹדָ֧ה הַשֵּׁנִ֛ית הַהוֹלֶ֥כֶת לְמ֖וֹאל 1 а за ним я Неемия следовал за ними. NEH 12 38 t11k figs-explicit וַאֲנִ֣י אַחֲרֶ֑יהָ 1 Печной башни Это название высокой постройки, где люди следили за тем, нет ли какой нибудь опасности. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 38 k1i5 figs-ellipsis וַחֲצִ֨י הָעָ֜ם מֵעַ֣ל לְהַחוֹמָ֗ה 1 широкой стены Это - название части стены. NEH 12 38 j2zn translate-names מֵעַל֙ לְמִגְדַּ֣ל הַתַּנּוּרִ֔ים 1 This is the name of one of the towers of the Jerusalem wall. See how you translated it in [3:11](../03/11.md). Alternate translation: “They went along the wall above the Tower of the Ovens” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 38 a5ww translate-names וְעַ֖ד הַחוֹמָ֥ה הָרְחָבָֽה 1 This is the name of one of the features of the Jerusalem wall. See how you translated it in [3:8](../03/08.md). Alternate translation: “and continued to the Broad Wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 39 k1i5 translate-names וּמֵעַ֣ל לְשַֽׁעַר־אֶ֠פְרַיִם וְעַל־שַׁ֨עַר הַיְשָׁנָ֜ה וְעַל־שַׁ֣עַר הַדָּגִ֗ים 1 башни Хананела ... башни Меа Это название высокой постройки, где люди следили за тем, нет ли какой нибудь опасности. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 39 v1ni translate-names וּמִגְדַּ֤ל חֲנַנְאֵל֙ וּמִגְדַּ֣ל הַמֵּאָ֔ה 1 ворот Ефрема ... старых ворот ... Рыбных ворот ... Овечьим воротам ... Темничных ворот Это названия проходов в стене. NEH 12 39 v264 translate-names וְעַ֖ד שַׁ֣עַר הַצֹּ֑אן 1 This is the name of one of the gates of the Jerusalem wall. See how you translated it in [3:1](../03/01.md) and [3:32](../03/32.md). Alternate translation: “and continued to the Sheep Gate” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 39 k1i7 translate-names וְעָ֣מְד֔וּ בְּשַׁ֖עַר הַמַּטָּרָֽה 1 This is apparently the name of one of the gates of the Jerusalem temple. Verse [3:25](../03/25.md) describes repairs that were made to the wall near the “court of the guard,” which was in the temple precincts, so presumably this was the gate that led into that court. “Stood” means “stood still,” that is, “stopped moving.” The people were already standing up to walk. Alternate translation: “This second group stopped when it reached the Gate of the Guard” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 40 k1i9 figs-explicit וַֽתַּעֲמֹ֛דְנָה שְׁתֵּ֥י הַתּוֹדֹ֖ת בְּבֵ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 я и половина начальников со мной Неемия говорит. Альтернативный перевод: "Я, Неемия, также занял свое место" NEH 12 40 ai1v grammar-connect-time-sequential וַֽתַּעֲמֹ֛דְנָה 1 This word indicates that the event the story will now describe came after the events it has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as “then.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) NEH 12 40 bnz5 writing-background וַאֲנִ֕י וַחֲצִ֥י הַסְּגָנִ֖ים עִמִּֽי 1 Nehemiah now provides further details for the second group, which he had accompanied, similar to the details he provided for the first group in verses 32–36. Alternate translation: “My group included the other half of the leaders of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) NEH 12 41 s4t8 translate-names אֶלְיָקִ֡ים מַעֲשֵׂיָ֡ה מִ֠נְיָמִין מִיכָיָ֧ה אֶלְיוֹעֵינַ֛י זְכַרְיָ֥ה חֲנַנְיָ֖ה 1 Елиаким ... Маасея ... Миниамин ... Михей ... Елиоенай ... Захария ... Ханания Это имена мужчин, которые были священниками в то время. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 41 170b с трубами Возможные значения: 1) только первые семь священников, перечисленных от Елиакима до Ханании, несли трубы или 2) все 15 священников, перечисленных от Елиакима до Езера, несли трубы. NEH 12 42 gqe1 translate-names וּמַעֲשֵׂיָ֨ה וּֽשְׁמַֽעְיָ֜ה וְאֶלְעָזָ֧ר וְעֻזִּ֛י וִֽיהוֹחָנָ֥ן וּמַלְכִּיָּ֖ה וְעֵילָ֣ם וָעָ֑זֶר 1 Маасея, Шемаия, Елеазар, Уззий, Иоханан, Малхия, Елам ... Езер Это имена мужчин, которые были священниками в то время. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 42 tdc8 וַיַּשְׁמִ֨יעוּ֙ הַמְשֹׁ֣רְרִ֔ים וְיִֽזְרַחְיָ֖ה הַפָּקִֽיד 1 Израхия Это имя мужчины, который был руководителем певцов. NEH 12 42 y2qj translate-names וְיִֽזְרַחְיָ֖ה 1 пели громко "пели громко" NEH 12 43 j1l1 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous בַיּוֹם־הַ֠הוּא 1 великую радость "очень сильно радовались" NEH 12 43 jgp9 figs-abstractnouns כִּ֤י הָאֱלֹהִים֙ שִׂמְּחָם֙ שִׂמְחָ֣ה גְדוֹלָ֔ה 1 далеко было слышно веселье Иерусалима "веселье Иерусалима" это метоним для "звук, который издавали жители Иерусалима." Это можно перевести в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "люди далеко от Иерусалима могли слышать звуки, издаваемые жителями Иерусалима во время празднования" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 12 43 p5fe figs-abstractnouns וַתִּשָּׁמַ֛ע שִׂמְחַ֥ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם מֵרָחֽוֹק 1 In this case the abstract noun **rejoicing** refers to the loud sound that the singers and the people made as they held the ceremony to dedicate the rebuilt wall. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this abstract noun with a concrete noun such as “sound.” Alternate translation: “the sound that the people made as they celebrated in Jerusalem was so loud that even other people who were far away could hear it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 12 43 j1l3 figs-activepassive וַתִּשָּׁמַ֛ע שִׂמְחַ֥ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם מֵרָחֽוֹק 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “the sound that the people made as they celebrated in Jerusalem was so loud that even other people who were far away could hear it” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 12 43 j1l5 figs-personification שִׂמְחַ֥ת יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם 1 Here the story speaks figuratively of Jerusalem as if it were a living thing that could celebrate. Alternate translation: “the sound that the people made as they celebrated in Jerusalem” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) NEH 12 44 j1l7 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous בַיּוֹם֩ הַה֨וּא 1 были приставлены люди Это можно указать в активной форме. Не ясно, кто назначил этих людей. Альтернативный перевод: "они назначили ответственных людей" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 12 44 fsb6 figs-explicit וַיִּפָּקְד֣וּ…אֲנָשִׁ֜ים עַל־הַנְּשָׁכ֗וֹת לָא֨וֹצָר֥וֹת 1 приношений вещи, которые люди давали священникам NEH 12 44 bnw2 figs-activepassive וַיִּפָּקְד֣וּ…אֲנָשִׁ֜ים 1 Иудеям было радостно видеть стоящих священников и левитов По-видимому, люди назначили мужчин, потому что жители Иудеи были благодарны за священников и левитов, которые служили. NEH 12 44 j1l9 figs-explicit לַתְּרוּמוֹת֮ לָרֵאשִׁ֣ית וְלַמַּֽעַשְׂרוֹת֒ לִכְנ֨וֹס בָּהֶ֜ם לִשְׂדֵ֤י הֶעָרִים֙ 1 стоящих священников и левитов Левиты и священники не просто стояли, они служили. Альтернативный перевод: "которые стояли перед ними, служа Богу" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 12 44 j1m1 figs-abstractnouns מְנָא֣וֹת הַתּוֹרָ֔ה לַכֹּהֲנִ֖ים וְלַלְוִיִּ֑ם 1 The abstract noun **portion** refers to the part of each crop that the law commanded the Israelites to give to the temple to support the priests and Levites. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a different phrase. Alternate translation: “these were the things that the law commanded the Israelites to give from their harvests to support the priests and Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 12 44 g347 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֚י שִׂמְחַ֣ת יְהוּדָ֔ה עַל־הַכֹּהֲנִ֥ים וְעַל־הַלְוִיִּ֖ם הָעֹמְדִֽים 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could place this sentence first in the verse since it gives the reason for the results that are described in the rest of the verse. You could also show the connection by using a word like “so” after this phrase. Alternate translation: “The people of Judah were very happy that the priests and the Levites were once again serving in the roles that the law had assigned to them. So …” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) NEH 12 44 j1m3 figs-metaphor שִׂמְחַ֣ת…עַל־הַכֹּהֲנִ֥ים וְעַל־הַלְוִיִּ֖ם 1 In this context, **over** is a spatial metaphor that figuratively indicates **for** or **because of.** Alternate translation: “were very happy that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 12 44 g9pg figs-metaphor הָעֹמְדִֽים 1 **Standing** means figuratively that the priests and the Levites were serving in the roles that the law had assigned to them. This meaning can be made explicit. Alternate translation: “serving in the roles that the law had assigned to them” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 12 45 lm4j grammar-connect-logic-result וַֽיִּשְׁמְר֞וּ 1 стражники На каждые ворота были определенны люди, которые отвечали за доступ к городу или храму, а также они открывали и закрывали ворота в определенное время и по причине, установленной управляющим. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Nehemiah 7:1](../07/01.md). NEH 12 45 j1m5 figs-abstractnouns וַֽיִּשְׁמְר֞וּ מִשְׁמֶ֤רֶת אֱלֹֽהֵיהֶם֙ וּמִשְׁמֶ֣רֶת הַֽטָּהֳרָ֔ה 1 **They** means the priests and Levites. The abstract noun **service**, in the phrase **service watch of their God**, refers to the duties that God had commanded the priests and Levites to perform in the law. In the phrase “service of purification,” this abstract noun refers to one of those duties in particular, the duty of performing a ceremony for themselves and for others that expressed a desire to be ceremonially clean, that is, acceptable to God. The story describes in [12:30](../12/30.md) how they performed such a ceremony on this occasion. Alternate translation: “So the priests and Levites were able to perform the duties that God had commanded, including performing ceremonies of purification” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 12 45 j1m7 figs-ellipsis וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים וְהַשֹּׁעֲרִ֑ים 1 Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. This phrase seems to means **The singers and the gatekeepers were also able to perform their assigned duties.** You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. Alternate translation: (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 12 45 j1m9 writing-background כְּמִצְוַ֥ת דָּוִ֖יד שְׁלֹמֹ֥ה בְנֽוֹ 1 This phrase provides background information that explains that it was King David and King Solomon, his son, who established the duties of the temple singers and gatekeepers. Alternate translation: “as King David and King Solomon, his son, had commanded them to do” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) NEH 12 46 j1n1 writing-background כִּֽי 1 главы певцов Это предложение говорит о том, почему люди делали то, что они делали в [Nehemiah 12:45](../12/45.md) и дает нам больше информации о времени, когда Давид говорил людям, как поклоняться в храме. NEH 12 46 j1n3 figs-idiom בִימֵ֥י דָוִ֛יד וְאָסָ֖ף מִקֶּ֑דֶם 1 The expression **from before** is an idiom that means **ever since a long time ago** Alternate translation: “ever since the time of David and Asaph long ago” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 12 46 j1n5 figs-idiom בִימֵ֥י דָוִ֛יד וְאָסָ֖ף 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “in the time of David and Asaph” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 12 46 j1n7 translate-names דָוִ֛יד וְאָסָ֖ף 1 These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 46 j1n9 figs-explicit וְאָסָ֖ף 1 The book assumes that the original audience would know that Asaph was the man whom David first appointed to be the director of the Levite singers. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “ever since David first appointed Asaph to lead the singers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 12 46 py1c figs-metaphor ראש הַמְשֹׁ֣רְרִ֔ים 1 **Head** here is a figurative way of saying **leader.** Alternate translation: “the Levite choir has had an appointed director” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 12 46 j1o1 figs-ellipsis וְשִׁיר־תְּהִלָּ֥ה וְהֹד֖וֹת לֵֽאלֹהִֽים 1 Here the book leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Alternate translation: “and they have sung songs of praise and thanksgiving to God” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 12 47 j1o3 writing-background וְכָל 1 во времена Зоровавеля Зоровавель был потомком царя Давида и одним из правителей иудейского царства. NEH 12 47 flz7 בִּימֵ֨י זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל וּבִימֵ֣י נְחֶמְיָ֗ה 1 отдавали долю "Весь Израиль откладывал часть" NEH 12 47 mu9s figs-idiom בִּימֵ֨י זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל וּבִימֵ֣י נְחֶמְיָ֗ה 1 сыновьям Аарона священники в Израиле, которые произошли от Аарона, брата Моисея NEH 12 47 e72p figs-explicit בִּימֵ֨י זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל 1 As [12:1](../12/01.md) explains, this was the man who led the first group of Jews who returned to the province of Judah, about a hundred years before the time of Nehemiah. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could indicate this more explicitly. Alternate translation: “in the time of Zerubbabel, who led the first group back to the province of Judah from exile” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 12 47 j1o5 translate-names זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל…נְחֶמְיָ֗ה 1 These are the names of two men. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 12 47 j1o7 figs-abstractnouns וְכָל־יִשְׂרָאֵל֩ בִּימֵ֨י זְרֻבָּבֶ֜ל וּבִימֵ֣י נְחֶמְיָ֗ה נֹֽתְנִ֛ים מְנָי֛וֹת הַמְשֹׁרְרִ֥ים 1 As in [12:44](../12/44.md), the abstract noun **portion** refers to the part of each crop that the Israelites contributed to support the temple personnel. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a different phrase. Alternate translation: “all the Israelites contributed from their harvests to support the singers and the gatekeepers” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 12 47 j1o9 figs-idiom דְּבַר־י֣וֹם בְּיוֹמ֑וֹ 1 As in [11:23](../11/23.md), this is an idiom that means **as each day required** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 12 47 j1p1 figs-explicit וּמַקְדִּשִׁים֙ לַלְוִיִּ֔ם וְהַלְוִיִּ֔ם מַקְדִּשִׁ֖ים לִבְנֵ֥י אַהֲרֹֽן 1 **They** means the Israelites, as in the previous sentence. **Consecrating** means **setting apart.** This is likely a reference to the tithe or 1/10 of crops that the Israelites promised in their covenant to give to support the Levites, and to the tithe of this tithe that the Levites then contributed to support the priests, as described in [10:37–38](../10/37.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Israelites also gave a tenth of their crops to support the Levites, just as they had promised, and the Levites gave a tenth of this tenth to support the priests” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 13 intro tm5a 0 # Неемия 13 Общие сведения #<br><br>#### Особые темы в этой главе ####<br><br>##### Неемия возвращается в Иерусалим #####<br><br>Неемия стремился сделать так, чтобы евреи сдержали свое обещание соблюдать закон. Вернувшись из Персии, он обнаружил, что многое неправильно: одна из кладовых в храме была превращена в гостевую комнату для Товии, левиты не получили своих частей для работы в храме, люди работали в субботу, и многие женились на женах-язычницах. (См: [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/promise]], [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/lawofmoses]] и [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/temple]] and [[rc://en/tw/dict/bible/kt/sabbath]])<br><br>## Ссылки: ##<br><br>* __[Nehemiah 13:01 Notes](./01.md)__<br><br>__[<<](../12/intro.md) | __ NEH 13 1 k1a1 בַּיּ֣וֹם הַה֗וּא 1 при всём народе читали вслух "чтобы люди могли слышать это" NEH 13 1 k1a3 figs-activepassive נִקְרָ֛א בְּסֵ֥פֶר מֹשֶׁ֖ה 1 никогда не может войти в Божье общество "не олжен когда-либо прийти на Божье собрание" NEH 13 1 k9za figs-metonymy בְּאָזְנֵ֣י הָעָ֑ם 1 Here, **ears** stand for hearing. Alternate translation: “out loud so that all the people could hear” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 13 1 k1a5 figs-idiom וְנִמְצָא֙ כָּת֣וּב בּ֔וֹ 1 **Found** is an idiom that means “could be found there” or “was there.” The expression means that this was something that was in the law. And since Nehemiah and the other leaders were reading this out loud to the people, their purpose was to show them that this was in the law. Alternate translation: “and we showed them that it said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 13 1 k1a7 figs-activepassive וְנִמְצָא֙ כָּת֣וּב בּ֔וֹ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “we showed them that it said” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 13 1 k1a9 translate-names עַמֹּנִ֧י וּמֹאָבִ֛י 1 These are the names of the members of two people groups. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 13 1 k1b1 figs-idiom יָב֨וֹא…בִּקְהַ֥ל הָאֱלֹהִ֖ים 1 The expression **assembly of God** can refer either to the entire Israelite community, as in [7:66](../07/66.md) and [8:17](../08/17.md), or to the community gathered for a legal proceeding, as in [5:7](../05/07.md) and [5:13](../05/13.md), or gathered for a religious ceremony, as in [8:2](../08/02.md) and [8:18](../08/18.md). The last meaning is probably in view here. This statement likely means that Ammonites and Moabites were not allowed to join the Israelites in their worship of Yahweh in the temple or on public occasions. For example, [9:2](../09/02.md) describes how the Israelites did not allow any foreigners to take part in their ceremony of national repentance. (Later in this chapter, in [13:23–27](../13/23.md), Nehemiah will describe how he took the further measure of expelling foreigners from the Israelite community itself.) Alternate translation: “could join with the Israelites when they worshiped Yahweh” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 13 1 j6si figs-idiom עַד־עוֹלָֽם 1 This expression means that this was a permanent regulation in the Law of Moses. It was not a regulation that applied just to a specific period and that might change afterwards. Alternate translation: “This was a permanent rule.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 13 2 tf8z grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֣י 1 потому что "Они не могли прийти на собрание, потому что" NEH 13 2 k1b3 figs-explicit לֹ֧א קִדְּמ֛וּ אֶת־בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל בַּלֶּ֣חֶם וּבַמָּ֑יִם 1 The assumption is that readers will know what historical incident this statement is referring to. It is a reference to the time when the Israelites were traveling from Egypt to Canaan through the desert. They were basically refugees. It could have been expected, as a basic act of compassion, that the Ammonites and Moabites would help provide for their needs as they passed through their territories but they refused to do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “they did not help meet the needs of the Israelites when they were refugees traveling through their territories” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 13 2 k1b5 figs-metaphor בְּנֵ֥י יִשְׂרָאֵ֖ל 1 **Sons** here figuratively means “descendants.” The descendants of Israel were the Israelites. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 13 2 k1b7 figs-metonymy קִדְּמ֛וּ…בַּלֶּ֣חֶם וּבַמָּ֑יִם 1 Bread stands for food, and water stands for drink, and together both terms probably represent assistance in general. Alternate translation: “provide food and drink” or “provide the help they needed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 13 2 k1b9 figs-explicit וַיִּשְׂכֹּ֨ר עָלָ֤יו אֶת־בִּלְעָם֙ לְקַֽלְל֔וֹ וַיַּהֲפֹ֧ךְ אֱלֹהֵ֛ינוּ הַקְּלָלָ֖ה לִבְרָכָֽה 1 The assumption once again is that readers will know what historical incident this is referring to. This is a reference to the way the king of Moab hired a prophet named Balaam to curse the Israelites, but instead God made Balaam speak words of blessing about them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “The Moabites also hired a prophet named Balaam to curse the Israelites, but God made him speak words of blessing instead” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 13 2 k1c1 translate-names בִּלְעָם֙ 1 This is a man’s name. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 13 3 j1c3 grammar-connect-time-sequential וַיְהִ֖י 1 Общая информация: Коментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. NEH 13 3 k1c5 figs-idiom כְּשָׁמְעָ֣ם אֶת־הַתּוֹרָ֑ה 1 As in [9:29](../09/29.md), **hear** in this context is an [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]] that means not just to hear something audibly, but to understand a command and recognize the need to obey it. Alternate translation: “when they realized that this was what the law commanded” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 13 3 k1c7 figs-idiom וַיַּבְדִּ֥ילוּ כָל־עֵ֖רֶב מִיִּשְׂרָאֵֽל 1 **Mixed company** is an expression that describes people who were not Israelites. It indicates that if they were present, then the group would be mixed, part Israelite and part non-Israelite. Alternate translation: “They no longer allowed foreigners to worship with the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 13 4 k1c9 writing-background וְלִפְנֵ֣י מִזֶּ֔ה 1 священник Елиашив, ответственный Это можно перевести в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "они назначили Елиашива священником" или "руководители назначили Елиашива священником" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 13 4 k1d1 figs-metaphor וְלִפְנֵ֣י מִזֶּ֔ה 1 близкий родственник Товии "Елиашив и Товия тесно сотрудничали" NEH 13 4 k1d3 translate-names אֶלְיָשִׁיב֙ 1 Елиашив ... Товия Это имена людей. NEH 13 4 k1d5 figs-distinguish אֶלְיָשִׁיב֙ הַכֹּהֵ֔ן 1 Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who Eliashib was. As we learn in [3:1](../03/01.md), [3:20](../03/20.md), and [12:10](../12/10.md), he was actually the Jewish high priest during the time of Nehemiah. Alternate translation: “the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) NEH 13 4 bq8k figs-activepassive אֶלְיָשִׁיב֙ הַכֹּהֵ֔ן נָת֖וּן 1 If it is clearer in your language, you can translate this in active form. Alternate translation: “they appointed Eliashib the priest” or “the leaders appointed Eliashib the priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 13 4 k1d7 figs-idiom נָת֖וּן בְּלִשְׁכַּ֣ת בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ 1 This is most likely a figurative way of saying that as high priest, Eliashib had responsibility for and control over all the rooms in the temple. Alternate translation: “since he had control over” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 13 4 adq9 קָר֖וֹב לְטוֹבִיָּֽה 1 He was related to Tobiah Since Tobiah was an Ammonite, Eliashib could not have been his close blood relative. So this expression must refer to a connection by marriage. We learn in [6:18](../06/18.md) that both Tobiah and his son had married Jewish women, and one or both of these women may have been relatives of Eliashib. Alternate translation: “who was related to Tobiah by marriage” NEH 13 4 c9hf figs-synecdoche בְּלִשְׁכַּ֣ת בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ 1 Here one **chamber** or room is used figuratively to mean “every chamber” or room in the temple. Alternate translation: “every room in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 13 4 k1d9 figs-metaphor בֵּית־אֱלֹהֵ֑ינוּ 1 As often in this book, Nehemiah speaks figuratively of the temple here as the **house of God**, as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 13 5 xi14 grammar-connect-logic-result וַיַּ֨עַשׂ 1 приготовил для него большую комнату "Елиашив подготовил большую комнату для Товии" NEH 13 5 k1de ל֜וֹ 1 стражники ворот На каждые ворота были определенны люди, которые отвечали за доступ к городу или храму, а также они открывали и закрывали ворота в определенное время и по причине, установленной управляющим. Посмотрите, как вы перевели это в [Nehemiah 7:1](../07/01.md). NEH 13 5 v2in figs-explicit וְשָׁ֣ם הָי֪וּ לְפָנִ֟ים נֹ֠תְנִים אֶת־הַמִּנְחָ֨ה 1 **They** means the Israelites, and **offerings**, if it is a general term (see next note), means the contributions that they gave to support the priests and Levites, as described in [12:44](../12/44.md). If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “This was the room that the Israelites had previously been using to store the offerings they brought to the temple to support the priests and Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 13 5 k1e3 הַמִּנְחָ֨ה 1 The word **offerings** could be referring generally to all of the contributions that the Israelites brought, which would then be listed in the rest of this verse, or it could be the first specific item on the list, the daily grain offering, as described in [10:33](../10/33.md). Alternate translation: “the offerings they brought” or “the daily grain offering” NEH 13 5 k1e5 translate-unknown הַלְּבוֹנָ֜ה 1 This term refers to a mixture of fragrant spices that was burned to produce smoke that had a pleasant smell. The law specified a special blend of spices that it said could only be used in the temple by the priests. Alternate translation: “the sacred incense” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 13 5 k1e7 figs-synecdoche וְהַכֵּלִ֗ים 1 As in [10:39](../10/39.md), here Nehemiah uses one type of equipment that the storerooms would hold, **vessels** or “jars” or “containers,” to refer figuratively to all the different types of equipment that the priests and Levites would have used in the temple. Alternate translation: “the temple equipment” (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 13 5 k1e9 וּמַעְשַׂ֤ר הַדָּגָן֙ הַתִּיר֣וֹשׁ וְהַיִּצְהָ֔ר 1 This means the portion, one tenth, of their crops and produce that the Israelites had promised to contribute to support the temple personnel, as described in [10:37–38](../10/37.md). Alternate translation: “the tenth of their crops and produce” NEH 13 5 k1f1 translate-fraction וּמַעְשַׂ֤ר 1 A **tithe** means a tenth (1/10) or one part out of ten equal parts. (See [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) NEH 13 5 k1f3 figs-ellipsis מִצְוַת֙ הַלְוִיִּ֔ם וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים וְהַשֹּׁעֲרִ֑ים 1 Here Nehemiah leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. This phrase means “which the law had commanded them to contribute to support the Levites, the singers, and the temple gatekeepers.” You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 13 5 k1f5 וּתְרוּמַ֖ת הַכֹּהֲנִֽים 1 This likely refers to the tithe, or one tenth of what they received, that the Levites, in turn contributed to the priests, as described in [10:38](../10/38.md). Alternate translation: “and the contributions to support the priests” or “the tithe of the tithe that the Levites gave to support the priests” NEH 13 6 k1f7 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וּבְכָל־זֶ֕ה 1 меня не было в Иерусалиме "В то время как все это происходило, я был далеко от Иерусалима" NEH 13 6 dpk4 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֡י 1 меня не "меня" относится к Неемии. NEH 13 6 k1f9 writing-background בִּשְׁנַת֩ שְׁלֹשִׁ֨ים וּשְׁתַּ֜יִם לְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֤סְתְּא מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶל֙ בָּ֣אתִי אֶל־הַמֶּ֔לֶךְ 1 Here Nehemiah is providing background information to explain why he was not in Jerusalem. As he indicates in [5:14](../05/14.md), he was governor of Judah for twelve years, from the twentieth to the thirty-second year of the reign of King Artaxerxes. As this verse indicates, he then returned to the royal court. Alternate translation: “I had returned to serve King Artaxerxes in his court in the thirty-second year of his reign” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) NEH 13 6 k1g1 translate-ordinal בִּשְׁנַת֩ שְׁלֹשִׁ֨ים וּשְׁתַּ֜יִם לְאַרְתַּחְשַׁ֤סְתְּא 1 This expression refers to the number of years that Artaxerxes had been reigning as king. Alternate translation: “in year 32 of the reign of Artaxerxes as king” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-ordinal]]) NEH 13 6 k1g3 writing-background מֶֽלֶךְ־בָּבֶל֙ 1 Artaxerxes was the king of the Persian Empire, but since the Persians had conquered the Babylonians, he also had the right to use the title “king of Babylon.” The fact that Nehemiah describes him by this title may actually indicate that the royal court was located in the city of Babylon at this time and that he returned to that city to resume his duties in the court. Alternate translation: “the king of Persia, whose court was then in Babylon” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/writing-background]]) NEH 13 6 k1g5 figs-idiom וּלְקֵ֥ץ יָמִ֖ים 1 The term **days** is used figuratively here to refer a particular period of time. Alternate translation: “after some time” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 13 6 k1g7 figs-explicit נִשְׁאַ֥לְתִּי מִן־הַמֶּֽלֶךְ 1 The implication, as shown explicitly in the next verse, is that Nehemiah requested time off from his responsibilities in the court so that he could travel back to Judah and see how the people there were doing, and that the king gave him permission to do this. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I asked the king if I could take some time off and travel back to Judah to help the people there, and he gave me permission to do that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 13 7 k1g9 grammar-connect-time-sequential וָאָב֖וֹא לִֽירוּשָׁלִָ֑ם 1 комнату во дворах Божьего дома Это была комната, которая ранее была очищена для хранения приношений ([Nehemiah 13:5](../13/05.md)). NEH 13 7 k1h1 grammar-connect-time-sequential וָאָבִ֣ינָה 1 In this context, the conjunction **And** at the beginning of this phrase indicates that this event took place after the event in the previous sentence. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “when I got there, I discovered” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) NEH 13 7 k1h3 figs-idiom וָאָבִ֣ינָה בָרָעָ֗ה 1 In this context, this phrase means “came to understand the evil” or “discovered the evil” or “realized the evil.” If it would be clearer in your language, you could use any of those phrases or a similar one as an alternate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 13 7 k1h5 בָרָעָ֗ה אֲשֶׁ֨ר עָשָׂ֤ה אֶלְיָשִׁיב֙ לְט֣וֹבִיָּ֔ה לַעֲשׂ֥וֹת לוֹ֙ נִשְׁכָּ֔ה בְּחַצְרֵ֖י בֵּ֥ית הָאֱלֹהִֽים 1 While in the book of Nehemiah the word **evil** often means things like “sad” or “harmful,” in this context, the word does describe something that is morally bad and destructive. Eliashib had not done this wrong thing to Tobiah, but on his behalf. Alternate translation: “about the wrong thing that Eliashib had done by allowing Tobiah to move into a storeroom within the temple courts” NEH 13 7 k1h7 figs-metaphor בֵּ֥ית הָאֱלֹהִֽים 1 Nehemiah speaks figuratively of the temple as the **house of God** as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 13 8 k1h9 figs-idiom וַיֵּ֥רַֽע לִ֖י מְאֹ֑ד 1 Общая информация: Коментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. NEH 13 8 k1i1 figs-metaphor וָֽאַשְׁלִ֜יכָה אֶֽת־כָּל־כְּלֵ֧י בֵית־טוֹבִיָּ֛ה הַח֖וּץ מִן־הַלִּשְׁכָּֽה 1 Here, the term **house** figuratively represents all the possessions of Tobiah. It does not mean a literal house that Tobiah owned, because the context shows that he was staying in a room within the temple. Rather, **house** is a metaphor for “property,” that is, the things a person owns and would keep in a house. Alternate translation: “I threw everything that Tobiah was keeping in that storeroom right out of the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 13 9 k1i3 grammar-connect-time-sequential וָאֹ֣מְרָ֔ה 1 Общая информация: Коментарии к данному стиху отсутствуют. NEH 13 9 k1i5 figs-explicit וָאֹ֣מְרָ֔ה וַֽיְטַהֲר֖וּ הַלְּשָׁכ֑וֹת 1 The implication is that Nehemiah spoke to the priests since they would have been the ones to conduct a ceremony like the one the story describes in [12:30](../12/30.md) to show that the people wanted the rooms in the temple to be ceremonially clean in the hopes that they would once more be acceptable to God. Alternate translation: “I told the priests to conduct a ceremony to purify the rooms in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 13 9 k1i7 כְּלֵי֙ בֵּ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֔ים אֶת־הַמִּנְחָ֖ה וְהַלְּבוֹנָֽה 1 See how you translated these expressions in [13:5](../13/05.md). Alternate translation: “the equipment for the temple, the offerings that the people brought, and the sacred incense” NEH 13 9 k1i9 figs-metaphor בֵּ֣ית הָאֱלֹהִ֔ים 1 Nehemiah speaks figuratively of the temple as the **house of God** as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 13 10 k1j1 grammar-connect-time-sequential וָאֵ֣דְעָ֔ה 1 левитам не отдаются их доли Полный смысл этого утверждения необходимо разъяснить. Это также может быть переведено в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "люди не приносили в кладовые свои десятины в виде пищи священникам храма" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 13 10 k9k6 figs-activepassive מְנָי֥וֹת הַלְוִיִּ֖ם לֹ֣א נִתָּ֑נָה 1 левиты и певцы, которые совершали своё служение, разбежались, каждый на своё поле "Левиты и певцы, которые несли служение, покинули храм, каждый из них отправился на свое поле" NEH 13 10 k1j3 figs-activepassive מְנָי֥וֹת הַלְוִיִּ֖ם לֹ֣א נִתָּ֑נָה 1 The implication is that no one was giving the Levites their support because there was no longer any place to store the grain, oil, and other supplies in the temple, from where they could be distributed to them. This was because Tobiah had taken over the large storeroom. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “no one had been giving the Levites the support that the law commanded the Israelites to provide for them because there was no place to store the contributions now that Tobiah had taken over the storeroom” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 13 10 k1j5 figs-abstractnouns מְנָי֥וֹת הַלְוִיִּ֖ם 1 As in [12:44](../12/44.md) and [12:47](../12/47.md), the abstract noun **portion** refers to the part of each crop that the law commanded the Israelites to give towards the work of the temple to support the Levites.<br>If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a different phrase. Alternate translation: “the support that the law commanded the Israelites to provide for the Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 13 10 k1j7 figs-explicit וַיִּבְרְח֧וּ אִישׁ־לְשָׂדֵ֛הוּ 1 The implication is that the Levites had had to return to farming their own land because they no longer received from the people the support they needed to be able to serve in the temple. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “all of the Levites had left the temple and returned to farming their own land because they had all stopped receiving the support that enabled them to serve in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 13 10 f2ng grammar-connect-logic-result וַיִּבְרְח֧וּ 1 In this context, the conjunction **And** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) NEH 13 10 k1j9 figs-idiom אִישׁ־לְשָׂדֵ֛הוּ 1 In this context, **a man** means **each one of them** or **every one of them** Alternate translation: “all of the Levites had returned to farming their own land” or “each of the Levites had returned to farming his own land”<br>(See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 13 10 k1k1 figs-distinguish הַלְוִיִּ֥ם וְהַמְשֹׁרְרִ֖ים עֹשֵׂ֥י הַמְּלָאכָֽה 1 Here the book repeats some background information to remind readers who the Levites and the singers were. Alternate translation: “the Levites and the singers, who were responsible for the worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) NEH 13 10 k1k3 figs-ellipsis עֹשֵׂ֥י הַמְּלָאכָֽה 1 **The work** is an abbreviated way of saying “the work of the house of our God” as in [10:33](../10/33.md) or “the work of the house of God” as in [11:12](../11/12.md), that is, the work of the temple, meaning specifically everything required to maintain the worship there. Alternate translation: “who were responsible for the worship in the temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 13 11 k1k5 grammar-connect-time-sequential וָאָרִ֨יבָה֙ 1 Почему оставили Божий дом? Неемия использует риторический вопрос, чтобы бросить вызов или даже высмеять чиновников, которые не выполнили свою работу. Этот вопрос можно перевести как утверждение. Альтернативный перевод: "Вы пренебрегли домом Божьим!" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NEH 13 11 k1k7 figs-idiom וָאָרִ֨יבָה֙ אֶת־הַסְּגָנִ֔ים 1 As in [5:7](../05/07.md), **contended** is a technical term that describes a public accusation that requires the defendants to answer for themselves in the presence of their fellow citizens. Alternate translation: “Then I called the city officials to account publicly for what they had allowed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 13 11 k1k9 הַסְּגָנִ֔ים 1 See how you translated this term in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “the city officials” NEH 13 11 k1l1 figs-explicit וָאֹ֣מְרָ֔ה 1 The implication in context is that what Nehemiah said was an accusation. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a phrase that indicates this. Alternate translation: “I demanded to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 13 11 mx4v figs-rquestion מַדּ֖וּעַ נֶעֱזַ֣ב בֵּית־הָאֱלֹהִ֑ים 1 Nehemiah uses the question form to challenge or even ridicule the officials who have failed in the basic responsibility of making sure that worship continues in the temple. This question can be translated as a statement. Alternate translation: “Because of you, the temple has been abandoned” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NEH 13 11 k1l3 וָֽאֶ֨קְבְּצֵ֔ם וָֽאַעֲמִדֵ֖ם עַל־עָמְדָֽם 1 Here, **them** refers not to the city officials but to the Levites and singers who had gone back to their farms. Alternate translation: “I brought the Levites and the singers back to the temple and I had them start doing their work again” NEH 13 11 k1l5 grammar-connect-time-sequential וָֽאֶ֨קְבְּצֵ֔ם 1 In this context, the conjunction **And** indicates that this event took place after the event the story has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a word such as “then” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) NEH 13 12 k1l7 grammar-connect-time-sequential וְכָל 1 Все иудеи Название земли является метонимом народа земли. Это, вероятно, обобщение. Альтернативный перевод: "все люди, которые жили в Иудее" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) NEH 13 12 k1l9 figs-hyperbole וְכָל־יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 **All** is a figurative exaggeration that means that people from throughout the province of Judah did this generally. Alternate translation: “the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-hyperbole]]) NEH 13 12 a9ux figs-personification וְכָל־יְהוּדָ֗ה 1 Here Nehemiah refers to all of the Israelites living in the province of Judah figuratively as if they were a single person, Judah, the ancestor of the tribe by that name that lived in the territory that was now this province. Alternate translation: “the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) NEH 13 12 k1m1 translate-unknown לָאוֹצָרֽוֹת 1 This means the storerooms in the temple. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 13 13 k1m3 grammar-connect-time-sequential וָאוֹצְרָ֣ה 1 Шелемиа ... Садок ... Федаия ... Ханан ... Закхур ... Матфания Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 13 13 k1m5 translate-unknown וָאוֹצְרָ֣ה עַל־א֠וֹצָרוֹת 1 они считались верными Это можно перевести в активной форме. Абстрактное существительное "верный"можно перевести как глагол. Альтернативный перевод: "Я знал, что могу им доверять" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]] и [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 13 13 mu7f translate-names שֶׁלֶמְיָ֨ה הַכֹּהֵ֜ן וְצָד֣וֹק הַסּוֹפֵ֗ר וּפְדָיָה֙ מִן־הַלְוִיִּ֔ם 1 Shelmiah, Zadok, and Pedaiah are the names of men. As in [8:1](../08/01.md), where the word refers to Ezra, **scribe** means a teacher who has carefully studied the Law of Moses. **From the Levites** means that Pedaiah was one of the Levites. Alternate translation: “Shelemiah the priest, Zadok the scribe, and Pedaiah the Levite” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 13 13 k1m7 figs-metaphor וְעַל־יָדָ֔ם 1 **At their hand** is a figurative way of saying **assisting them** Alternate translation: “I appointed to be their assistant” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 13 13 k1m9 translate-names חָנָ֥ן בֶּן־זַכּ֖וּר בֶּן־מַתַּנְיָ֑ה 1 Hanan is the name of a man, Zaccur is the name of his father, and Mattaniah is the name of his grandfather. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 13 13 k1n1 grammar-connect-logic-result כִּ֤י 1 In this context, the conjunction **For** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the reason for what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “I appointed them because” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) NEH 13 13 e8x3 figs-activepassive נֶאֱמָנִים֙ נֶחְשָׁ֔בוּ 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form, and you can say who did the action. Alternate translation: “Everyone recognized that they were honest men” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 13 13 k1n3 figs-metaphor וַעֲלֵיהֶ֖ם לַחֲלֹ֥ק לַאֲחֵיהֶֽם 1 In this context, **brother** seems to be a figurative way of saying **fellow priests and Levites,** although it is possible that some of the biological brothers of the men listed were included in this group. **Apportion** means **give the portions,** meaning the support as described in [13:10](../13/10.md). Alternate translation: “their responsibility was to make sure that their fellow priests and Levites received the support that the law commanded the Israelites to provide” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 13 14 v861 figs-idiom זָכְרָה־לִּ֥י אֱלֹהַ֖י עַל־זֹ֑את 1 Мой Бог, вспомни меня за это "Боже мой, вспомни меня за это" NEH 13 14 k1n5 figs-aside זָכְרָה־לִּ֥י אֱלֹהַ֖י עַל־זֹ֑את 1 As in [4:4](../04/04.md), here Nehemiah stops addressing the audience of his story and speaks directly to God. You could indicate this by putting this verse in quotation marks. Review the note at [4:4](../04/04.md) about asides like this if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) NEH 13 14 k1n7 figs-metaphor וְאַל־תֶּ֣מַח 1 Nehemiah speaks of his good deeds as if they were something written that could be erased. Alternate translation: “do not overlook” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 13 14 k1n9 figs-abstractnouns חֲסָדַ֗י 1 The abstract noun **faithful kindness** here is the same as the term “covenant faithfulness” that Nehemiah applies to God in [1:5](../01/05.md), [9:17](../09/17.md), [9:32](../09/32.md), and [13:22](../13/22.md). It refers to a person consistently and dependably fulfilling the obligations they have accepted. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this word with a phrase that would bring out this meaning. Alternate translation: “the way that I have consistently provided for” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 13 14 k1o1 figs-metaphor בְּבֵ֥ית אֱלֹהַ֖י 1 Nehemiah speaks figuratively of the temple as the **house of God** as if it were God’s dwelling place. Alternate translation: “your temple” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 13 14 k1o3 וּבְמִשְׁמָרָֽיו 1 As in [12:9](../12/09.md) and [12:24](../12/24.md), the phrase **service watch** refers to the Levite singers. It means either an individual choir or a time on duty for the singers. Alternate translation: “and for the Levite singers” NEH 13 15 k1o5 בַּיָּמִ֣ים הָהֵ֡מָּה 1 давят виноград в давильнях Слова "давильня" является метонимом винограда, который был в давильнях. Люди ходили по винограду, чтобы выжать из него сок и сделать вино. Альтернативный перевод: "ходить по винограду в давильнях" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 13 15 k1o7 רָאִ֣יתִי בִֽיהוּדָ֣ה ׀ דֹּֽרְכִֽים־גִּתּ֣וֹת 1 давить ходить по чему-то, чтобы раздавить или надавливать. NEH 13 15 k1o9 figs-metonymy דֹּֽרְכִֽים־גִּתּ֣וֹת 1 The word **winepresses** figuratively represents the grapes that were in the winepresses. The people were treading on the grapes to press the juice out of them so that they could make wine. Alternate translation: “treading on grapes in winepresses” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 13 15 z3xh figs-explicit בַּשַּׁבָּ֡ת 1 The implication is that the people of Judah should not have been doing such work on the Sabbath because God had commanded them to set apart that day, the seventh day of the week, as a special day for rest and worship. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “on the Sabbath, when they should not have been doing any work” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 13 15 k1p1 translate-names בַּשַּׁבָּ֡ת 1 This is the name of a religious observance. It occurs repeatedly in this part of the story, through [13:22](../13/22.md). It will be helpful to your readers if you translate it consistently. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 13 15 k1p3 figs-explicit וּמְבִיאִ֣ים הָעֲרֵמ֣וֹת וְֽעֹמְסִ֪ים עַל־הַחֲמֹרִ֟ים וְאַף־יַ֜יִן עֲנָבִ֤ים וּתְאֵנִים֙ וְכָל־מַשָּׂ֔א וּמְבִיאִ֥ים יְרוּשָׁלִַ֖ם בְּי֣וֹם הַשַּׁבָּ֑ת 1 These **ones** are not three different groups, but various people of Judah who were collectively doing all these things. The implication is that they were bringing these goods to Jerusalem to sell them even on the Sabbath. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. “Others had loaded their wares, such as sheaves of grain, wine, grapes, figs, and other goods, onto donkeys, and they were bringing these goods into Jerusalem to sell on the Sabbath day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 13 15 k1p5 figs-idiom וָאָעִ֕יד בְּי֖וֹם מִכְרָ֥ם צָֽיִד 1 The word **day** could be intended literally here and it could mean that Nehemiah protested that the Sabbath itself was not a day for selling goods since that was work. Another possibility is that the word **day** does not refer to a specific day, but rather to a more general time when Nehemiah said this. Alternate translation: “I protested that they should not be doing the work of selling on the Sabbath” or “at the time when they were selling these provisions, I protested against that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 13 16 k1p7 וְהַצֹּרִים֙ יָ֣שְׁבוּ בָ֔הּ 1 Тир Это название города. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 13 16 yvh1 translate-names וְהַצֹּרִים֙ 1 Tyrians were people who came from from the city of Tyre. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 13 16 k1p9 figs-metaphor לִבְנֵ֥י יְהוּדָ֖ה 1 **Son of** is a figurative expression that indicates that a person shares the qualities of something. In this case, Nehemiah is describing people who share the quality of being residents of the province of Judah. (In context, this does not seem to be limited to actual descendants of Judah, that is, Israelites from that tribe, since the Tyrians seem to have been eager to sell to anyone living in the area.) Alternate translation: “the people of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 13 16 k1q1 figs-explicit וּבִירוּשָׁלִָֽם 1 The implication is that Jerusalem was the last place where anyone should have broken the Sabbath by doing work and engaging in commerce because it was the place from which God had chosen to start making himself famous throughout the world and the city where God had chosen to put his temple. (The concept is the same here as in [11:1](../11/01.md) and [11:18](../11/18.md), where Nehemiah calls Jerusalem “the holy city.”) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “even in Jerusalem, the special city that God chose” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 13 17 k1q3 grammar-connect-logic-result וָאָרִ֕יבָה 1 Зачем вы делаете такое зло и оскверняете субботний день? Неемия использует риторический вопрос, чтобы сделать выговор руководителям Иудеи. Это можно перевести как утверждение. Альтернативный перевод: "Вы делаете зло, оскверняя день субботний." или "Бог накажет вас за то, что вы совершили это зло, за осквернение дня субботнего." (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NEH 13 17 k1q5 figs-idiom וָאָרִ֕יבָה אֵ֖ת חֹרֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 As in [5:7](.//05/07.md) and [13:11](../13/11.md), **contended** is a technical term that describes a public accusation that requires the defendants to answer for themselves in the presence of their fellow citizens. Alternate translation: “Then I called the leading citizens of Judah to account publicly for what they had allowed” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 13 17 k1q7 חֹרֵ֣י יְהוּדָ֑ה 1 See how you translated this term in [2:16](../02/16.md). Alternate translation: “the leading citizens of Judah” NEH 13 17 k1q9 figs-explicit וָאֹמְרָ֣ה לָהֶ֗ם 1 The implication in context is that what Nehemiah said was an accusation. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use a phrase that indicates this. Alternate translation: “I demanded to know” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 13 17 w5nr figs-rquestion מָֽה־הַדָּבָ֨ר הָרָ֤ע הַזֶּה֙ אֲשֶׁ֣ר אַתֶּ֣ם עֹשִׂ֔ים וּֽמְחַלְּלִ֖ים אֶת־י֥וֹם הַשַּׁבָּֽת 1 Nehemiah is using the question form for emphasis in order to scold the leaders of Judah. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate what he says as an exclamation. Alternate translation: “You are doing an evil thing by treating the Sabbath day like any other day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NEH 13 17 k1r1 translate-unknown וּֽמְחַלְּלִ֖ים אֶת־י֥וֹם הַשַּׁבָּֽת 1 To **profane** something means to treat something that should be holy, set apart for a special purpose, as if it were something ordinary or common, just like anything else. Alternate translation: “treating the Sabbath day like any other day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 13 18 k1r3 figs-rquestion הֲל֨וֹא כֹ֤ה עָשׂוּ֙ אֲבֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם וַיָּבֵ֨א אֱלֹהֵ֜ינוּ עָלֵ֗ינוּ אֵ֚ת כָּל־הָרָעָ֣ה הַזֹּ֔את וְעַ֖ל הָעִ֣יר הַזֹּ֑את 1 Разве не так поступали ваши отцы, и наш Бог за то навёл на нас и на этот город всё это бедствие? Неемия использует эти риторические вопросы, чтобы сделать вывговор пуковолителям Иудеи. Эти вопросы можно объединить и перевести как утверждение. Альтернативный перевод: "Вы знаете, что ваши отцы сделали это, и именно поэтому Бог навлек все это зло на нас и на этот город." (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NEH 13 18 k1r5 figs-metaphor אֲבֹ֣תֵיכֶ֔ם 1 **Fathers** here figuratively means “ancestors.” Alternate translation: “your ancestors” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 13 18 k1r7 figs-explicit וַיָּבֵ֨א אֱלֹהֵ֜ינוּ עָלֵ֗ינוּ אֵ֚ת כָּל־הָרָעָ֣ה הַזֹּ֔את וְעַ֖ל הָעִ֣יר הַזֹּ֑את 1 As Nehemiah speaks to the leading citizens, he assumes that they will know that he is referring to the way God allowed the Babylonians to conquer Jerusalem, destroy much of the city including the temple, break down the city wall, and take most of the people into exile. As he reports this conversation in the book, he assumes that its audience will know this as well. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “our God allowed the Babylonians to take our people into exile and destroy this city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 13 18 k1r9 figs-idiom כָּל־הָרָעָ֣ה הַזֹּ֔את 1 **Evil** here does not refer to something morally wrong, but to trouble or harm. Alternate translation: “all this trouble” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 13 18 k1s1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וְאַתֶּ֞ם 1 In this context, the conjunction **And** indicates a contrast between how the leading citizens should be acting and how they actually are acting. You could make this contrast explicit by using an expression such as, “You should know better” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) NEH 13 18 k1s3 figs-explicit וְאַתֶּ֞ם מוֹסִיפִ֤ים חָרוֹן֙ עַל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Nehemiah assumes that the leading citizens will know that he is speaking of God’s wrath, that is, God’s anger at the people’s sin, and the punishment that God may use to penalize and correct the people for what they are doing. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “you are making God even more angry with the people of Israel, and God may punish us even more” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 13 18 k1s5 figs-personification יִשְׂרָאֵ֔ל 1 Here Nehemiah refers to all of the Israelites figuratively as if they were a single person, their ancestor, Israel. Alternate translation: “the Israelites” or “the people of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) NEH 13 18 k1s7 translate-unknown לְחַלֵּ֖ל אֶת־הַשַּׁבָּֽת 1 As in [13:17](../13/17.md), to **profane** something means to treat something that should be considered holy, that is, set apart for a special purpose, as if it were ordinary or common. Alternate translation: “by treating the Sabbath day like any other day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-unknown]]) NEH 13 19 p31h writing-newevent וַיְהִ֡י כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר צָֽלֲלוּ֩ שַׁעֲרֵ֨י יְרוּשָׁלִַ֜ם לִפְנֵ֣י הַשַּׁבָּ֗ת 1 когда стемнело ... перед субботой "Когда село солнце ...и пришло время начаться субботе" NEH 13 19 k1s9 figs-metaphor כַּאֲשֶׁ֣ר צָֽלֲלוּ֩ שַׁעֲרֵ֨י יְרוּשָׁלִַ֜ם לִפְנֵ֣י הַשַּׁבָּ֗ת 1 запирать двери, чтобы их не отпирали до Это можно перевести в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "чстражники закрывают двери и не открывают их до" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 13 19 k1t1 figs-metaphor לִפְנֵ֣י הַשַּׁבָּ֗ת 1 никакой груз не проходил то можно перевести в активной форме. Альтернативный перевод: "никто не мог принести вещи, которые они хотели продать" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 13 19 vk4t grammar-connect-logic-result וָאֹֽמְרָה֙ וַיִּסָּגְר֣וּ הַדְּלָת֔וֹת 1 Here the conjunction **and** indicates that the action described in the second phrase was the result of the action described in the first phrase. Alternate translation: “I gave orders for the doors to be closed and barred” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) NEH 13 19 wy3q וָאֹ֣מְרָ֔ה אֲשֶׁר֙ לֹ֣א יִפְתָּח֔וּם עַ֖ד אַחַ֣ר הַשַּׁבָּ֑ת 1 **They** likely refers to the gatekeepers. Alternate translation: “I ordered the gatekeepers not to open them again until after the Sabbath” NEH 13 19 k1t3 figs-idiom וּמִנְּעָרַ֗י הֶֽעֱמַ֨דְתִּי֙ עַל־הַשְּׁעָרִ֔ים 1 As in [4:16](../04/16.md) and many other places in the book, “young men” refers to the servants who worked for Nehemiah. While they probably were young adult males, the expression is specifically envisioning their role and status. Alternate translation: “I had some of my servants stand at the gates” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 13 19 k1t5 figs-personification לֹא־יָב֥וֹא מַשָּׂ֖א בְּי֥וֹם הַשַּׁבָּֽת 1 Here Nehemiah speaks figuratively of a load of goods as if it were a living thing that could go through the gates and into Jerusalem on its own. Alternate translation: “so that no one would bring in a load on the Sabbath day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) NEH 13 19 k1t7 figs-explicit לֹא־יָב֥וֹא מַשָּׂ֖א בְּי֥וֹם הַשַּׁבָּֽת 1 The ultimate purpose was to keep merchants from offering goods for sale on the Sabbath and to keep the people from buying them. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “so that on the Sabbath day no one would bring a load of goods into the city for sale” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 13 20 s2hv figs-doublet הָרֹכְלִ֜ים וּמֹכְרֵ֧י כָל־מִמְכָּ֛ר 1 торговцы и продавцы разного товара "люди, которые принесли много разных вещей, которые они хотели продать" NEH 13 20 k1t8 figs-explicit וַיָּלִ֨ינוּ…מִח֥וּץ לִירוּשָׁלִָ֖ם 1 **Lodged** means “spent the night.” The implication is that they wanted to start selling their goods first thing the next morning. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “spent the night outside Jerusalem so they could start selling their goods first thing the next morning” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 13 20 k1u1 פַּ֥עַם וּשְׁתָּֽיִם 1 Alternate translation: “once or twice” NEH 13 21 k1u3 figs-idiom וָאָעִ֣ידָה בָהֶ֗ם 1 Зачем вы ночуете возле стены? Неемия использует риторический вопрос, чтобы обличить торговцев и сделать акцент на своём повелении. Этот вопрос можно перевести как утверждение. Полный смысл этого утверждения необходимо разяснить. Альтернативный перевод: "Вы располагаетесь лагерем вне стены не подчиняясь моему приказу." (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]] and [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 13 21 k1u5 grammar-connect-time-simultaneous וָאָעִ֣ידָה 1 я арестую вас! Слово "арестую" является метонимом насильственных действий. Альтернативный перевод: "Я выдворю вас силой!" или "Я удалю вас силой!" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 13 21 hi84 figs-rquestion מַדּ֜וּעַ אַתֶּ֤ם לֵנִים֙ נֶ֣גֶד הַחוֹמָ֔ה 1 As in [13:17](../13/17.md), Nehemiah is using a question form for emphasis as he scolds these merchants. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate what he says as a statement or an exclamation. Alternate translation: “I do not allow you to spend the night just outside the city wall” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NEH 13 21 k1u7 מַדּ֜וּעַ אַתֶּ֤ם לֵנִים֙ נֶ֣גֶד הַחוֹמָ֔ה 1 The implication, as in [13:20](../13/20.md), is that the traders want to begin selling first thing the next morning. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “I do not allow you to spend the night just outside the city wall so you can start selling your goods as soon as the Sabbath day begins” NEH 13 21 k1u9 figs-idiom אִם־תִּשְׁנ֕וּ 1 This is an idiom that means “if you do this again.” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 13 21 k1v1 figs-idiom יָ֖ד אֶשְׁלַ֣ח בָּכֶ֑ם 1 This is an idiom that means “I will use force against you.” Alternate translation: “I will forcibly drive you away from the city” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 13 21 k1vv figs-metaphor יָ֖ד אֶשְׁלַ֣ח 1 Here, **hand** figuratively represents power and action. Alternate translation: “forcibly drive away” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 13 21 k1v5 grammar-connect-time-sequential מִן־הָעֵ֣ת הַהִ֔יא לֹא־בָ֖אוּ בַּשַּׁבָּֽת 1 The expression in the first phrase indicates that the event it introduces took place after the event the story has just described. If it would be clearer in your language, you could show this relationship by using a phrase such as “after that.” Alternate translation: “After that, the merchants no longer came to the city on the Sabbath” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-time-sequential]]) NEH 13 22 k1v7 figs-explicit וָאֹמְרָ֣ה לַלְוִיִּ֗ם אֲשֶׁ֨ר יִֽהְי֤וּ מִֽטַּהֲרִים֙ 1 вспомни меня, мой Бог "Боже мой, вспомни меня." Посмотрите, как вы перевели похожую фразу в [Nehemiah 13:14](../13/14.md). NEH 13 22 k1w1 figs-explicit וּבָאִים֙ שֹׁמְרִ֣ים הַשְּׁעָרִ֔ים לְקַדֵּ֖שׁ אֶת־י֣וֹם הַשַּׁבָּ֑ת 1 As in [3:1](../03/01.md) and [12:47](../12/47.md), **consecrate** means to set something apart for a special purpose. Nehemiah was telling the Levites that they should guard the gates in order to prevent people from bringing goods for sale into the city on the Sabbath day. That way, they would ensure that the Sabbath continued to be a day that was set apart for the special purpose of rest and worship, and it would not be treated like an ordinary day. Alternate translation: “and I told them that they should then guard the gates of the city so that no one would bring in goods to sell on the Sabbath as if it were an ordinary day” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 13 22 mis6 figs-idiom גַּם־זֹאת֙ זָכְרָה־לִּ֣י אֱלֹהַ֔י 1 In this context, **remember** means to think about someone and consider what action you can take on their behalf. Nehemiah is not suggesting that God has forgotten about him. Alternate translation: “Please bless me, O God, for doing this as well” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 13 22 k1w3 figs-aside גַּם־זֹאת֙ זָכְרָה־לִּ֣י אֱלֹהַ֔י 1 As in [4:4](../04/04.md), Nehemiah stops addressing the audience of his story and speaks directly to God. You could indicate this by putting this verse in quotation marks. Review the note at [4:4](../04/04.md) about asides like this if that would be helpful. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-aside]]) NEH 13 22 zxc2 figs-abstractnouns וְח֥וּסָה עָלַ֖י כְּרֹ֥ב חַסְדֶּֽךָ 1 The abstract noun **greatness** expresses the vast extent to which God possesses the quality of **covenant faithfulness**. As in [1:5](../01/05.md), God having this quality means that he is inwardly disposed to keep all of his promises, and so he always does that faithfully. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate the idea behind this abstract noun with an adjective such as “great.” Alternate translation: “and have mercy on me, because your faithfulness to those who belong to you is so great” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-abstractnouns]]) NEH 13 23 k1w5 בַּיָּמִ֣ים הָהֵ֗ם 1 Связующее утверждение: Эти стихи представляют действие, которое следует далее. NEH 13 23 b4nt figs-idiom בַּיָּמִ֣ים הָהֵ֗ם 1 иудеи, которые взяли себе жён из азотянок, аммонитянок и моавитянок "Иудеи, которые женились на иностранках." Бог запретил смешанные браки. Полный смысл этого утверждения может быть разъяснен. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 13 23 jp2w figs-idiom הֹשִׁ֗יבוּ 1 Ашдод Это название города. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 13 23 l9c2 translate-names אשדודיות עמוניות מוֹאֲבִיּֽוֹת 1 Аммон ... Моав Это названия наций. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 13 24 w247 writing-background וּבְנֵיהֶ֗ם 1 их сыновья наполовину "В результате половина их детей" NEH 13 24 k1w7 וּבְנֵיהֶ֗ם חֲצִי֙ מְדַבֵּ֣ר אַשְׁדּוֹדִ֔ית וְאֵינָ֥ם מַכִּירִ֖ים לְדַבֵּ֣ר יְהוּדִ֑ית 1 This could mean one of two things. It seems most likely that the expression means that (1) these children spoke a mixed language, using Ashdodite expressions half the time and Hebrew expressions the other half of the time, so that none of them knew how to speak Hebrew fluently. The expression could also mean that (2) half of the children who were born to Hebrew fathers and foreign mothers spoke a foreign language. However, if half spoke Ashdodite, and none spoke Hebrew, this leaves open the question of what language the other half of the children spoke. Alternate translation: (1) “their children spoke a mixed dialect, using Philistine expressions half the time, so that none of them could speak Hebrew fluently” or (2) “half of their children spoke the language of the Philistines, and none of their children knew how to speak Hebrew” NEH 13 24 k1w9 translate-fraction חֲצִי֙ 1 **Half** means one part out of two equal parts. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-fraction]]) NEH 13 24 k1x1 figs-ellipsis וְאֵינָ֥ם מַכִּירִ֖ים לְדַבֵּ֣ר יְהוּדִ֑ית וְכִלְשׁ֖וֹן עַ֥ם וָעָֽם 1 Here Nehemiah leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. This sentence seems to mean “none of them could speak Hebrew fluently, but instead they mixed it with the language of whatever people group their mothers belonged to.” You could say that explicitly if it would be helpful to your readers. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 13 24 k1x3 figs-metonymy וְכִלְשׁ֖וֹן 1 Here, **tongue** figuratively means the language spoken by a person or a group of people. Alternate translation: “language” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metonymy]]) NEH 13 24 k1x5 figs-idiom עַ֥ם וָעָֽם 1 This is an idiom that means “of each people group” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 13 25 k1x7 figs-idiom וָאָרִ֤יב עִמָּם֙ 1 Я сделал им за это выговор "Я говорил с ними напрямую о том, что они сделали" NEH 13 25 k1x9 וָאֲקַֽלְלֵ֔ם 1 некоторых из мужчин бил Неемия бил некоторых из них руками. NEH 13 25 hg44 translate-symaction וָאַכֶּ֥ה מֵהֶ֛ם אֲנָשִׁ֖ים וָֽאֶמְרְטֵ֑ם 1 заклинал их Богом "Я заставил их дать обещание перед Богом" NEH 13 25 gzx6 figs-123person וָאַשְׁבִּיעֵ֣ם בֵּֽאלֹהִ֗ים אִם־תִּתְּנ֤וּ בְנֹֽתֵיכֶם֙ לִבְנֵיהֶ֔ם וְאִם־תִּשְׂאוּ֙ מִבְּנֹ֣תֵיהֶ֔ם לִבְנֵיכֶ֖ם וְלָכֶֽם 1 Here Nehemiah is reporting the words of the oath in the second person, because this is his account of how he spoke to the men who had married foreign women. When these men said the actual oath, they would have used the first person. If it would be clearer in your language, you could use the first person in your translation as well. Alternate translation: “I made them take this oath: ‘If we allow our daughters to marry their sons, or if we or our sons marry their daughters, may God punish us severely’” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-123person]]) NEH 13 25 k1y1 figs-ellipsis וָאַשְׁבִּיעֵ֣ם בֵּֽאלֹהִ֗ים אִם־תִּתְּנ֤וּ בְנֹֽתֵיכֶם֙ לִבְנֵיהֶ֔ם וְאִם־תִּשְׂאוּ֙ מִבְּנֹ֣תֵיהֶ֔ם לִבְנֵיכֶ֖ם וְלָכֶֽם 1 Nehemiah has the men take an oath using a common Hebrew formula that leaves out some of the words that a sentence would ordinarily need in order to be complete. Whenever a person takes an oath using this formula, the implication is, “May God punish me severly if I do this thing.” Alternate translation: “If we allow our daughters to marry their sons, or if we or our sons marry their daughters, may God punish us severely!” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-ellipsis]]) NEH 13 25 k1y3 figs-idiom תִּתְּנ֤וּ בְנֹֽתֵיכֶם֙ לִבְנֵיהֶ֔ם 1 This is an idiom that means **allow your daughters to marry their sons** or **give your daughters in marriage to their sons** (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 13 25 k1y5 figs-idiom תִּשְׂאוּ֙ מִבְּנֹ֣תֵיהֶ֔ם 1 This is an idiom that means “if you take any of their daughters as wives” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 13 26 k1y7 figs-explicit הֲל֣וֹא עַל־אֵ֣לֶּה חָטָֽא־שְׁלֹמֹ֣ה מֶ֣לֶךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֡ל 1 Разве не из-за них грешил израильский царь Соломон? Неемия использует риторический вопрос, чтобы сделать выговор людям. Это можно перевести как утверждение. Альтернативный перевод: "Вы знаете, что Соломон, царь Израильский, согрешил из-за этих женщин." (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NEH 13 26 k1y9 figs-rquestion הֲל֣וֹא עַל־אֵ֣לֶּה חָטָֽא־שְׁלֹמֹ֣ה מֶ֣לֶךְ יִשְׂרָאֵ֡ל 1 Nehemiah is using a question form for emphasis as he scolds these men. If it would be clearer in your language, you could translate what he says as a statement. Alternate translation: “you know that Solomon king of Israel sinned because he married foreign women” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NEH 13 26 k1z1 grammar-connect-logic-contrast וּבַגּוֹיִ֣ם 1 In this context, the conjunction **Yet** introduces a contrast between what Solomon would have been expected to do and what he actually did. You could begin the sentence with a phrase like “even though” to indicate this contrast. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-contrast]]) NEH 13 26 k1z3 figs-idiom וּבַגּוֹיִ֣ם הָרַבִּים֩ לֹֽא־הָיָ֨ה מֶ֜לֶךְ כָּמֹ֗הוּ 1 The expression **many nations** in this phrase indicates, “You could look among as many nations as you wanted, but you would still find no king like him.” In other words, “There was no other king like him anywhere in the world.” If it would be clearer in your language, you could say that as an alternate translation. (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 13 26 k1z5 figs-activepassive וְאָה֤וּב לֵֽאלֹהָיו֙ הָיָ֔ה 1 If it would be clearer in your language, you could say this with an active form. Alternate translation: “God loved him very much” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-activepassive]]) NEH 13 26 k1aa figs-idiom וַיִּתְּנֵ֣הוּ אֱלֹהִ֔ים מֶ֖לֶךְ עַל־כָּל־יִשְׂרָאֵ֑ל 1 This is an idiom that means, “God made him king over all of Israel” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 13 26 k1bb figs-explicit גַּם־אוֹת֣וֹ הֶחֱטִ֔יאוּ הַנָּשִׁ֖ים הַנָּכְרִיּֽוֹת 1 The implication is that these were foreign women whom Solomon married. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say that explicitly. Alternate translation: “The foreign women he married caused even him to sin” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 13 27 vp56 figs-rquestion וְלָכֶ֣ם הֲנִשְׁמַ֗ע לַעֲשֹׂת֙ אֵ֣ת כָּל־הָרָעָ֤ה הַגְּדוֹלָה֙ הַזֹּ֔את לִמְעֹ֖ל בֵּֽאלֹהֵ֑ינוּ לְהֹשִׁ֖יב נָשִׁ֥ים נָכְרִיּֽוֹת 1 Как же нам слышать о вас, что и вы делаете всё это великое зло, грешите перед нашим Богом, принимая в сожительство чужеземных женщин? Неемия использует риторический вопрос, чтобы сделать выговор людям. Это можно перевести как утверждение. Альтернативный перево: "Мы не будем слушать вас, совершать это великое зло или действовать предательски против нашего Бога, вступая в брак с иностранками." (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-rquestion]]) NEH 13 27 k1cc figs-idiom וְלָכֶ֣ם הֲנִשְׁמַ֗ע 1 As in [9:16](../09/16.md) and [9:29](../09/29.md), **listen** in this context is an idiom that means not just to hear a statement about a course of action, but to agree to follow it. If your language has a word for “listen” that also means “agree,” you could use it here. Alternate translation: “we will not heed your words” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 13 27 k1dd figs-idiom כָּל־הָרָעָ֤ה הַגְּדוֹלָה֙ הַזֹּ֔את 1 Here, the word **all** does not indicate the entirety of something. Instead, it expresses emphasis. Alternate translation: “this thing that is so wrong” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 13 27 k1ee figs-explicit לִמְעֹ֖ל בֵּֽאלֹהֵ֑ינוּ לְהֹשִׁ֖יב נָשִׁ֥ים נָכְרִיּֽוֹת 1 Here acting unfaithfully means violating the Law of Moses. Nehemiah assumes that these men will know that the law forbade the Israelites to marry outside their people group. (In fact, it does so using language very much like the oath that Nehemiah made these men swear. For example, “Do not give your daughters to their sons or take their daughters for your sons,” Deuteronomy 7:3.) If it would be helpful to your readers, you could say this explicitly. Alternate translation: “By marrying foreign women, you are breaking the law that God gave us” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 13 27 k1ff figs-idiom לְהֹשִׁ֖יב 1 As in [13:23](../13/23.md), this is an expression that refers figuratively to marriage. Alternate translation: “marrying” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 13 28 k1gg writing-background וּמִבְּנֵ֨י 1 Иоиад ... Елиашив ... Санаваллат Это имена людей. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 13 28 k1hh figs-idiom וּמִבְּנֵ֨י 1 Хоронита Это относится к человеку из города Бет Хорон. (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 13 28 dft4 translate-names יוֹיָדָ֤ע בֶּן־אֶלְיָשִׁיב֙ 1 Я его прогнал от себя "Я прогнал его" или "Я заставил его покинуть Иерусалим" NEH 13 28 k2i2 figs-distinguish אֶלְיָשִׁיב֙ הַכֹּהֵ֣ן הַגָּד֔וֹל 1 Here Nehemiah repeats some background information to remind readers who Eliashib was. Alternate translation: “Eliashib, who was the high priest” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-distinguish]]) NEH 13 28 k1ii חָתָ֖ן 1 Alternate translation: “had married the daughter of” NEH 13 28 f8ak translate-names לְסַנְבַלַּ֣ט הַחֹרֹנִ֑י 1 Sanballat is the name of a man, and Horonite is the name of his people group. See how you translated these words in [2:10](../02/10.md). (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/translate-names]]) NEH 13 28 rhs8 grammar-connect-logic-result וָאַבְרִיחֵ֖הוּ 1 In this context, the conjunction **And** indicates that the sentence it introduces explains the results of what the previous sentence described. Alternate translation: “as a result” or “because he had done this” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/grammar-connect-logic-result]]) NEH 13 28 k1jj figs-synecdoche וָאַבְרִיחֵ֖הוּ מֵעָלָֽי 1 **Him** means this son of Joiada. Nehemiah means not just that he made this man leave his personal presence, but that he forced him to at least leave Jerusalem, and perhaps to stay out of the entire province of Judah. Nehemiah is using the space around himself figuratively to represent all Jerusalem and Judah. Alternate translation: “I forced him to leave Jerusalem” or “I forced him to leave the province of Judah” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-synecdoche]]) NEH 13 28 k1jk figs-explicit וָאַבְרִיחֵ֖הוּ מֵעָלָֽי 1 The implication is that this son of Joiada was serving as a priest himself (as his lineage entitled him to do), and so he was a high-profile case of flaunting the command in the law against marrying foreign women. Nehemiah needed to make an example of him. A further consideration may have been that Sanballat was an enemy to Nehemiah and the Jews, and this man was one of the people who was sending letters to Sanballat with information about Nehemiah, as 6:17 indicates. If it would be helpful to your readers, you could express one of these possibilites explicitly. Alternate translation: “I forced him to leave Jerusalem because as a priest, he was setting a bad public example by being married to a foreign woman” or “I forced him to leave Jerusalem because he was helping our enemy Sanballat” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 13 29 k1ll figs-aside זָכְרָ֥ה לָהֶ֖ם אֱלֹהָ֑י עַ֚ל גָּאֳלֵ֣י הַכְּהֻנָּ֔ה וּבְרִ֥ית הַכְּהֻנָּ֖ה וְהַלְוִיִּֽם 1 Припомни им, мой Бог "Думай о них" или "Помни, что они сделали." Посмотрите, как вы перевели похожую фразу в [Nehemiah 13:14](../13/14.md). NEH 13 29 k1mm figs-idiom זָכְרָ֥ה לָהֶ֖ם 1 они осквернили священство, священнический и левитский завет Говоря, о том, что священство оскверненно и нарушено, подобно тому как если бы священство и завет стали физически нечистыми. Альтернативный перевод: "они опозорили священство и нарушили завет, который был заключён со священниками и левитами" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 13 29 mn8k figs-metaphor עַ֚ל גָּאֳלֵ֣י הַכְּהֻנָּ֔ה וּבְרִ֥ית הַכְּהֻנָּ֖ה וְהַלְוִיִּֽם 1 Nehemiah speaks here of Joiada and his son causing the priesthood to be dishonored and breaking the covenant as if these actions had made the priesthood and God’s covenant with the Israelites ceremonially unclean. Alternate translation: “they have dishonored the priesthood and broken the covenant you made with the priests and Levites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-metaphor]]) NEH 13 29 k1nn figs-explicit וּבְרִ֥ית הַכְּהֻנָּ֖ה וְהַלְוִיִּֽם 1 This means the covenant that established the descendants of Aaron as priests and the Levites as their helpers, in other words, the covenant that God made with Israel through Moses. Alternate translation: “the covenant you made with the Israelites” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 13 30 gd16 grammar-connect-time-sequential וְטִֽהַרְתִּ֖ים 1 Так я очистил их "Таким образом, я очистил их" NEH 13 30 k1oo figs-metaphor וְטִֽהַרְתִּ֖ים מִכָּל־נֵכָ֑ר 1 восстановил службы священников и левитов "рассказал священникам и левитам, что им делать" NEH 13 30 s3y9 וָאַעֲמִ֧ידָה מִשְׁמָר֛וֹת לַכֹּהֲנִ֥ים וְלַלְוִיִּ֖ם 1 Generally in this book, the phrase **service watch** refers to the Levite singers. It means either an individual choir or a time on duty for the singers. But since Nehemiah also speaks of the priests here, in this context the phrase seems to mean more generally the time on duty for both the priests and the Levites. Alternate translation: “I made sure that the priests and Levites all came on duty in the temple when they were supposed to” NEH 13 30 k1pp figs-personification וָאַעֲמִ֧ידָה 1 Nehemiah is speaking of these temple arrangements figuratively, as in [5:13](../05/13.md), as if they were a living thing that could stand, that is, stay in place or be established rather than go away. Alternate translation: “I made sure that” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-personification]]) NEH 13 30 k1qq figs-idiom אִ֥ישׁ בִּמְלַאכְתּֽוֹ 1 In this context, **a man** means **each one of them** Alternate translation: “and that each one fulfilled his assigned responsibilities” (See: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-idiom]]) NEH 13 31 vl4a וּלְקֻרְבַּ֧ן הָעֵצִ֛ים בְּעִתִּ֥ים מְזֻמָּנ֖וֹת וְלַבִּכּוּרִ֑ים 1 доставку дров "Я организовал поставку дров для жертвоприношений" NEH 13 31 sh91 figs-aside זָכְרָה־לִּ֥י אֱלֹהַ֖י לְטוֹבָֽה 1 приношение всего первого "предложения первых плодов во время сбора урожая" NEH 7 73 08b4 стали жить ... в своих городах "жили в своих городах" NEH 8 18 ea47 по уставу Подразумевается, что "устав" был повелением Яхве о том, как должен был закончиться праздник шалашей. Альтернативный перевод: "как повелел Бог" (См: [[rc://en/ta/man/translate/figs-explicit]]) NEH 13 31 ae94 figs-idiom זָכְרָה־לִּ֥י אֱלֹהַ֖י לְטוֹבָֽה 1 Вспомни меня, мой Бог, мне во благо "Подумай обо всем, что я сделал, Боже мой, и благослови меня за все хорошее, что я сделал." Посмотрите, как вы перевели похожую фразу в [Nehemiah 13:14](../13/14.md).